G

e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
Mechanick exercises : or, The doctrine of handy-works ; applied to the
arts of smithing, joinery, carpentry, turning, bricklayery ; to which is
added, Mechanick dyalling: shewing how to draw a true sun-dyal on
any given plane, however scituated ; only with the help of a straight
ruler and a pair of compasses, and without any arithmetical calculation.
/ by Joseph Moxon.
Moxon, Joseph, 1627-1691.
London : Printed for D. Midwinter and T. Leigh..., 1703. --
http://hdl.handle.net/2027/mdp.39015028306002
Public Domain
http://www.hathitrust.org/access_use#pd
This work is in the Public Domain, meaning that it is
not subject to copyright. Users are free to copy, use,
and redistribute the work in part or in whole. It is possible
that current copyright holders, heirs or the estate of
the authors of individual portions of the work, such
as illustrations or photographs, assert copyrights over
these portions. Depending on the nature of subsequent
use that is made, additional rights may need to be obtained
independently of anything we can address.
/\ 855,209
|
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
Mechancs: ercses:
T
D T
D - .
3omer
pped to the rts o / acpettt | :
a tntng
To whch s added
Mecbansh D ang: hewng how to draw a true
nu-D aon an g en Pane, howe er ctua-
ed on wth the hep o a straght uer and
a par o omposes, and wthout an rthmet-
ca acda-07
| P M , eow o the
o a ocet , and drograpber to the ate
ng hares.
D :
Prnted or Dan Mdwnter and Tho. egh, at the
ose and rown n t. Pa d s- hurch-ard. 1703.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
.
ee no more eason wh the orddness
o some or men, shoud be the cause
o contempt upon Manua peratons,
than that the e ceent n enton o a M
oud be dsps d because a bnd orse draws
nt. / d thd the Mechanc s be, b
|ome, accounted gnobe and candaous et t
s er we nown, that man Gentemen n
ths aton o good tn and hgh uat
are con ersant n and - or s: nd o
t er atons e ceed us n numbers o such
|dowpeasant and heahhe ths ther D er-
son sP ther Mnds and odes nd and horn
armess and onest a sober men ma udge
That Geometr , stronom , Per-
spect e, Musc , a gaton, rch-
ecture, are e ceent cences, a that
now but ther er ames w con ess: et
to what purpose woud Geometr ser e were
t not to contr e des or and - or s 3
r how coud stronom be own to an
per e on, but h nstruments made b and
hat
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
P .
hat Perspect e shoud we ha e to deght
our ght hat Musc to ra our ars
hat a gaton to Guard and nrch our
ountr r what rchtecture to ts end us
rom the |ncon enences o d erent eather,
wthout Manua peratons r how waste
4nd useess woud man o the Trodu ons o
ths and other ountes be, were t not or
anusactures.
To d e nto the rgna o the Mecha-
nc s s mpossbe, there ore sha not o er
at t on sha ,t s atona to thn ,
that the Mechanc s began wth Man, he
beng the on reature that ature has mposed
most ece pt upon to use t, endow d wth grea-
test season to contr e t,and adapted wth pro-
per est Members as nstruments to per orm t.
or s t ease to nd b an uthort , what
part o the Mechanc s was rst Trac d
b Man there ore 1 d wa e that too, and
on consder, that we our se es were the rst
Men, what ranch o the Mechanc s we
stmd rst eed, and ha e recourse to.
ha e consdered, and nswer, That
wthout the n enton os mthng prm
m ot er Mechanc n enton
ud
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
P .
woud be at tstand: The nstruments, or
Toos , that are used n them, beng ether made
o ron,or some other matter, orm d b the
hep o ron. ut pra ta e otce, that b
ron, aso mean tee, t beng orgna ron.
or woud 1 ha e ou understand, that
when name the Mechanc s, mean
that rough and arbarous ort o wor ngwhch s used b the at es o merca,
and some other such Paces or, though
the dd ndeed ma e ouses, anoes, arth-
en Pots, ows, rrows, c. wthout
the hep o ron, because the had then none
amongst them: |et snce rons now nown
to them, the ea e o ther od wa o
wor ng wthout t, and beta e themse es to
the use o t. or are, at ths da , though
now the ha e n part the use o ron ther
Machnes made b good and read eso rt or the now nether o ue,
uare, or ompass and what the do
s done b Tedous or ng, and he that
has the best e at Guessng, wor s best
upon the traght, uare or rce, c.
The ord acon, n hs atura s-
tor , rec ons that Phosoph woud be
mpro c ,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
P .
mpro ed,b hopng the ecrets o a Trades
e open not on because much per-
menta Phosoph s oucht amongst them
but aso that the Trades themse es mght
b a Phosopher, be mpro ed. esdes,
nd, that one Trade ma borrow man
mnent eps n or o another Trade,
therto 1 cannot earn that an hath under
ta en ths Trash though coud ba e wt | t t
had been per ormed b an aber hand then mne 5
/et snce t s not ha estared upon t.
thought to ha e g en these er-
cses, the Tte o The Doctrne o
and - ra ts but when better con-
sdered the true meanng o the ord
and - ra ts, ound the Doctrne
woud not bear t because and- ra t
sgn es unnng, or eght, or ra t
o the - and, whch cannot be taught b
ords but s on ganed b Practse and
ercse there ore sha not underta e,that wth the bare readng o these er-
cses, an ta be abe to per orm these.
and - or s but ma sa e te
ou, that these are the ues that e er one that w endea our to per orm
them
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
P .
them must oow and that b the true ob-
ser ng them, he ma , accordng to hs
stoc o ngenut and Dgence, sooneror
ater, nure hs hand to the unnng or
ra t o wor ng e a and - ra c, and
conse uent beabe to per orm them n tme.
or the season a oresad 1 ntend to
begn wth mthng, whch comprehends
not on the ac - mth s Trade, but
ta es n a Trades whch use ether orge
or e, rom the nchor- mth, to the
atch-Ma er the a wor ngb the ame
ues, tho not wth e ua e atne s and ausng the ame Toos, tho o se era es
rom those the common ac - mth uses, and
that accordng to the arous purposes the are
apped to: nd n order to t, sta
rst ste ou howto set up a orge, and
what Toos ou must use n the ac -
mth s wor then the ues, and se e-
ra rcumstances o orgng, t our
or come to the e: Then o the se e-
ra orts o ron that are common used
and what ort s ttest or each purpose.
terwards o ng n genera, and the
ues to be obser ed nt, n thema ng o
|ac s,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
P ,
|ac s, nges, crews, oc s, atch-
es, c. n whch ampes, ou w
nd a other orts o orgng or -
ng wor whatsoe er comprehended. ndast , as a cose to mthng, sta -
erc e upon cee, and ts se era orts,
and how to rder and Temper t or ts
edera ses and what ort s test or
each partcuar purpose as whch s ttest
or dge-Toos, whch or prngs,
whch or Punches, rc.
ome perhaps woud ha e thought t more
proper, to ha e ntroduced these er-
cses wth a more urous, and s u-
gar rt,than that o mchng but
am not o ther pnon or mthng
s n a parts, as curous a and - ra t,
as an s: esdes , t s a great ntroduct-
on to most other and - or s, as |o -
ner , Turnng, 0 c. the wth the
mth wor ng upon the raght, uare,
or rce, though wthd erent Toos,
upon d erent Matter and the a ha-
ng dependance upon the mth s Trade,
and not the mth upon them.
|oseph Mo on.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d

M :
,
The Doctrne o and - or s,
0/ M T G 0 Genera.
De nton.
M T G s an rt-Manua, b whch
an rreguar ump or se era umps o
ron, s wrought nto an ntended hape.
Ths De nton, needs no panaton
there ore sha proceed to g e ou an
ccount o the Toos a mth uses not but
that the beng so common suppose ou do
aread now them but part because the
ma re ure some precauton n settng them
up ttest to our use and part because t be-
ho es ou to now the ames, mths ca the
se era parts o them b that when name them
n mths anguage as sha o t ha e occa-
son to do n these ercses ou ma the easer
understand them, as ou read them.
settng up a mth s orge.
T earth, or re-pace o the orgemar
ed . n Pate . s to be but up rom our oor wth rc at out two oot and anha
or sometmes two oot nne nches hgh accord-
ng to the purpose ou desgn our orge ort or
our orge be ntended or hea wor 5 ou
emb must s ower than t need be or ght
9t
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
2 M T G.
wor , or easness o management, and so broad
as ou thn con enent: t ma be but wth
hoow rches underneath, to set se era thngs
out o the wa . The ac o the orge s but up-
rght to the top o the eng, and ncosed o-
er the re-pace wth a o es whch ends n
a chmne to carr awa the moa , ass n the
bac o the orge aganst the re-pacers ed a
thc ron Pate, and a taper Ppe n t about e
nches ong, caed a Ttwd, or as some ca t
a Tewe- ron mar ed ,whch Ppe comes through
the ac o the orge, as at . nto ths taper
PpeorT s paced the ose, or Ppe o the
eows. The ce o ths Tcwe, s on to pre-
ser e the Ppe o the eows, and the bac o
the orge about the re-pace rom burnng.
ght aganst the ac s paced at about twent
nches, or two oot dstance, the Trough, and
reaches common through the whoe breadth o
the orge, and s as broad and deep as ou thn
good, as at D. The eows s paced behnd the
ac o the orge, and hath as a oresad, ts Ppe
tted nto the Ppe o thtTewe, and hath one o
ts oards ed so that t mo e not upwards or
downwards. t the ar o the upper eows
board s astened a. ope, or sometmes 2 7bcng o
eather, or an ron han or od, as whch
reaches up to the oc er, and s astened there to
the arther end o the anders at . Ths
de s astened a cross a oc -sta , whch mo es
between two hee s upon the enter-pns, n
two oc ets, as at G. o that b drawng down
ths ande, the mo ng oard o the eows r-
ses, and b a consderabe weght set on the top
o ts upper oard sn s down agan, and b ths
gtaton per orms the ce o a par o eows.

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 3
the n .
T shape o a ac mth s n ha
nserted n ths gure, though t s some-
tmes made wth a P e, or c ern, or ea -rcn,
at one end o t,whose use /ha shew ou when
come to round hoow wor . ts ace must cte
er at and smooth,wthout aws, and so hard
that a e w not touch t as mths a , when a
e w not cut, or race t. The upper Pan
. s caed the ace t s common set upon a
wooden oc , that t ma stand er stead -and
sod,and about two oot hgh rom the oor, or
sometmes hgher, accordng to the stature o
the person that s to wor at t.
the Tongs.
T erearetwo orts o Tongs used b mths
the one the traght-nosed Tongs, used when
the wor s short, and somewhat at, and gene-
ra or a Pate ron. The other roc ed- od
Tongs, to be used or the orgng sma ars, or
such thc er wor , as w be hed wthn the
eturns o ther c c.The haps are paced near
the |onts because that consderng the ength
o the andes, the hod the ron aster than
the woud do, were the paced arther rom
the |ont, as n the g. 3.4. the haps, the
|ont, the andes.
o the ammer, and the edge.
There are se era sorts o ammers used b
ac - mths as rst the and-hammer,
whch s sometmes bgger, or ess, accordng to
the strength o the or -man but t s a am-
mer o such weght, that t ma be weded, or
go erned, wth one hand at the n . econd-
, the p-hand edge, used b under- or men
when the or s not o the argest, et re ures
2 hep
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
4 M T G.
hep to batter, or draw t out the use t wth
both ther hands be ore them, and sedom t
ther ammer hgher than ther head. Thrd ,
the bout edge s the bggest ammer o a,and
s aso used b under- or men, or the batter-
ng, or drawng out o the argest or and
then the hod the arther end o the ande n
both ther ands,and swngng the sedgeabo e
ther eads, the at rms end et a as hea a
ow as the can upon the or . There s aso
another ammer used b them, whch the ca
a ettng-hammer. Ths s the smaest ammer
o a, and er rare used at the orge, uness
our or pro e er sma but upon cod -
ron t s used or r ettng, or settng straght,
or croo ng sma wor . n g. . the ace,
the en, the e, D the ande.
the ce.
T ce must be set up er rm that t
a e not,and stand uprght wth ts haps,
parae or range wth our or -bench because
s uare ng, s a great pece o good or -
man/hp n a mth and shoud the ce not
stand uprght, and range wth the or -bench,
the haps pnchng upon two s uare sdes, woud
ma e the top de o our wor ether ean to-
wards ou, or rom ou, and conse uent ou
ng as a good or man ought to do upon
the at, or or onta Pan o our wor , woud
ta e o more o that nge, or dge,whch r-
ses hgher than the Pan, and ess o that dge,
that es ower than the Pan so that one nge
beng hgher,o.rower,than the other, our wor
nstead o beng ed 5 n ,woud be ed pa-.n-- // ,when ou sha ha e ed a ts at sdes,
and that more or ess, accordng to the eanng
o the hap o our ce. the ace, hath ts
two
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G.
two ends n a straght ne wth the mdde
o ts ace, or Pan. the haps must be cut
wth a astard ut,and er we tempered
the crew Pn cut wth a s uare strong orm.
D the ut, or crew o , hath aso a s uare
orm and s bra ed nto the round o . the
prng must be made o good tee, and er
we tempered: here note that the wder the
two ends o the prng stand asunder, the wder
t throws the haps o the ce open. the oot
must be straght, and there ore w be the
stronger to bear good hea bows upon the
wor screwed n the haoso the ce, that t
nether bow, or trembe.
the and- ce,
the and- ce are two orts, one s caed
the road hapt and- ce, the other the
uare od and- ce. The ce o the and-
ce, s to hod sma wor n, that ma re ure
o ten turnng about t s hed n the e t hand,
and each part o our wor turned upwards
success e , that ou ha e occason to e wth
our rght. The uareness and- ce s se-
dom used, but or ng sma Gobuous or ,
as the eads o Pns that round o towards the
dges, c. nd that because the haps do not
stand shouderng n the wa , but that the at
o the e ma the better come at the dges.
Ther haps must be cut as the ce a oresad, and
we tempered.
the P ers.
P ware o two orts, at os d, and ound
os d. Ther ce s to hod, and asten
upon a sma wor , and to t t n ts pace.
The ound os ers are used or turnng, or
bowng er, or sma Pate, nto a crcuar
orm. The haoso the at osd P es must
3so
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
6 M T G.
aso be cut and temper d , as the haps o the
ce. the ose, the haps, the |ont, DD
the andes.
the Dr, and Dr- ow.
D s are rosed or the ma ng such oes
as Punches w not con enent ser e or
as a pece o wor that hath aread ts hape,
and must ha e an hoe , or more , made n t.
ere the orce o a Punch, w set our wor
out o order and shape, because t w both bat-
ter the ur ace o the ron, and stretch ts des
out: The shan o a e aso, or some such
ong oe, the Punch cannot str e, because the
han s not orged wth substance su cent
but the Dr, tho our wor be ed and po-
s d, ne er batters or stretches t,but cuts a true
round oe, ust n the pont ou rst pace t.
ou must ha e se era es o Drs, accordng
as our wor ma re ure. The shape n g. 8.
s enough to shew the ashon o t but t must
be made o good tee, and we temper d.
the Pont, the han , the Dr-barre:
here note, that the bgger the Dr-barre s,
the easer t runs about, but ess sw t.
nd as ou must be pro ded wth se era
Drs, so ou ma sometmes re ure more than
one Dr-bow, or at east, se era Dr- rngs -
the strongest trngs or the argest Drs, and the
smaest trngs or the smaest Drs : ut ou
must remember, that whether ou use a, sma or
strong trng, ou eep our Dr- ow stranng,
our trng prett st , or ese our trng w
not carr our arre brs about. ut our
trng and ow, must both be accommodated to
the e o our Dr and both, or ether, be
too strong, the w brea , or bend our Drs
or too wea , the w not carr about the ar-
re, as a oresad. The
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 7
The Dr-sate, or rea t-Pate,s on apece
o at ron, t upon a at oards. whch ron
hath an hoe punched a tte wa nto t, to set
the bunt end o the han o the Pr n, when
ou dr d hoe: 7or men nstead o t, man
tmes use the ammer, nto whch the prc a
hoe a tte wa on the sde o t, and so set the
ammer aganst ther reast.
the crew-Pate, and ts Taps.
T crew-Pate s a Pate o tee we tem-
pers wth se era hoes n t, each ess
than other,andn those oes are Threds groo ed
nwards nto whch Groo es, st the respect e
Taps that beong to them. The Tp that beong
to them, are common made taperng towards
the Pont, as g. 7. shews. ut these taperng
Taps, w not ser e or some sorts o wor s, as
sha show n ts proper pace.
These are the most ssenta Toos used n
the ac - mth s Trade but some accdenta
wor , ma re ure some accdenta Toos,,
whch, as the ma a n, sha g e ou an
account o ncon enent pace.
orgng n genera.
TT Thn t needess to te ou how to ma e
our re, or bow t, because the are both
but abourers wor nor how tte, cr bg, t
need to be, or our own reason w, b the
e o our wor , teach ou that on et me
te ou the Phrase mths use or ma e the re
s, ow up the re,or sometmes, ow up the oas.
hen t s burnng wth the ron n t, ou
must, wth the ce, cap the oas upon the
out-sde cose together, to eep the heat n the
bod o the re and as o t as ou nd the re
begn to brea out, cap them cose agan, and
4 wth
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
8
M T G.
wth the a her dpt n water, wet the outsde o the re to damp the outsde , as we to
sa e oas., as to str e the orce o the re n-
to the nsde, that our wor ma heat the
sooner. ut ou ought o t to draw our wor
a tte wa out o the re, to see how t ta es ts
eat, and uc thrust t n agan, t be not
hot enough : or each purpose our wor s de-
sgned to, ought to ha e a proper eat sutabe
to that purpose, as sha shew ou n the se era
eats o ron: or t be too cod, t w not
ee the weght o the ammer as mths sa ,when
t w not batter under the ammer and t
be too hot, t w ed- ear, that s, brea , or
crac under the ammer, whe t s wor ng
between hot and cod.
the se era eats mths ta e o ther ron.
There are se era degrees o eats mths
ta e o ther ron, each accordng to the
purpose o ther wor . s rst, a ood-red eat.
econd , a hte ame eat. Thrd , a par -
ng, or edng eat. .
The ood-red eat s used when ron hath a-
read ts orm and s e, as sometmes s uare
ars, and ron Pates, c. ha e, but ma want a
tte ammerng to smooth t. se then the
ace o our and-hammer, and wth ght at
ows, hammer down the rreguar sngs nto
the od o our ron, t t be smooth enough
or the e. nd ncte,that t beho es a good
or man,to hammer hs or as true as he ans or one uarter o an hour spent at the orge,
ma sa e hm an hours wor at the ce.
The mc, or hte eat, s used when our
ron hath not ts orm or e, but must be or-
ged nto both and then ou must ta e a pece
o ron thc enough, and wth the en o our
arare,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 9
ammer, or sometmes, accordng to the s e o
our wor use two or three par o hands wth
edges to batter t out or, as or men ca t,
to draw t out, t t comes to ts breadth, and
prett near ts shape and so b se era eats,
our wor re ure them, rame t nto orm
and e then wth the ace o our and-
hammer, smooth our wor rom the Dents the
Ten made, as ou dd wth a ocd-red eat.
par ng, or T edng-he at,s on used when ou doube up our ron as mths ca t to
ma e t thc enough or our purpose, and so
wed, or wor n the doubng nto one another,
and ma e t become one entre umps or t s
used when ou on se era ars o ron toge-
ther to ma e them thc enough or our pur-
pose, and wor them nto one ar or ese t
s used when ou are to on, or wed two pe-
ces o ron together end to end, to ma e them
ong enough but, n ths ca e, ou must be
er uc at the orge or when our two
ends are throughout o a good eat, and that
the nsde o the ron be amost read to un,
as we as the outsde , ou must er hast
snatch them both out o the re together,an |
a ter ou ha e wth the dge o our ammer
scraped o such caes or Drt as ma hnder
ther ncorporatng wth our utmost dgence
cap our e t hand-pece,upon our rght hand-
pece, and wth a speed est ou ose some
part o our good eat a to ammerng
them together, and wor them sound nto
one another: and ths, our ars be arge ,
w re ure another, or sometmes two or three
par o ands besdes our own to do: but
t be not through weded at the rst eat, ou
must reterate our eats so o t, t the be
through weded o then wth 3 ame-heat as
be ore
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
o M T G.
be ore shape t, and a terwards smooth t wth
a ood-red eat. To ma e our ron come the
sooner to a edng-heat, ou must now and then
wth our earth-sta str up the re, and throw
up those nders the ron ma ha e run upon
or the w ne er burn we, but spo the rest
o the oas and ta e a tte whte and be-
tween our nger and our Thumb,and throw
upon the heatng ron, then wth our ce, uc cap the outsde o our re down a-
gan and wth our a her.dpt n ater, damp
the outsde o the re to eep the eat n.
ut ou must ta e speca are that our -
ron bum not n the re, that s, that t do not
run or met or then our ron w be so brt-
te, that t w not endure orgng wthout
brea ng, and so hard, that a e w not
touch t.
ome mths use to strew a tte whte and
upon the ace o the n aso, when the
are to hammer upon a edng-heat or the sa
t ma es the ron wed,or ncorporate the better.
through Msta e, or management, our
ron be too thn, or too narrow towards one o
the ends then ou ha e substance enough
and et not too ong ou ma tp-set t, that s,
ta e a ame-heat, and set the heated end up-
rght upon the n , nd hammer upon the cod
end t the heated end be beat, or upset,nto
the od o our or . ut t be a ong
pece o or , aud ou ear ts ength ma
wrong the mdde, ou must hod t n our e t
hand, and a t at on the n but so as the
heated end ntended to be up-set, ma e a t-
te o er the urther sde o the n , aud then
wth our and-hammer n our rght hand,beat
upon the heated end o our wor , mndng
that e er stroa ou ta e, ou hod our wor
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G.
st aganst the ace o the ammer. terwards
smooth t agan wth a ood-red eat.
ou are to orge a shouderon one, or each
sde o our wor , a the han o our ron
at the pace where our houder must be on the
edge o our n that edge whch s most con-
enent to our hand that more houders be
to be made, turn them a success e , and ham-
mer our ron so, as that the han o the ron
that es on the at o the n s ee as we the
weght o our ows, as the houder at the
edge o the n or shoud ou a our
bows on the edge o the n on , t woud
nstead o attng the han to ma e the hou-
der, cut our wor through.
our or w sometmes re ure to ha e
hoes punched n t at the orge, ou must then
ma e a tee Punch to the s e and shape o the
hoe ou are to str e, and harden the pont o
t wthout temperng, because the heat o the
ron w so ten t ast enough, and sometmes
too ast, but then ou must re-harden t then
ta ng a ood-heat o our ron, or t be er
arge, amost a ame-heat a t upon our
n , and wth our e t hand, pace the pont
o the Punch where the hoe must be, and wth
the and-hammer n our rght hand punch the
hoe or our wor be hea , ou ma hod
t n our e t hand, and wth our Punch ed
at the end o a oop-stc , or some such ood,
hod the stc n our rght hand, and pace the
pont o our Punch on the wor where the hoe
must be, and et another Man str e, t our
Punch come prett near the bottom o our
wor whch when t does, the sdes o our
wor round about the hoe, w r e rom the
ace o the n , and our Punch w prnt a
bunchng mar upon the hoe o a oster,thats,
a thc
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
12
M T G.
a thc ron wth a hoe n t, and pacng our
Punch as be ore, str e t through. ut ou must
note, that as o t as ou ee our Punch heat, or
change oour, ou ta e t out o the hoe, and
pop t nto ater to re-harden t, or ese t w
batter n the hoe ou ntend to str e, and not
on spo t se , but the or too, b runnng
asde n the or . a ng punched t through
on the one sde turn the other sde o our wor ,
and wth our ammer set t at and straght,
and wth a ood-heat punch t through on the
other sde aso so sha that hoe be t or the
e,or s uare bore, the curost o our
purposed or cannot aow t to pass wthout
ng. hen our or s orged,do not uench
t n water to coo t, but throw t down upon
the oor, or earth, to coo o t se , or the
uenchng t n water w harden t as sha
hort /hew ou,when come to the Temperng
o tee.
ra ng and oderng.
ma ha e occason sometmes to ra e
or oder a pece o wor but t s used b
mths on , when ther wor s so thn , or
sma, that t w not endure edng. To do
ths, ta e sma peces o rass, and a them on
the pace that must be bra ed, and strew a tte
Gass beaten to powder on t to ma e t run the
sooner, and g e t a eat n the orge, t b
sometmes drawng t a tte wa out o the re
ou ee the rass run. ut our wor be so
sma, or thn, that ou ma ear the ron w
run as soon as the rass, and so ou ose our
wor n the re, then ou must ma e a oam
o three parts a , and one part orse-dung
and a ter the are wrought and mnged er
we together n our hands, wrap our wor wth the rass, and tte beaten Gass upon
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G.
the pace to be bra ed cose n the oam,and
a ng t a whe upon the earth o the orgeto
dr , put the ump nto the re, and bow the
eows to t, t ou perce e t ha e a u eat,
that s, t the ump oo e a we burnt oa
o re then ta e t out o the re, and et t
coo: terwards brea t up, and ta e out our
or .
Thus much o orgng n genera. t remans
now, that ou now what orts o ron are ttest
or the se era ses, ou ma ha e occason to ap-
p them.
o se era orts o ron, and ther proper ses.
T s not m purpose, n ths pace,to te ou
how ron s made, sha de er that t
come to treat o Me ttas,and ther e nngs. et
t at present sats e those that now t not, that
ron s, b a oent re, meted out o hard
tones, caed ron- tones o these ron- tones,
man ountres ha e great pent . ut because
t wastes such great uanttes o ood to draw
the ron rom them, at w not,n man Paces,
ut cost to use them. n most parts o ngand,
we ha e abundance o these ron- tones but our
ngsh ron, s genera a course sort o ron,
hard and brtte, st or re-bars,and other such
course ses uness t be about the orrest o
Dean, and some ew paces more, where the -
ron pro es er good.
wedsh ron s o a orts, the best we use n
ngand ts a ne tough ort o ron,w best en-
sure the ammer,and s so test to e and there-
ore most co eted b or men, to wor upon.
pan t ron,woud be as good as wedsh ron,
were t not sub ect to ed- ear, as or men
phrase t that s to crac betw t hot and cod.
There ore when t as under ourands, ou
mu t
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
14 M T 1 G.
must tend t more earnest at the orge. uttho
t be good, tough, so t ron, et or man ses
or men w re use t, because t s so , and
un-e en wrought n the ars,that t costs them
a great dea o abour to smooth t but t s
good or a great wor s that re ure wedng, as
the bodes o n s, edges, arge e-cappers,
arge Pestes or Mortars, a thc strong ars,
d c. ut t s partcuar chosen b nchor- mths,
because t abdes the eat better than other ron,
and when t s we wrought, s toughest.
There s some ron comes rom oand tho
n no great uantt but s made n German .
Ths ron s caed Dort uares, on because t
comes to us rom thence, and s wrought nto
s uare ars three uarters o an nch s uare. t
s a bad,course ron,and on t or ght ses,
as ndow- ars, rewers- ars, re- ars, c.
There s another sort o ron used or ma ng
o er, whch o a orts s the so test and
toughest: ut ths ort s not pecuar to an
ountr , but s nd erent made where an
ron s made, though o the worst sort, or t
s the rst ron that runs rom the tone when t
s metng, and s on preser ed or the ma-
ng o er.
what hath been sad, ou ma see that the
so test and toughest ron s the best : There ore
when ou chuse ron,chuse such as bows o tenest
be ore t brea , whch s an rgument o tough-
ness,- and ee t brea sound wthn, be gre o
oour e bro en ead, and ree rom such
gsterng pec s ou ee n bro en ntmon ,
no aws or d sons n t or these are rgu-
ments that t s sound, and we wrought at
the M.

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G.
o ng n Genera.
se era sorts o es that are n comed. these shapes ou must ha e o se era . -
,es and o se era uts. ou must ha e them o
se era s es, as we because ou ma ha e se e-
ra s es o wor ,as or that t sometmes as out
that one pece o wor ma ha e man parts n
t oned and tted to one another,some o them
great, and others sma nd ou must ha e
them o se era uts, because the ough-tooth d e
cuts aster than the astard-tooth9d e, the ne-
tooth d e aster than the mooth-tooth d e.
The ough or ourse-tooth d e whch t
be arge, s caed a ubber s to ta e o the un-
e enness o our wor whch the ammer made
n the orgng the astard-tooth7d e s to ta e
out o our wor , the deep cuts, or e-stro es.,
the ough- e made the ne-tooted e s to ta e
out the cuts, or e-stro es,the astard- e made
and the mooth- e s to ta e out those cuts, or
e-stro es, that the ne e made.
Thus ou ee how the es o se era uts suc-
ceed one another, t our or s so smooth
as t can be ed. ou ma ma e t et smoother
wth merc , Trpo, c. ut o that n ts pro-
per pace, because t suts not wth ths ecton
o ng.
ou must ta e care when ou use the ough
e, that ou go er ght o er those dents
the ammer made n our wor , uness our
wor be orged somewhat o the strongest, or
the dents beng rreguartes n our wor ,
ou shoud e awa as much n them, as ou
do, o - the mnences or sngs, our wor
whether t be straght or crcuar woud be as
rreguar as t was be ore ou ed t: nd
when
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G.
when ou e upon the Promnent, or rsng
Parts o our or , wth our course cut e,
ou must aso ta e care that ou e them not
more awa than ou need, or ou ma eas
be dece ed because the course e cuts deep,
2nd ma es deep scratches n the or / and be-
ore ou can ta e out those deep scratches wth
our ner cut es, those paces where the -
sngs were when our wor was orged, ma
become dents to our ammer dents there ore
, e not those sngs ute so ow, as the dents
the ammer made, but on so ow as that the
scratches the ough- e ma es ma e as ow,or
deep n our wor , as our ammer dents do
or then, when ou come wth our smoother
ut es, a ter our ough- e, the scratches o
our ough- e, and our ammer-stro es, or
dents, ma both come out together. ut to do
ths wth greater certant , hod our e so,
that ou ma eep so much o the ength o our
e as ou can to rub, range, or, as near
range as ou can upon the ength o our
wor or so sha the e enter upon the se-
cond sng on our wor , be ore t goes o
the rst, and w p o er, and not touch the
dent or hoow between the two sngs, t
our sngs are brought nto a straght ne
wth our hoow dent. ut o ths more sha
upon se era partcuar sorts o wor .
t be a s uare ar, or such e ou are
to e upon, a ts nges, or dges, must be
e t er sharp and straght. There ore our ce
beng we set up, accordng to oregong D-
rectons, ou must n our ng athwart o er
the hap o the ce, be sure to carr both our
hands ou hod the e n, tru or onta, or
at o er the or o or shoud ou et ether o
Practce o ngs
our
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G.
our hands mount, the other woud dp, and
the edge o that uare t dps upon woud be
ta en o and shoud ou et our hand mo e
ne er so tte crcuar , both the dges ou
e upon woud be ta en o , and the Mdde
o our ntended at woud be e t wth a
sng on t. ut ths and-cra t, ou must
attan to b Practce or t s the great uro-
st n ng.
t be a round Pece, or od o ron, ou
are to e upon, what ou were orbd upon
uare or , ou must per orm on the ound
or ou must dp our ande-hand, and mount
our end-hand a tte, and a ng prttng near
the end o our e to the or , e crcu-
ar upon the or ,b mountng our ande-
hand b degrees, and dppng our nd-hand,
n such manner, as when the Mdde o our e
comes about the top o our or , our e
ma be at upon t, and as ou contnue our
stroa s orwards, st eep our hands mo ng
crcuar t ou ha e nshed our u trea , that s, a troa the whoe ength o the e.
ths manner o rcuar ng, ou eep
our Pece, or od round but shoud ou e
at upon the top o our wor , so man tmes
as ou sha remo e, or turn our wor n the
e so man ats, or s uares, ou woud
ha e n our wor whch s contrar to our
purpose.
hen ou thrust our e orwards,ean hea-
upon t, because the Teeth o the e are
made to cut orwards, but when ou draw our
e bac , to reco er another thrust, t, or
bear the e ght ust abo e the wor or t
cuts not comng bac .
Thus mush o G n Genera

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
8
M T G.
the ma ng o nges, oc s, e s, crews,
and uts ma and Great,
nges.
g.. the Ta, the ross, D D D D
the |ont, D D D D the n-hoe. hen the
ont at on the ra,s pnd n the
|ont at n the ross, the whoe nge s
caed a ross-Garnet.
nges, the be sma as or upboard doors o es, . are cut out o cod Pate ron wth the a od- hse, but ou mar the-
ut-nes o our ntended nge, as g.. the
ross-Garnet, ether wth ha , or ese rage upon the Pate wth the corner o the od-
hse, or an other hardned tee that w-
scratch a brght stro e upon the Pate and
then a ng the Pate at upon the n , the
Pate be arge, or upon the b ta e, the pate be sma, ta e the od- hse n our e t hand, and set the edge o t upon that Mar , or ase,
and wth the and-hammer n our rght hand,
str e upon the head o the od- hse, t ou
cut, or rather punch the edge o the od- hs
se, amost thro5 the Pate n thatPace, sa ,
amost through , because , shoud ou str e t: ute through, the edge o the od- hse woud
be n danger o batterng, or ese brea ng, or
the ace o the n s hardned tee, and a
ght bow upon ts ace woud wrong the edge
o the od- hse besdes , t sometmes hap-
pens, that the n , or ta e, s not a o er
so hard as t shoud be, and then the od- h -
woud cut the ace o the n ,, or ta e,
and conse uent spo t: There ore when the
edge o the od- hs d comes-prett near the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G.. 19
bottom o the Pate, ou must a but ght
bows upon the od- h|| e and et ou must
str e the edge o the od- h e so near through
the bottom o the Pate, that ou ma brea
the remanng substance asunder wth our n-
gers, or wth a par o ers, or sometmes b
pnchng the Pate n the ce, wth the ut
pace cose to the uper ces o the chapso
the ce and then wth our ngers and
Thumb, or our whoe hand, wrgge t ute
asunder. ut ha ng cut one breadth o the
od- h e, remo e the edge o t orward n
the a e, and cut another breadths and so mo e,
t success e , t our whoe ntended apc
be cut out o the Pate.
hen ou cut out an nge, ou must ea e
on the ength o the Pate n ths gure,
Pate enough to ap o er or the |onts, mean
to Turn, or Doube about a round Pn, so bg as
ou ntend the Pn o our nge sha be, and
aso Pate enough to ed upon the nsde o
the nge beow the n-hoe o the ont,that
the |ont ma be strong.
The s e, or dameter o the n-hoe , ought
to be about twce the thc ness o the Pate ou
ma e the nge o , there ore a a w re o such a dameter towards the end , n ths gure on
the Ta pece,athwart the Pate as D, ahd
Doube the end o the Pate , o er the w re to
ap o er t, and reach as ar as t can upon the
end then hammer the Pate that s ap d o er the w re cose to the w re., to ma e th
Tn-hoe round but our Pate be thc , t .
w re ure the ta ng o an eat to ma e the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
20 M T G.
hammer the coser to the wre, and conse uent
ma e the Pn-boe the ounder : our wor
ma aso sometmes re ure to be crewed nto
the ce, wth the doubed end upwards, and the
bottom de o the w re cose aganst the haps
o the ce, and then to hammer upon the er
top o the n-hoe to round t at the end aso.
hen ou ha e made the n-hoe round n the
nsde, ta e the n D out o the n-hoe, and
put the |cnt-end o the nge nto the re to
ma e a edng-heat , whch when t hath/natch
t uc out o the re, and hammer, or wed,
the end upon the Ta-pece t the be n-
corporate together. ut ou must ha e a care
that ou hammer not upon the Pate o the n-
hoe, est ou stop t up, or batter t when t
s we eded, ou must agan put n the n
D, and t w not we go nto the Pn-
hoe, because ou ma perhaps ha e hammer d
ether upon t, or too near t, and so ha e some-
what cosed t ou must orce t n wth our
hammer and t re ure, ta e a ood-heat, or
a ame-heat, o the |ont end and then orce
the n nto the n-hoe, t ou nd the Pn-
hoe s agan round wthn, and that the n, or
re, turn e en about wthn t.
terwards wth a Puncho hardned tee
/as ou were taught Page n. 12.| Punch the
a-hoes n the Pate or our Pate be
er thn, ou ma punch them wth a c cod
Punch. ter a, smootht as we as ou can
wth our and-hammer ta e a ood-red-heat,
our wor re ure t, not, smooth t cod |. so w the Ta-pece be t or the e. Doube,
and ed the ross-pece, as ou dd the Ta-pece.
a ng orged our nge t or the e, ou
must proceed to ma e the |ont, b cuttng a
otch n the Mdde o the Pn-hoe between
D D n Pate 2. on the ross, as at , and ou
must cut down the nds o the Pn-hoe on the
Ta-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 21
Ta-pece, as at D D, t the |ont at t e -
act nto the otch n the ross, and that when
the n s put nto the n-hoe D D on the ross,
the n-hoe n the Ta-pece ma aso rece e the
Pn then b hodng the Ta-pece n one and,
and the ross n the other, doube the Ta and
ross towards one another, to tr the mo e
e en and smooth wthout sna ng on the
Tn whch the do, the |ont s made
the do not, ou must e amne where the aut
s, and ta ng the n out, mend the aut n
the |ont.
Then e down a the rreguartes the o. h||e made on the dges o our or , and
the urost o or re ure t e aso the
cuter at o our or . ut tho mths that ma e
uanttes o nges, do brghten them, as the
ca t et the sedom e them, but Grnde
them on a Grndstone t the become oght cc.
a ng nshed the ont,put the Pnn agan
but ta e care t be a tte onger than the Depth
o the |ont, because ou must batter the nds
o the n o er the outer dges o the n-hoe,
that the n ma not drop out when ether dge
o the ross s turned upwards.
The che est urost n the ma ng these,
and, ndeed, a other nges s, . That the
n-hoe be e act round, and not too wde or
the n. 2. That the ontsare et e act nto
one another, that the ha e no pa between
them, est the sha e upwards or downwards,
nor et are orced too hard nto one another,est
when the are naed on the Door, the |ont be
n Danger o rea ng. 3. That the ross,and
the Ta e on the nder-sde e act at, or
shoud the warp out o at when the are na-
ed on, the as woud draw the onta-wr ,
and not on ma e t mo e hard, and une en ,
but b o t penng and huttng brea the |ont.
4. our or be ntended to be curous, the
5 true
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G.
true uare-r mg the pper-sde, as ou were
taught Page , 16, 17. s a great rnament.
a mths ca a h es the use upon cod ron, od- hses.
b The ta e s a sma n , whch ether
stands upon a broad ron oot, or ass, on
the or - ench, to remo e as occason o ers
or ese t hath a strong ron p e at the ot tom, whch ron p e s et nto some certan
Pace o the or - ench not to be remo ed.
n ce s to set sma cod or straght
upon, or to ut or Punch upon wth the od
h e, or od-Punch.
c mths ca a Punches the use upon cod ron, od-Punches.
the nge ou are to ma e be arge,and Pate, ron s not strong enough or t, ou must
orge t out o at ar- ron, as ou were taught
rom Page 7 to Page 12.
The manner o wor ng Dust ats s g. . and
de-hnges, g. 6. c. s. the shape consdered
n a respects the ame ha e here shewed ou
n ross-Garnets but n these or others ou
ma our or re ure urost nstead
o Doubng or the |ont, orge the ound or the
|ont o u ron, and a terwards Dr a oe
through t, or the Pn-hoe and b curous -
ng, wor them so true nto one another, that
both sdes o the nge sha seem but one Pece
as sha shew more at arge, when come to
the ma ng o ompasses, and other |onts son
Mathematca nstruments
oc s and e s.
there are oc s or se era Purposes, as
treet-door oc s, caed toc - oc s ham-
her-door oc s, \\cd prng- oc s upboard- oc s,
he t- oc s , Trun - oc s , Padoc s, . o, ure there sp er n entons n oc s, mean, n
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 23
the Ma ng and ontr ng ther ards, or
Guards. ut the ontr ances beng amost nt numerabe, accordng to the arous ances o
Men, sha be re erred to another Tme to ds-
course and sha now shew ou the or ng
o a prng- oc , whch when ou now how
to do, our anc ma pa wth n entons, as
ou bet e.
n g. 2. the Man-pate, the e shoe. D the Top-boo , ross-wards,
the ot, G the ot-Toe, or ot- ab, the
Drawbac prng, the Tumber, the Pno
the Tumber, the tapes.
n g. 3. the o er-Pate, the Tn,
D the Man-ward, D D ross-wards, the
tep-ward or Dap-ward.
n g. 4. the Pn-hoe, the tep, or Dap-
ward, the oo -ward, D the Mdde, or
Man t oss-ward, the ross-ward, the
Man-ward, G G ro s- ard, the han ,
the P t 3 or read, the ow-ward, the ow, D GG the
rst, ut out o an ron Pate wth a G -
hsse, the e and hape o the Man-Pate, as
ou were taught to cut the ross and Ta-pece o
the ross-Garnet then consder what Depth ou
ntend the t o the e sha ha e, and set that
Depth o on the Man-Pate, b ea ng about
ha an nch o Pate between the ottom o the
e -hoe, and the ower dge o the Man-Pate,
as at or more or ess, accordng to the- ee o
the oc . Then measure wth a Par o ompasses
between the ottom o the t, and the G #/n o
our e or our ntended e and set that d-
stance o rom to , near the Mdde between
the two nds o the Man-Pate,and wth the co Prc -punch, ma e there a Mar to set one oot o
our ompasses n, then openng our cmpas csto
t te Mdde o the t o our ntended g, a
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
44 M T G.
to D, descrbe the rch D or the true Pace
the Top-hoop must stand on.
Then cut one other Pece o Pate as
n g, 3. or a o er opate, wth two Peces one
t ach de., ong enough to ma e tuds o to
turn downwards and then outward agan as
G G, that the o er-sate ma stand o the Man-
pate, the readth o the t o the e and at
the two nd o these tuds Punch hoes, as G G,
to et the c tr-pate nto the Man-pate. n
the Mdde o ths Pate ma e the entre, as at , then open our ompares to three uarters the
ength o the t, and ha the Dameter o the
han o the e , and pacng one oot n the
Pont descrbe wth the other oot the rch
D D or the true Pace o the Man-ward,th n
set our ompasses to a tte more than ha the
Dameter o the han , and pace one oot as
be ore n the entre , and wth the other oot
descrbe the sma rch , or the true Pace the
tep-ward, or as some ca t the Dap-ward must
stand: o ha e ou the true Paces o the ards,
or ano rdnar prng- oc ou ma the
Depth o our t w bear t put more ards n
our Pates. ut ou must note, that the more
ards ouput n, the wea er ou ma e our e
because that to e er ard on the Pates, ou
must ma e a t, or ard n the t o the e
and the more ards ou ma e, the wea er the
ron o the t w be and then the ot
/boot not eas bac wards, or orwards, the t
ma be n Danger o rea ng.
a ng mar ed on our Pates the Paces o
a our /ards, ou must ta e thn Pate, and
wth ammerng and ng ma e them both h\
ammer-harden , o e ua Thc ness a the wa .
Then e one dge er straght, b a ng a
/raght uer ust wthn the dge o t,anddraw-
ngs or racng wth a Pont o hardned tee, a
rght ne b the sde o the uer e awa
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 25
the dge o the Pate to that ne, then draw
as be ore another straght ne Parae to the
rst straght ne, or whch s a one, Parae
to the ed dge, ust o the readth ou ntend
the ards sha be, and e as be ore, on , ou
must ea e two, or sometmes three tuds upon
ths Pate, one near each nd, and the other n
the Mdde, to et nto the Man-pate, to eep
the ard t n ts Pace. There ore ou must
ta e care when ou eect ths thn Pece o Pate,
that t be broad enough or the ard, and these
tuds too. Then a ng the Pate a-thwart the
P e o the em , hod our and e en wth
the ace o the c e n, and hammer ths Pate
down somewhat b the sde o the P e, and b
Degrees ou ma wth care ta en brng t unto
a crcuar orm, ust o the e o that rce
ou descrbed on the Man-pate whch when
ou ha e done, ou must app ths ard to
the rce ou descrbed on the Man- ate
settng t n the Poston ou ntend t sha be
ed, and mar ng wth a tee Pont where the
tuds stand upon that rce, n those mar s Pnmh
hoes to et the tuds to. or so b a the
other ards.
ou ha e a Pn to the oc , Punch a oe
through the entre on the o er-pate, somewhat
smaer than the re ou are to ma e our Pn
o , because ou ma then e one nd o the
Pn awa to a han , whch must t the smaer
oe on the Pate, and the whoe Thc nesses
the Pn w be a hoder, whch w eep the
Pn tedd n the entre-boe o the Pate, when
the Pn s r etted nto the Pate. ut because
there s some to be used n mettmg,
sha, be ore proceed an arther, teach ou
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
26
M T G.
The manner o ettng.
ettng s to batter the dges o a han o-
er a Pate, or other ron, the 5/ n s et
nto, so as the Pate, or other ron, ma be
cnched coses and ed between the atterng
at the nd o the han and the hoder. o that
hen ou et a Tn nto a oe, our Pn must ha e a hoder to t thc er than the oe
s wde, that the hoder p not through the
oe, as we as the han but the han o the
Tn must be e act o the e o the oe the
han must be etted nto, and somewhat
onger than the Pate s thc e the nd o the
han at, soha the dges o the nd, the ea-
er batter o er the Pate then put our han
nto the oe, wheren t s to be etted, but
be sure ou orce the han cose up to the
hoder then turn the Top o ths hoder down-
wards Pate and a upon our ta e, but a
t so, as that the hoder e od,and the han ,
at the ame tme, stand drect uprght, and
wth our e t and, eep our or bearng
hard upon the at, or ace o the ta e. Then
hodng our ammer n our ght-hand, hod
the dge o the ace o t Drppng a- ope rom
the ght-hand outwards, and a prett ght
ows upon the dge o the nd o the han ,
turnng wth our e t-hand our or round
to the ace o the ammer, t ou ha e battered
the dges o the han ute round about but
ths s sedom done, wth once turnng our
or about,- there ore ou ma thus wor t
round agan and agan, t ou nd t s prett
we etted then a hea er ows upon t,
sometmes wth the ace, sometmes wth the Pen
o the ammer, t the nd o the han s tat-
tered e ectua o er the Pate.
ne man onsderaton n et tng s, that
the Tn ou r et n, stand uprght tp .thp Pa
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 27
or other ron ou r et t upon- or t do not
stand uprght, ou w be orced to set t up-
rght, a ter t s r etted, ether n the ce, or
wth our ers, or wth our ammer, and that
ma , our Pate be thn, bow t, or t be
thc ,brea the han , or ese the houdero our
et, and so ou ose our abour, and some-
tmes spo our or .
nother onsderaton s, that when ou r et
a Tn to an Pate, and ou ear t ma a ter-
wards twst about b some orce that ma be
o ered t, ou must, to pro de aganst ths
Danger, e the han ou ntend to et, e-
ther uare, or Tranguar, and ma e the oe
n the Pate ou r et t nto, o the ame e
and orm, and then r et n the han , as be-
ore. There are two wa s to ma e our oe,
uare or Tranguar, one s b ng t nto
these orms, when t s rst Punched round
the other b ma ng a Puncho tee, o the e
and hape o the han ou are to r et, and
punchng that Punch nto the Pate, ma e the
ame orm.
ow to return where e t o . The Pns and
han s o these ards must be made o a ong
uare orm, because, the Pates o the ards
beng thn stoud ou ma e them no broader
than the Pate s thc , the tuds, or han s
woud be too wea to hod the ards, there ore
ou must ma e the ettng- ban three or our
tmes, or sometmes more, as broad as the Pate
s thc , and then r et them n, as ou were
taught ust now,
Then pace the o er-pate upon the Man-
sate, so as the entre o the o er-sate, ma stand
drect o er and aganst the entre o the Man-
sate, and ma e mar s through the oe G G,
o the tuds o the o er-Pate upon the Man,sate, and on those Mar s Punch hoes, and t
wo ms mo them to a ten he ow on to
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
2 M T G.
the Man-pate, but ou must not et r et them
down, t the e -hoe be made, because ths
o er-pate woud then stop the Progress o the
e through the Man-pate, when ou e the
e - oe. hen ou ha e paced the o er-pate
upon the Man-pate, and tted t on wth Pns,
so, as ou ma ta e t o , and put t on agan,
as our or ma re ure, ou must Punch the
e -boe, or rather dr two oes cose b one
another, the e -hoe as near the ards, be-
cause Punchng ma be apt to set the ards out
o orm, and wth sma es, e the two oes
nto one another, to ma e the oe bg enough
to come at t wth bgger Pes, and then e
our e hoeto our ntended e and hape.
The e -hoe beng nshed , orge our e ,
as ou were taught, Page 7. and our e
s to ha e aT Pn-hoe, dr the oe n the
Mdde o the nd o the han , then e the
ards, or ts n the t wth thn es et
sometmes mths Punch, or cut them wth a
o d- h ,at the ame Dstances rom the Mdde
o the Pn-hoe n the nd o the han whch
s the seme entre, whch was made be ore,nthe
Man-pate on/ the o er-pate whch ou paced
the ards at, rom the entre o the Man and
on w-pate. ut be ore ou e these ards top
deep nto the t o the e , ma e Tras, b
puttng the t nto the e -hoe, whether the
ards n the t, w agree wth the ards on
the Pates, whch the do, ou ma bod
cut them to the Depth o the ards on the Pate
not, ou must ater our course t the do
but ou must ta e great are n uttng the
ards down straght, and s uare to the des o
the t or the be not cut down straght,
the ards on the Pates, w not a n wth
the ards n the t o the e and the be
not uare to the des o the t, the t w
not on be wea er than t need be but t w
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 29
shew unhandsome ,and ea otch to the e,
The rossand ac wardss made,or, at east,
entred at the orge, when the ron hath a ood,
or amost a ame eat, et sometmes mths do
t on cod ron, wth a thn h e, as ou was
taught Page 11. 12. ut ou must ta e care
that our h e be nether too thc , or too
broad, or ths Punchng o ards s on to g e
the thn es ntrance to the or whch
ntrance when ou ha e, ou ma eas e
our ross,or oo -wards, wder or deeper,as our
or ma re ure but our ebe too
broad, or too thc , t w ma e the ards n the
t too ong, or too wde, and then as sad
be ore the t o our e w pro e wea er
than t needs to be.
a ng made the ards on the Pate, and n
the t o the e , ou must orge the ot o a
consderabe ubstance, Thc and uare at the
nd that /hoots nto the tape n the rame o
the Door, that t ma be strong enough to guard
the whoe Door but the rest o the ot that es
between the two tapes on the Man-pate, ma
be made er thn nwards, that s, the de that
es towards the Man-pat e,\ hchhec u b t can-
not be seen when the ot s ed upon the Pate,,
ha e made a gure o t, and turned the nsde
to ew, as n g, 4. where ou ma ee, that
the nd , hath a consderabe ubstance o
ron to guard the whoe Door, as a oresad, and
s a uare tud, whch doth as we eep the
utsde at o the ot on the ange, as ser e or
a tud or the prng n g. 2. to pres hard
aganst, and shoot the ot orwards: Ths ot
must be wrought straght on a ts des, e cept
the Topsde whch must be wrought straght
on as ar as the hoder G, caed the Toe, or
ab o the ot, whch rses, as ou ee n the
gure, consderab hgh, abo e the traght
01 the Top o the oh: The ce o ths ab,
s
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
o M T G.
s to rece e the ottom o the t o the e
when n turnng t about, t shoots the ot bac -
wards or orwards.
a ng orged and ed the ot, ou must t
the oow- de o t towards the Man-pate,
at that Dstance rom the e -hoe, that when
the e s put nto the e -hoe, and turned
towards the ot, the ottom o the t ma a
amost to the ottom o the ab, and shoot the
ot bac so much, as t needs to enter the tape
n the oor- rame. nd ha ng ound ths true
Pace or the ot, ou must wth s uare tapes,
ust t to contan the ot wth an ease Pa ,
asten these tapes,b ettng them wth the ot
wthn them, one near the ot end, the other
near the ab end, as at to the Man-pate.
Then Punch a prett wde oe n the Man-
pate, as at , to rece e a strong Tn, and e
a hoder to the shan o the Tn that goes nto
the Pate. Ths Tn s caed the Tn o the Tumber
the Tumber s mar ed , whch s a ong Pece
o ron, wth a round oe at the Top to t the
Tn o the Tumber nto, that t ma mo e upon
t, as on a |ont, and t hath an oo returnng
at the ower nd o t, to a nto the reech
o the ot, and b the prng orces the ot
orwards, when t s shot bac wth the e .
Ths prng s made o tee, and a terwards
temper d as sha shew ou n proper Pace. |
t s ed at the ottom o the Man-pate, b
two sma han s proceedng rom that dge o
ht prng that es aganst the Man-pate, as at
: These han s are to be r etted as ou
were taught e en now on the other de o
the Mam-pate.
thngs beng thus tted, punch an oe on
each orner o the Man-pate or as to enter,
that must na the oc to the Door. r ou
ntend to screw our oc on the Door, oumust
ma e wde oes, bg enough to rece e the
han
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 31
han o the crew. ast o a, r et down our
o er-sate to the Man-sate , and / 7e our e ,
and posh t too, ou w so /ha the oc
and be nshed.
a Prc -puncb s a Pece o temper d tees
wth a round Pont at one nd, to prc a round
Mar n cod ron.
b ammer-bardes when ou harden ron, or
tee, wth much hammerng on t. The ma ng o crews and uts.
T e han o the crew or Doors,and man
other Purposes, must be orged s uare near
the because t must be et nto a uare-hoe,
that t ma not twst about when the ut s
turned about hard upon the crew-pn. There ore,
ta e a uare-bar, or od o ron, as near the
e o the ead o the crew-pn as ou can, and
ta ngs ame-heat o t, a so much o ths ar
as ou ntend or the ength o the han , wth
one uare- de at, upon the ther- de o the
n , and hammer t down to our ntended
Thc ness: ut ha e a care ou do not str e
our ron on ths de the dge o the n
est ou cut the ron,as tod ou Page 11. Thus,
at once, ou w ha e two des o our han
orged the nder- de made b the n , and
the pper-sde beaten at wth the ammer:
The ead w be n the man od o ron,-then
our ron grows cod, g e t another eat,
and a one o the unwrought des upon the
ther-sde o the n , ust to the ead, and, hammer that down, as be ore, so sha the two
other uare-sdes be made then hammer down
the orners o so much o ths han , as ou n-
tend or the crew-pn, and round t, as near as
ou can, wth the ammer set then the h se
to the Thc ness ou ntend the ead sha ha e,
and str e t about ha through, then turn the
des success e , and cut each de aso ha
through, t t be ute cut o . the hoder be
not s uare enough, hod t n our uare-nos
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G.
Tongs, and ta e another eat ,and wth speed
est our or coo screw the han nto the
et, so as the hoder ma a at upon the hap
o the ce then hammer upon the ead, and
s uare the hoder on two des, do the e or
s uarng the other two des. Ths was,n part,
taught ou be ore, n Page n. but because
the cuttng ths ron od, or ar, ust abo e the
hoder ma es the ead, and or that dd not
menton t there, thought t snce the Purpose
re ured t to do t here: The orgng o the
uts are taught be ore, Page n. 12.
a ng orged and ed our han s uare, and
the ead ether uare or ound, as ou ntend
t sha be, e aso the crew-pn, rom the -
sngs and dents e t at the orge and e t a tte
Taperng towards the nd, that t ma enter the
crew-pate the ue how much t must be Ta-
perng s ths, consder how deep the nner Groo-
es o the crew-pate e n the outer Threds, and
e the nd o the crew-pnso much smaer than
the rest o the crew-pn, or the outer Threds o
ht crew-pate must ma e the Groo es on the crew-
n, and the Groo es n the crew-pate, w ma e
the Threds on the crew-pn. a ng tted our
se wth a oe n our crew-pate that s,
such a oe whose Dameter o the hoow Groo-
es, sha be e ua to the Dameter o the crew-
n but not such a oe, whose Dameter o
the outer Threds, sha be e ua to the Dameter
o the crew-Pn, or then the crew-pate w
ndeed turn about the crew-pn, but not cut an
Groo es, or Threds n t screw the han wth the
ead downwards n the ce, so as that the crew-
pn ma stand drect uprght, and ta e the
ande o the crew-pate n our ght-hand,and
a that oe at upon the crew-pn, n press t
er hard down o er t, and turn the crew-pate
e en about wth ts ande towards ou, rom the
ght towards the e t-hand so sha the outer
Thrrds
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 33
Threds o the crew-sate cut Groo es nto the crew-
pn, and the substance o the ron on the crew-
pn w \ p the Groo es o the crew-pate, and
be a Tred upon the crew-pn. ut ta e ths or
auton, that, as tod ou, on must not ma e
our crew-pn too sma, because the crew-sate w
not cut t, so ou ma e t too bg t do en-
ter the crew-pate where t s Taper t w en-
danger the brea ng t, or, t do not brea t,
et the crew-pate w, a ter t gets a tte beow
the Taperng, go no arther, but wor and wear
o the 7bred t made about the Taperng.
To t the Pn there ore to a true s e, , n m
Practse, use to tr nto what hoe o the crew-
pate, the Tap or pace o the Tap, t be a ta-
perng Tap, ma e the ut wth, w ust sde
through Threads and a, whch genera n
most crew-pat s the hoe ne t abo e that to be
used or then turnng m Pm about n that boe9
the Pn be rreguar ed, or but a tte too
bg on an part o t, the Threadso that oe w
cut sma marss upon the Pm, on the rreguar
paces, or where t s too bg so that a terwards
ng those Mar s ust o , do at once e m
Pn tru round, and sma enough to t the e
ma e m crew-pn wth
s the oe o the crew pate must be tted to
the crew-pn, so must the crew-tap that ma es the
crew n the ut, be tted to to the round hoe
o the ur7 but that Tap must be o the ame s e
o our crew-pn too, whch ou ma tr b the
ame hoe o the crew-pate oumade the crew-
pn wth. crew the at n the ce drect at, that the hoema stand uprght, and put the cre -
tap uprght n the hoe -7 then our crew-tap
ha e an hande, turn t b the hande hard round
n the oe, so w the crew-tap wor t se nto
the oe, and ma e Groo e sn t to t the Threadso the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
34 M T G.
the crew-pn. ut the crew-tap ha e no han
d , then t hath ts upper end ed to a ong s uare,
to t nto an hoow s uare, made near the hande
o the crew-pate but that ong s uare hoe, t. er the ong s uare on the top o the Gap,and
then b turnng about the eren-pate, ou w a-
so turn about the Tap n the hoe, and ma e Groo es
and Threds n the ut.
ut though sma crews are made wth crewspates, et great crews, such as are or Parw, ots Pre es, Prwtng-Pre e , c. are not made wth
crew-pates, but must be cut out o the man ron,
wth hea bows u ona od- h e The man-
ner o ma ng them, s as oows.
The ues and manner o uttng orms upon great
crews.
T Threds o crews, when the ate bgger
than can be made n crew-pates, are caPd
orms. The consst n ength, breadth and
depth the ength o a orm begns at the one
end o the pnde, and ends at the other , the
breadth o the orm, s contaned between an
two Groo es on the pnde, \ . The upper and un-
der Groo e o the orm, n e er part o the
pnde the depth o the orm, s cut nto the
Dameter o the pnde, h. The depth, between
the outsde o the orm, and the bottom o the
Groo e.
The depth ought to be about the one se enth
part o the Dameter, on each sde the pnde:
ou ought to ma e the Groo e wder than the
orm s broad, because the orm beng cut out
o the same ntre pece wth the pnde, w be
as strong as the orm n the ut, tho the orm
on the pnde be smaer or ou cannot come
at the orm n the ut, to cut t wth es, as ou
ma the pnde, and there ore ou must ether
Turn
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 3
Turn tp a od o ron, to twst round about the
Groo es on the spnde,and then ta e t o and
ra t nto the ut,or ese ou must ast a ut
o rass upon the pnde, whch w nether wa
be so strong as the orm cut out o the whoe
ron, b so much as rass s a wea er Metta than
ron, and there ore t s that ou ought to aow
the orm n the ut, a greater breadth than the
orm on the pnde,that the strength o both
ma , as near as ou can, be e ua d or both
beng put to e ua orce, ought to ha e e ua
strength. The orm ma er we be the one
se enth part smaer than the Groo e s wde, as
a oresad.
a ng consdered what breadth the orm on
the pnde sha ha e, ta e a sma thn Pate o
rass, or ron, and e as uare notch at the end
o t, ust so wde, and so deep, as our orm s
to be broad and deep, and e the sdes o the Pate
that ths notch stands between, ust to the wdth
o the Groo e. Ths Pate, must be a Gage to e our
orm and Groo e to e ua breadth b then draw
a straght and uprght ne the whoe ength o the
pnde d de rom ths ne the rcum erence
o the whoe pnde nto eght e ua Parts, and
through those D sons, draw se en nes more
parae to the rst ne , then open our om-
pares ust to the breadth o one worm,and one
Groo e and set o that dstance as o t as ou can,
rom the one end o the pnde to the other, but
shoud rst ha e tod ou, that the end o our
pnde must be s uare to the outsde and wth a
Prc -Punch ma e a mar to e er settng o oa
that ne: Do the e to a the other straght
uprght nes- ote, that ou ma chose one o
these eght uprght nes or the rst, and ma e
the ne t towards our e t and, the second but
then the rst must stand towards ou and the
2 ne t
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
3 M G.
ne t that, the thrd, and so on. nd the top
mar o e er one o these uprght straght
nes, sha be caed the rst Mar , the ne t un-
der that the second Mar , the thrd, the thrd
Mar , and so downwards n rder and um-
ber.
a ng mar ed on o these eght ne at the
top o the pnde, to begn the wndng o the
orm at, wth a ac -ead penc, draw a ne
rom that Mar to the second Mas ,- on the e s
uprght ne towards the e t hand, ront thence
contnue drawng on wth our Penc to the thrd
Mar , on the thrd uprght ne, draw on st td
the ourth Mar , on the ourth uprght ne, and so onwards, t ou ha e drawn o er the
eght straght nes, whch when ou ha edone
sou must st contnue on, drawng downwards
to each ower Mar on each success e uprght
ne, t ou ha e drawn ot orm en end
to end : Then e amne, as we as ou can, b
our e,: whether the orm ou ha e carred on
rom Mar to Mar wth the ac -ed Penc,
do not brea nto nges, whch t do an
where, ou must mend t n, that pace: Then
wth the edge o an ha -round e, e a sma
ne n th ac - ead ne, and be sure that the
ne ou are ngs run e act through a the
Mar s that the ac -tead Penc houd ha e run-
through t dd not, or want o good gu-
dance o the and. Ths sma ne s on or a
gude to cut the Groo e down b , or the ma ng
o a crew s, ndeed nothng ese, bu the cut-
tng the Groo e down, or then the orm remans:
ut ou must not e n ths sma mer but ea e
t as a gude to e on the mdde o the orm
as sad be ore : There ore to cut down the
Groo e, ta e a od- hse, somewhat thnner than,
ou ntend the Groo e ea be wde,. about
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 57
the thc ness o the breadth o the orm and, wthhea bows, cut out the Groo e prett near.
the reason wh ou shoud not o er,to cut the
Groo es to ther u wed that the rst, s, because
our and ma carr the d- h|| somewhat
awr , and shoud onr od- h e be as thc as
the Groo e s wde, ou coud not smooth the r-
reguartes out, wthout ma ng the orm nar-
rower than ou ntended t: Then wth a at- e
open and smooth the Groo e, ng n the mdde
between the two ne t ne nes cut b the ha -
round e, t ou ha e wrought the pnde rom
end to end, so sha the orm reman. ut ou
must not e pect, that though the Groo e be cut,
t s there ore nshed, or now ou must begn to
use the thn Pate-Gage0 and tr rst, whether the
orm ha e e ua breadth a the wa . econd ,
whether the Gro e ha e e ua breadth a the wa .
nd Thrd , whether the Groo e ha e e ua
depth a the wa -0 and where e er ou nd the
orm too broad, ou must e t thnner, and
where the Groo e s not deep enough, e t deep-
er , there ore n cuttng down the Groo e ou a
obser e, that , at rst, ou e the orm ne er
so tte too narrow or the Groo e ne er so
tte too deep, ou sha ha e a the rest o
the orm or Groo e to e o er agan , because the
whoe orm must be brought to the breadth o
the smaest part o t, and the whoe Groo e to
the depth o the deepest pace a the wa , espe-
ca the ut be to be ast n rass upon the
pnde because the Menta runrng cose to the
pnde w bnd on that pace, and not come o , , but the ut be not to be ast n rass, but
on hath a orm bra ed nto t, ths nceness s
not so absoute necessar , because that orm s rst turnedup, and bowed to the Groo es o
the pnd and ou ma tr that be ore t t,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
38 M T G.
ra d n the ut, and t go not we about,
ou ma mend, or botch t, ether b ammerng
or ng, or both.
The manner o astng the ut upon the pnsMe, sha shew when come to the astng o Metah and the manner o racng hath been Taught
aread . um. . so 12, 15.
our pnde s to ha e three or our orms
wndng about t, as onng-Pre ses and Prntng-
Presses ha e, that the ma not wear out too ast,
ou must d de the rcum erence nto three or
our e ua Parts, and ha ng straght uprght
nes, drawn as be ore, begn a orm at each o
those three, or our D sons, on the rcum e-
rence and consderng the breadth o our orm
and wdth o our Groo e, measure that wdth as
o t as ou can on a the uprght nes, and ma- ng Mar s on those at each ettng o , draw as
be ore, a ne rom the end o the spnde,on the
rst uprght ne to the Mar beow t, whch s
the second Mar on the second uprght ne,
rom thence to the thrd Mar , on the thrd up-
rght ne, and so on to the other end o the
spnde. a ng drawn the rst orm,wor the
other orm as ths.
Thus much ma at present su ce or great
crews.
M -
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G g
M
,
The Doctrne o and - or s
. The ma ng o |ac s and uet-Mods,
the twstng o ron and a e-hardnng t9
wth the use o some Toos not treated o be-
ore: so o the se era orts o tee, the
manner o o tmng ardnng andTem-
perng them.
|ac s.
G. . s card a orm-|ac . the ore-
sde, the ac -sde, the Top-pece,
the ottom-pece, atogether the
rame, the Man- pnde, the
Man- beeand arre, the arre, D the nd-
up-pece, atned pto the arre, the orm-
whee pnde G the orm-whee, the orm -
ut, the orm, the tudo the orm- pnde,
D the orm- oop, the nd-up-pece M the
nch or nder or ande, the ron part s the
nder the ood the ande, the e o the
nder, 11 the , T the oc et o the ,
the truc - hee, the te /e or ac :a nng s.
rst: ou are to orge the |ac - rame, and on
the e t de o the ore de, a han or the tud
o the orm pnd.e, as ou are taught umb, .
/o/. 8,9,10, 11,12. and then e t as ou were
taught umb, . so 14,15, 16.

The
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
4o M 1 t G.
The top and bottom Peces are et nto s uare hoes at the ends o the ore and ac sde. ut
ou must orge the top and bottom Peces wth two
sma uares towards the ends o them, and two
round ends or crew-pns, be ond thoe s uares.
The sma s uares are to be tted nto s uare hoes
nto the ore and ac sdes, and the round crew-
pntare to ma e crews o , to whch a s uare ut
s to be tted to draw the top and bottom Peces
cose and rght up to the nsdes o the ore and
ac sdes. The manner o ng o these nds
ou were, n part, taught umb. . so. , t .
and umb. . o 29. but another wa s b tr -
ng our or wth an nstrument, ca d b
or men, a uare, as ou ee descrbe n ths
gure.
o the uare and ts e.
T sdes are caed the uter-s uare \
the des D the nner-s uare. ts se s thus. our or , as n ths
a e, be an nter- uare, o:u
must use the nner-s uare, D
to tr t b -7 app ng ether
the de D or D but sup-
pose the sde D to one o
the sdes o our or , chuse
the attest and tmest wrought
c nether o the sdes be at,
ma e o them at, as ou were
taught umb. . so , \6. then ou - nd the
de D o our uare e a the wa e en upon
the ad onng sde o our or , ou ma con-
cude those sdes are uare -0 but the ad onng
de o our or comp not a the wa wth
the ad onng sde o the uare, ou must e a-
wa our or where the uare rdes upon t,
t.the whoe sde be wrought to comp wth
-: the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 4
the ad onng sde o the uare, that s, t both
the sdes o our or agree wth both the des
o the uares, when the are app d to one
another. a ng tred two sdes uare, ma e
a thrd sde o our or uare, b app ng
one o the sdes o the uare to one o those sdes
o our or , that are aread made s uare, and
as be ore, tr the thrd untr d sde, and ma e that uare and b the ame ue ma e the
ourth sde s uare.
1 the or ou are to e be an hoow s uare,
ou must app the outer uare to t, and
tr how, when one sde o the uare, s apped
to on sde b our or , the other sde o our
or agrees wth the other sde o the uare
whch t do, a s we: ut the uare and
the or comp not wth one another, ou must
e the or where t bears the uare o . ut
to return where e t.
a ng made these two ends s uare, ou must
t the ergs o them to that thc ness o the ore
and ac /des nto whch the are to enter, but so
as the uares be not u so ong as to come ute
thro the ore and ac sdes est when the uts
are screwed on the crew-pns that are at the ends
o these uares, the screw u up to the uares,
and bear aganst the corners o them whch
the do, the uts w not draw the ore and ac -
sdes cose aganst the shouder o the uares, , on
the top and bottom Peces, and then the whoe |ac
rame w not stand ast and rm together.
ut be ore ou t ths rame thus together, ou
must consder the Dameter o the Man-whee
that ou ma Pnuch round oes n the ore and
ac sdes to enter the Man-spnde. There ore o-
pen our ompass to ha the ntended Dameter
o the Mdm hee, and ha a uarter, or an
whoe uarter o an nch more or pa , between the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
42 M T G,
the em-dameter o the man hee, and the up-
per at o the bottom Pece, and set that dstance
o rom the upper at o the bottom Pece, on the
ore and ac sdes, and wth a round Punch, some-
what smaer than the ntended s e o the man
pnde, Punch oes at that settng o . our Punch mu be smaer than the man pnde, be-
cause the hoes ma perhaps not be so e act -
round, or Punch d so tru uprght, or per ect
smooth as the ought to be and shoud ou ma e
the hoes so wde at rst, as the need to be, ou
coud not mend them, wthout ma ng them
wder. These hoes must be Punch d at the n
or orge as mths a , when the ta e an eat
o ther or to Punch t because the ore and
the ac sdes are too strong as mths a that s,
too thc to Punch wth the od Punch. The
wa o Punchng them ou were taught umb. .
11,12. esdes a od Punch s common made at at the bottom, and there ore does not
prc an oe, but cut an oe the ron be
not too strong or that at bottom, and the up-
rght sde about t, met n an nge or dge at
the bottom, whch dge, b the orce o the
ammer, cuts the ron t be not too strong
when t s ad upon a oster, as t s descrb e
umb. . so. 12. and shoud ou cut out so much
ron n the ore and ac sdes, as woud entertan
the man pnde t beng thc ou w ma e
the ore and ac sdes too wde there ore as
sad, the oes must be prc t n the ore and
ac sdes at the re or orge, whch wth a sharp
ponted Punch s sooner done , nor does prc ng
dmnsh the substance or strength o the ron, but
ma es t swe out at the sdes, and retan both substance and strength. The rreguart or swe-
ng out that ths Punchng ma es on the ats o
the oreand ac sdes ou must ammer down
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 45
agan wth amost a ood-red-heat, amost a
ood-red heat because, shoud ou ta e too great
an eat, ou ma ma e the ore and ac sdes
stretch, and so put the whoe |ac - rame out o
order.
a ng punch d the oes or the mam pnde, ou must Punch the oes n the ore and ac -
des or the orm-whee pnde, as ou Punch the
oes or the mam pnde but these must be sma
oes, to entertan the sma nds or Pns o the
orm-T hee pnde
These oes thus PunchM, ma perhaps not be
e act round or t our s e, nor w the be
smooth enough wthn there ore, wth a a uare-
bore, ou must bopen them wder to our s e,
and that openng them n the nsde, w both
round and smooth them.
ou must aso Punch a s uare hoe towards the
top o the ore de, or the han o the orm-
hoop.
Then orge and t n our Man-whee pnde,
and our orm-whee pnde, whch pndes must
both be e act straght between the corners o
ther two ends uness ou e to ha e Modngs
or rnaments on them and orge a uare to. wards the ends o both the pndes, to t nto a
s uare hoe n the mdde o the ross o ther
hees, and ea e substance enough or a shouder
be ond the s uare, to stop the s uare hoe n the
ross o the hees rom sdng arther on the
pnde, and ou must ea e substance o ron e-
nough to orge the ut o the orm-whee near
the other end. ut n ths, and ndeed n a
other orgng remember as tod ou umb.
so 9 that t beho es ou to ammer or orge
our or as true as ou can, east t cost ou
great pans at the ce
Thea
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
44 1 r
Then orge the orm-s mde, whch s a the
wa round and straght , uness ou w ha e
Modngs or rnaments as a oresad uppu
the han o t: ut ou must be sure to orge
substance enough or the wormto be cut out
o t.
The Man and orm-whees are org d round
and at.
The manner o orgng these hees whch
n mth s anguage s, Turnng up the hees s,
rst, to draw out a s uare od as ou were
taught umb, , so 9. among the se era eats
o ron somewhat thc er than ou ntend our
hee sha be but t must be amost as thn on
one sde, as ou ntend the nner edge o the
hee sha be, and the opposte to t abo e twce
that thc ness, or the outer edge o the hee:
the reason ou w nd b and b . a ng
drawn rom our s uare od a con enent ength,
n amost three tmes the Dameter o our n-
tended hee, ou must ta e amost a ame-
beat, and ammer a aong the whoe ength up-
on the thc edge, so w ou nd the ong od
b ths ammerng, turn b degrees rounder and
rounder n, upon the thn edge, whch ou am-
ner d not upon, t t become a rce, or prett
near a rce. ut ou must ma e t somewhat
more than a rce, or the ends must ap o er
one another, that the ma be weded upon one another.
Thus ou ma ee the eason or ma ng the
outer edge o the od thc , and the oppo-
ste dge thn or our ammerng upon thp
outer edge on , and not on the nner, ma es
the outer edge a great dea thnner, and at the
same tme ma es the hee broader.
The
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 4s
The eason wh tod ot , ots shoud draw
ourth the od to amost three tmes the Da-
meter o the hee, and not to the Geome-
trca proporton s, because that n ammer-
ng upon t to ma e t round, the od w
stretch so consderab , that t w be ong enough
to ma e a hee o our ntended Dameter
and most common somewhat to spare tt to
return. e ore ou ta e a wedng eat,as b nmh. .
so p, 10. ou must atten the two ends that are
to be weded together, to a tte more than ha
ther thc ness, that when the are apt o er one
another, and weded together, the ma be no
thc er than the other part o the hee
the hee,be not turned up so round, that
wth a tte abour ou ma mend them at the
ce ou must wth ood red eats ammer them round upon the T g or hrn o the n ,hodng wth our Tongs the nner edge o the
hee upon t, and ammerng upon the outer
edge o the hees t the heebe t or the
ce: Ther nsdes must be d ded nto our e ua
Parts or our c Du ta notches to be d nto
them. The Du ta notches are cut n the nner
edge o the hees somewhat more than a uarter
o an nch deep, and spreadng somewhat wder
towards the outer edge. The notches are to re-
ce e the our ends o a ro e org d somewhat
thc er towards the ends than the thc ness o
the hee, and must be ed outer Du tas7 to et.
e act nto the nner Du ta notches made n the
nsde o the hee. The must be org d thc er
than the hee because the must batter o er
both the at sdes o the hee, to eep the hee
strong and stead upon the ross , and sometmes
or more securt the are braced nto the hee
et that s but sedom the mdde o ths ross
- /
n
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
4 5 M T G.
s made broad, that when the s uare o the pn-
| t ma ha e strength enough to bear the o-
ence o ered at, as we n wndng up the great
weght, that eeps the wheesn moton, as n the
chec ng and turnng the |ac -wnder bac , to set
the |ac , a gong, when b the wndng up, t
ma be sub ect: to stand st, or sometmes, or
want o weght, or ese or want o ng or
some other accdent.
These hees thus org d and ed at, must-
be d ded, the man hee common nto 64
e ua parts, and the worm hee nto 32 e ua
parts , but these umbers are not e act obser d
b mths, or sometmes the ma e them more
and sometmes ess, ether accordng to the s e o
ther hees or accordng as the ntend ther
hees ha go, sw ter or ower about or the
ewer the Teeth on a hee are, the sooner a hee
goes about and the more Teeth on a hee,the
ower the hee goes about or sometmes as the
ha e open d ther ompasses to d de them: or
b uc , the at rst open ther ompases to
such a wdth, as w ust measure out on a rce, whch the descrbe on the enter o the hee
or that purpose ther ntended number, than
the hee sha ha e the ntended umber o Teeth
not, et t somewhat a short, or e ceed that
umber, the matter not, but ma e that um-
ber o Teeth on the hee nd ha ng thus d-
ded the hee, the b the sde o a straght u-
er ad to the enter, and e er d son mar t
on the hees draw or scratch a straght ne rom
the outer mb o the hees, to the rce, whch
rce shoud ha e tod ou be ore s descrbed at that dstance rom the outer erge, the n-
tend the Teeth sha be cut down to. Ths s n-
deed a rough wa o wor ng, but the ce o
a |ac s we enough per ormed b ths rough
or
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 47
or and the usua pr es such, as w scarce
pa or men or better, as the a .
These hees thus d ded, must be cut down
nto these D sons wth a d |ac - e the Man-
whee straght thwart the outer erge, whch to
spea Mathematca , ma es an nge o 90 de-
grees wth the at sdes o the hees and the
orm-whee asope, ma ng an nge o about
115 degrees wth ts sdes, that s, an nge o
2 degrees, wth a ne drawn straght athwart
the uter dge o the hee, and that Teeth o the
orm-whee ma gather themse es nto the Groo es
o the orm n the orm- pnde the orm on the
orm- mde runnng about 65 degrees asope rom
ths s, or Perpendcuar o the orm- pnde,
the notches ou ma e wth the e must be so
wde, as to contan about twce the thc ness o
o each Tooth: There ore ou ma obser e, that
the umber o Teeth cannot be assgned, because
the es o a |ac whees are not o e ua Da-
meters, and the es o the Teeth must be ed
er s uare and smooth, as the corners ta en o , and rounded on both des towards the mdde o
the top or end o the Tooth,whch much heps
the Teeth to gather n upon the Teeth o the ut9
and the orm on the orm- psnde.
The Teeth o the hees beng cut down, and
the whoe hee nh d, the must be orc d st
and hard upon the s uare ,o the pnde, cose- up
to the houder whch uare beng made some-
what onger than the ross o the hee s thc , must wth a od- h||e be cut on the top o that
uare, to ma e the ron that comes through the
uare hoe o the hees spread o er the ross
o the hee and then that spreadng must be
battered wth the Ten o the ammer that t
ma stand up st aganst the shouder o the
uares on the other sde o the / buta
dong
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
48 d T. d
dong t rs, ou mut be er , care u that the
pnde and e act Perpendcuar to the at sdes
o our hees or shoud the pnde ean ne er
so tte to one, or the other sde o the hee, , the
the hee when t s mo ng n the |ac rame
woud not mo e perpendcuar, but wabbe to
wards the ore or ac sdes o the |ac - rame and
perhaps b ths rreguar moton, be ore a re o-
uton o the hee be per orm d , t woud go o
rom the ength o the Teeth o the ut .
Then e the pnde-pns whch are the ends o the spnde,that go ntd the enter-hoes o the
ore and ac sdes o the |ac - rame e act
round and t to ther enter-hoes, and pace
them nto ther proper enter-hoes. Then tr
the wheesare e act round on ther outer
edges, and that n turnng about, ther at sdes
wabbe not, but n a re outon eep Parae to the ore and ac sdes. The wa mths use to
tr them b s to turn them about b the pnd
and hodng a pede o ha stedd to the outer
mb o the hee, not ettng the Pont o the
ha p orwards or bac wards, or towards the
rght or e t and , or then the ha ma e a
whte stro e round the whoe hees and that
whte stro e e e act Parae to the two outer
dges o the hee, the hee s not on round, but stands aso true upon ts pnde, that s, Per-
pendcuar to the pnde, and the pnde Perpen-.
dcuar to the at o t: ut the ha does
not touch round the hee, ou must e down so
much o the outer erge o the whee,where the
ha does touch, as w brng down or e ua e
the Dameter o the whee n that pace, to the
Dameter o the hee n the pace where t
does not touch so ou ma concude the hee
s round. the Mar o the ha e not e -
act n the mdde between the two edges o
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M G. 49
the hee, then t s not Perpendcuar to the
pnde, and ou, must wth the ammer set t
rght, that Perpendcuar, b orcng the
hee o er rom the sde t eans too much ,to, or
ese b orcng the pnde, whch s a one et ths s an hep ou ought not to re upon
but n ca e o necesst rather be sure our
hee and pnde stand Perpendcuar to 6n3
another, be ore ot asten the oee upon the
s uare o the pnde or b ths, hep the s pare
on the pndew be apt to oosen n the s uare
o the hee, and ou w ha e our hee to
e t astn upon the uare o the pnde agan.
s ou tr d the hees wth ha , so ou
must tr the ut, the urm and the pnde.
The upper part o the .rrn-|pmde, must be sd
tru ound to t nto the m oop that t sha e
not n t, and et go er eas about, wthout
the east stoppng. t the upper end o ths
ound on the orm pnde, ou must e a
s uare to at the s uare hoe o the upon.
The han o the t orw oop and the tud o the orm-spnde, must stand so ar o the e t
sde o the ore sde, that the Teeth o the orm-
whee, ma a u nto the Groo es o the orm
or so both beng cut wth the same sope, the ope Teeth o the orm-ushec w gather nto
the sope Groo es o the pnde, and pressng up-
on the orm, dr e about the orm- etd and:
the .
The s tade sometmes wth two, some-
tmes wth our rms rom the enter, and
sometmes the rms are made onger, some-
tmes shorter: The more rms, and aso the
onger rms, are to ma e the |ac go sower. -
There s et a sma matter more o ron-wor s
about the |ac , whch s the Tumber:,but t es
n the arther end o the barre,and cannot we
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
o M T G,
bedescrbed wthout a partcuar gure, whch,
there ore ha e nserted. s n g. 2. the
arre, the Man spnde comng through the
arre, a the enter o the Tumber mo ng up-
on the entrum, whch s asten d nto an ron-
pate behnd the arre. bThe oter upon the
Ma - pndh 3 rom whch proceeds a Tongue
whch passes through a prett wde hoe at :n
the Tumber, as ar as ed the atch o the Tumber.
The Tumber mo es as a oresad, upon the enter
hoes, but rece es the Tongue through t atc,
and passes as ar as e. Ths Tongue ser es as a
chec to the Tumber, that t cannot tumbe abo e
an nge o 20 degrees, rom the ron-pate t
t asten d to and that the wdth o ts enter-
hoe, and the wdth o the Tongue pages through,
nd the moton o the otter about the Man-
spnde aows t but were the enter-hoe a, and
ts ent er n t, and the oe c, and the Tongue
that aso passes through t aso t, and the oer
t, t coud not mo e at a. ut ths pa s
enough or t, to do the purpose t s de ned or. The Tumber s so paced behnd the arre,that he the |ac -ne s wndng up upon the
arre, ts rorrnd brtch passes orwards b a the
rosses o the Man-whee, and the Pont or atch d
as then caps t se snug or cose to the ron-
pate o the arre: ut when the arres turn d
to the contrar wa , the weght o the atch n
ha a re outon o the arre et the Tumber
be posted where t w ma es t open and a
rom the ron-p ate, and butt aganst one or other
o the rosses on.the Man-whee, and so thrusts
the Man whee about wth the arre
The e o the enchor mder, s org d as
ou were taught to orge the n-hoe n the ross-
garnet, umb so. 18. ut that was to be a
na round hoe andthere ore ou were drect-

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G.
to a a sma round pece o ron or re
where ou ntended the Pn hoe shoud be, and
ap thb cther end o our or o er t , but
ths s to bea de hoe, there ore ou
must a a s uare pece o ron o our s e,
where the e o the |ac -wnch sha be and ap
or doube the other end o er t, and ed and
or as ou were drected. The rest o the m-nch
t but cormdn orgng and ng t dr , whch
hath been su cent taught aread .
The ood-wor beongng to the |ac , s
arres a pt-whee and a andng o the nch
hch beng Turners or , 1 sta sa nothng
to, t come to the rt o Turnng. n
those hees that ha e more tha on Groo e n
them, are ca d Two, Three, c. truc -whees
d or mens corruptng anguage but sup-
pose, orgna wo troa , three troa -wms,
c. rom the number o Groo es that are h
them, . t , ,
The ceences o a good |at c t. That the |ac - rame be org d and d uare, and
con enent trong, we et together, and w
crew cose and tght up. 2. That the oees be
Perpendcuar , and strong d on the uared
o the pndes: 3 Th the Teeth be e en cut
and we smoothed, and that the teetho the worm-whee a e en nto the Groo e o the Term.4. That the pnde ms sha e not between the ore and ac sdes, nor are too bg, or too tte or ther enter hoes:
a The s uare ore, s a s uare tee Pont or
han we Temperd, tted nto a s uare
oc et n an ron Trmbe: t s descrbed, g. 3. ts use s to open a oe and ma e t
tru round and smooth wthn when ou5
t a t, ou must set the ead aganst our
- D rea
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
5 M T G
reast, and put th Pont o the s uare p
mto the ot on, punch d or- woud oper
and turnng the ande abo t, ou wth c
turn about the he o the- s uare ort,whose dges cut awa the rreguartes
6 the ron made n the Punchng. pt on
must thrust or ean hard wth our reast
aganst the ead o the s uare ore, that t
ma cut the aster: nd ou must be sure to
gude the s uare ore tru straght orwards
n the oe, est the oe be wrought asope
n the ron.
b To open an oe, s n mth s anguage, to
ma e the oe wder.
c Du ta, s a gure made n the orm o a
Do es-ta, and s use d b man other and -
cra ts, as we as mths, but most- especa
b o ners, as sha show, when . come to.
|o ner .
d |ac - e, s a broad e somewhat thn ou
both dges, and stronger, n the Mdde.
smanner os ma ng Mods to ast eaden-
uets n,
nsert the ma ng o uet mods,because
there s some ort o or n them d erent
romwat hath et been taught. The andes,
and the eads are org d as other wor , but
the two conca e emsphers, are rst Punch d
wth around4 ended Punch, o the shape and a-
most o the s e ou ntend the uet sha
be. The must be Punch d deep enough at the
orge wth a bood red heat then are the dges
o the haps ed at, rst wth a cotnmonTe
the common wa , but a terwards wth an usng
e as or men ca t. The usng e, sa
ong and broad e, e act at on both ts cut
4es ha ng a s uare ron hande down-opt at
one
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G, 53
one end wth an hoe n t but the ande s
not to hod t b when ou use t, but the hoe
n t to go o er a pn ou hang t upon, when
ou do not use t. hen ou use t, ou must
a t at upon the or bench, wth ts ande,
rom ou and ou must ta e care that t es so-
d a d stead , est when ou or upon t, t
s rom ou there ore ou ma str e a a
n at the hoe n the hande, a tte wa nto
the or bench, that ou ma draw t agan,
when ou ha e done wth she usng e, ou ma
dr e n a naTac on each s te the usng e, to
eep t st cdd or ou ma Tac down two sma
thn boards on ether de and rp them o agan
when ou ha e done. our usng e ng thus
straght and stead be ore ou, a the haps o
ne ha e the Mod at upon the hther end o
the usng 3 and hodng our two Thumbs, and
our two ore- ngers upon the ead o the
Mod t rust our or hard down rom ou
the whoe ength o the smg e, then draw
our or ght bac , and thrust t agan hard
rom ou retre these thrusts thus, t upon the
haps o the Mp|7 ou can ee no rreguartes,
or the e-strea s o the common e e t, so
ma ou be sure that the haps o the Mod s
tru at Do the e b the other ha o the
Mod.
ow ou must tr whether each o these con-
ca es be an e act ha -round thus ou ma de-
scrbe an rch a tte more than a em-crce,
ust o the Dameter o the uet, up the end
o a thn pece o rass-atn, draw a straght
ne through the enter, and the rch op both
des t, or the mts o t\e em-crce , e
er cur u a the rass awa on the end, ust
to ths em-crce, and ust to the Dametra-
G 3 | e,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
54- 5 M T G,
ne, on ether de o the em-crde, so ha e
ou a con e em-crce: Put ths cpn e emtr
crce nto she onca g Mods, t ts them so
as the on e reaches ust the bottom o the
Mods, heu ts houder touches ust the haps
p the Mod, the are each a true conca e e-
msphere. ut the houder o the on e
that s, a Dametra-ne proonged rdes upon
the haos o the onca e, and the bottom o
the on e touch not the bottom o the on-
ca e, the onca e s Pu ch d too deep, and must
ha e ts haps rubb d upon the ng- e agan,
t comp wth the on e . Then put nto
the two onca es a pound uet, that w ust
them both, and pnchng the eads o the
Mod cosp together n a ce wth th uet n
t, dr an hoe through both the handes o the
|ont. The reason wh the uet s put nto the Mod s, because the haps o the two a es
shoud e e act upo one another, whst the
hoe or the |ont s drng. Then t a er- pn or ths hoe, and et them together, but
not to hard, but that th M ma open and hu
prett ease, and et go true. Then ta e the
uet out, and e n each ha o the ead,
ha around hpe dh ect aganst one another, or
the a ear whch two ha hoes, when the Mod
s shut, w ma e one round hoe.
ou m now tr wth ca ,or b castng a
eaden uet1 n t, whether t be e act round or no , or ma ng a true round hoe n a thn pece o rass, ust o the rcum erence o the
haps, ou ma tr t\\ -buet w ust pass
thro\ and aso that hoe when the uet \
tmd e er wa whch t do, - ou ma
pncude the Mods true. Ths thn pece o
rass wth a round hod n t, s casd a t r
ut
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G 5
ut the nsde wants ceansng, or htherto
t s on Punch d. There ore ou must pro de
a b uet-bore, wth whch ou ma bore the n-
sde o each ha to cear t, r the be not
ute deep enough Punch d, ou ma bore them
deeper. ou ma bore them se era , or toge-
ther, b puttng the uet- ore nto the Mod, so
as the han ma come through the Geat.
n ths ecton ou ee, rst the use o a sng
es an nstrument o great use or a at ng
or b t ou ma ma e two peces o ron o
somewhat consderabe breadth, so true, that b
a ng the two at sdes upon each other, the
sha draw up one another. t s much used b
oc -ma ers, atch-ma ers| etter-moh ma ers
and ndeed a others that rame uare-wor on
ron, tee or rass. econd , the use o a
uet-bore, whch though t be sedom us c, et
t ma ser e not on or uet-mods, but or
other purposes a d b aterng ts hape nto an
b ong, a one or nder, ou ma bore these
hoow gures ether or Mods, or some other
accdenta ses.
a |-Geap, s the hos through whch the Met-
ca runs nto the mod. The ord s us d b
most ounders.
b The uet bore, s a han o tee, ha ng a
.ee Gobe r uet at one end,, ust: o our
ntended uet s e. Ths Gobuar end
must be atch d wth a ne cut, b a e-
utter, and arden d and Temper d. The
end o the han , ths Gobuar ore s
astned to, must be round ar d so sma, that
hen the uet-bore s n the mod, the Geat
w eas rece e t, The other end o the
han must be tted nto the s uare oc et
o the mbe and ha e a houder to t
P to
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
56 M T G.
to op the oc et rom sdng top at p on
the han s rom ths ho u er7 t e rMo
the w must run paperng down, tap the sma end the u et-b o s astened to. pp
must: or wth t/a ou were taught tp
or wth the uare-bore.
Twstng o the ron
uare and at ars, sometmes arp b mths,
Twsted or rnament t s er eas done -7
or a ter the ar s uare or ap org d ard
the curost o our b re ure t tru r d
ou must ta e a ame-beat or t ur or be
sma, but ood-red heat and ou ma tw t \
about, as much or as tte as ou pease, ether
wth the Tongs ce or and- ce, c.
a e-bar dnng. e-b ar dnng s sometmes used b e-cutter r
when the ma e course es or heapness
and genera most asps ha e ormer been made
o ron and a e-hardned because t ma es the
outsde o them hard. t s used aso b Gare|Mtbs or ardnng ther arres and t s
sM or Tobacco-bo es, od- ece-buttont, eads or
a / a es, c. nd n these ases, or -
men1 to set a greater aue on them n the b ers
esteem, ca them tee-barres tee-tobacco-bo es
tee-buttons, tee-beas, c. ut ron thus
hardned ta es a better Posh and eeps the Po-
sh much onger and better, than the ron
were not a e barr ed. The manner o a e-
hardenngs thus, Ta e ow-born or oo r dr t
thorough n n en, and then beat t to, Pow-
der, put about the ame uantt o a - at to t, and mnge them together wth stae hamber ,
or ese hte-wne- nega a some o ths
m ture upon the oam, made as ou were
taught
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G. 57
taught #m . h so , . pd co er our ron a
o erwtht then wrap the oam about a, and
a t upon, the earth o the orge to dr and
harden ten t s a and hard, put t nto
the e and bow up the oas to t, t the
whoe ump ha e ust a oo red he but no
hgher, the uat o our m ture burn awa nd ea e the rog as so t at rst, Them
ta et ut nd uench t : r, nstead o oam,
ou a wrap t up n Pate ron, so as the m -
ture ma toue e er part o our or , and
t p the Goas to t as a oresad.
pw att o tte n common use among
. mths.
T | d cut o gettng good tee ma es
man or men when b good hap the
ght on t commend that ountr - tee or
test,1 rom whence that tee came. Thus
ha e ound some er up em o-stee, others a e-d r ngsh, p n 7 mm c. ut accordng
to m , bser aton and common onsent o the
mot ngenous or men, each ountr pro-
duces amost nd erent good and bad \ et
each ountr doth not e ua produce such tee,
as s t or e er partcuar purpose, as sha
shew ou b andb . ut the se era orts o
tee, ttat are n genera use here s: ngandare the ngsh the em t the w r the
pam t and the- ence-|e
The- ng o-stee s ma4e n se era paces n
w2 o mt c. ut the best s made about
the rorre - o peath t brea s er , wth some,
what a course Gra ut t be we wrought
and pro es ound,: t ma es good dge-toos,
es and Punches. t w wor we at the orge,
and ta e a good eat,
The
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
58 M T G.
The emsh-stee s made n German , n the
ountr o termar and n the and o u c :
rom thence brought to oen, and s brought
down the er hne to Dort, and other parts
o oand and anders, some n ars and bm
n Gads, and s there ore b us ca d em rstee
and sometmes Gad-stee. t s a tough ort o
tee, and the on tee used or atch-sprngs.
t s aso good or Punches e-cutters aso
use t to ma e ther hsses o , wth whch
the eat ther es. t brea s wth a ne Gran,
wor s we at the orge, and w ta e a wed-
ng eat
cannot earn that an tee comes ronr w-
den, but rom Dant c comes some whch s
ca d wedsh-stee: t s much o the ame ua-
t and ness wth emsh-stee
The pan h-stee s made about sca t s
a ne sort o tee, but bme o t s er d -
cut to wor at the orge, because t w not
ta e a good eat -9 and t sometmes pro es er
unsound, as not beng we curred, that s we
wrought. t s too uc as or men ca t
that s, too brtte or prngs or Punches, but
ma es good ne dg d-toos
ence-stee s much e pansh stee, but much
ner, and or s somewhat better at the
orge. t s use d or a ors, hrurgon s n-
struments, Gra ers, the. ecause t w come
to a ne and thn dge. a or ma ers gene-
ra cap a sma ar o ence-stee between
two sma ars o emsh-stee, and so or
or ed them together, to strengthen the
bac o the a or, and eep t rom crac , There
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 59
There s another ort o tee, o hgher com-
mendatons than an o the orgong orts t
s ca d Damascus-stee ts er rare that a
comes nto ngand unwrought, but the Tur sh
meters are genera made o t. t s most
d cut o an tee to or at the orge, or
ou sha scarce be abe to str e upon a ood-
heat, but t w ed- ear -7 nsomuch that these
met en are, b man or men, thought to
be cast tee. ut when t s wrought, t ta es the
nest and eeps the strongest dge o an other
tee. or men set amost an nestmabe a-
ue upon t to ma e Punches, od-punches, c.
o . e cannot earn where t s made, and et
as am n ormed, the onourabe Mr. o ehath
been er care u and ndustrous n that en-
ur g ng t n partcuar charge to some
Tra eers to Damascus,to brng home an c-
count o t: ut when the came thther the
heard o none made there, but were sent about
50 Mes nto the ountr and then the were
tod about 50 Mes arther than that: o that
no certan ccount coud be gan d where t s
made. r man towards the cean a ords e-
r ne tee, o whch the ma e eapon
hgh pr d or a meter o that tee, w
cut through an emet wth an easebow. Geog.
so 279,
The ue to now good tee b ..
ea a tte pece o the end o |:h od
and obser e how t brea s or gop tee
brea s short o a Gra , e rost wor er,
t n the brea ng o the bad ou w nd
some ens o ron hnng and doubng n the
ee -

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
60
M T G,
eang o tee
ng choe otr tee and orged t to our
ntended sape, ou ate ether to e
ngra e or to Punch upon t, ou ought to ea t rst, because t w ma e t so ter and
conse uent wor easer. The common wa
s to g e t a ood red-hmt n the re, the t
ta e t out, and et t coo o t se .
There are some pretenders to now how to
ma e tee as so t as ead but so o t as m
curost has prompted me to tr ther preten-
ded Processes so o t ha e the a d me , and
not on me, but some others, care u bser.
ers. ut the wa the most1 boast o , s the
o ten heatng the ron or tee n red-hot ead,
and ettng t coo o t se wth the ead |
ha e man tmes tr d ths wthout an other
success, than that t does ma e ron or tee at
so t as t were we ead the common wa ,
but no so ter: nd coud t be otherwse, the
sma ron ades, that ette ounders use to
the castng o Prntng, etters, woud be er
so t ndeed \ or ther ron ades are ept con-
stant Month a ter Month n metng Meta, whereo the man od s ead, ard when the
cast sma etters, the eep ther Metta red-
hot and ha e nown them man tmes e t n
the Metta and coo wth t, as the re has gone
out o t se but et the ron ades ha e
been no so ter , than the had been we
ead the common wa . ut perhaps these
Pretenders mean the ron or tee sha be as so t
as ead, when the ron or tee s red-hot \
b, we ma than them or nothng.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
t G. o
gut that whch ma es tee a er sma tatter
so ter than the common wa o eang s, b
co erng tee wth a course Powder o ow-
orns, or oo s, or ams- orns, and so n-
cosng t n a oam: Then put the whoe ump
nto a ooden re to heat red-hot and et t
e n the re t the re go out o t se , and the tee coo wth the re. ardenngand Temperng tee.
ngh|h, emshand wed -stte must ha e
a prett hgh heat g en them, and then
sudden uench n ater to ma e them er
hard but pant and ence-stee w need but a
ood-red-heat, and then when the are uench d
n ater, w be er hard. our tee be
too hard, that s to brtte, and t be an edg d
or ponted nstrument ou ma e, the edge or
pont w be er sub ect to brea or t be a
sprng, t w not bow, but wth the east bend-
ng t w snap assunder: There ore ou must
et t down as mths sa that s, ma e t so ter,
b temperng t: The manner s thus, ta e a
pece o Grn-stone or hetrstone. and nb hard
upon our or to ta e the bac cur o t,
and brghten t then et t heat n the re, and
as t grows hotter ou w ee the oour change
b degrees, comng to a ght. godsh oour,
then to a dar - godsh oour, and at ast to a
bew oour-, choose whch o these oours our
or re ures, and then uench t sudden n
ater- The |ght .god . h s . or. es, od-ch es and Punches, that Punch nto ron
and tee: The dar godsh oour or Punches
to use on rass, and genera or most dge-
toos: The bew oour g es the Temper to
prngs n-genera, and s asous d to eautse
both ron and tee -7 but then or men some-
tmes
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
61 M t G
tmes grnd hd o and a ad-o together, and rb that m ture upon t, wth a wooen g
whe t s heatng, and et t coo o t se .
There s another sort o ardnng ca d atn
tter hardnng t s most ts d on ron r tee
Pates, or Drppng pans, aws, traght uers
c t s per orm a on , wth we ammerng
o the Pates, whch both smooths them, and
beats the Metta rmer nto ts own od , and
somewhat hardens t.
The manner o orgng tee, ether or
dge-toos, Punches, prngs, c. s the se e-
ra shapes consder d the same wth orgng ron n ths genera ue obser e, rom an od
ngsh erse us d among mths, when the orge dge-toos,
e that w a good dge wn7
Mus orge thc and Grnd thsthe nd o mthng,
M |
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
3
M
,
The Doctrne o and - or s
7he rt o | ,
de nton.
| , s an rt Manuas whereb e e
ra Peces o ood are so tted and onedtoge-
ther b traght-ne, uares, Mters or an e e, that the oa eem one nttre ce
panaton,
traght- nes mean that whch n o -
rer s anguage s card a |ont, That s, two
Peces o ood are hot that s amed, or
ese the are Pared, that s, the rreguartes
that hnder the cosng o the two Peces are cut
o wth a Parng-chsse. The are hot or
Pared as sad so e act straght, that when
the are set upon one another, ght sta not be
dscern d betw t them. Ths the ca hoot-
ng o a |ont, or Parng to a |ont, because
these two Peces are wth Gew common on d
together, ether to ma e a oard broad enough
or ther purpose, or to a amp one pece o
ood to the end o another pece o ood to
eep t rom astng or arpng,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
#4 t 2:
uares, mean the ma ng o rames, e
t er or Door-ca es or such e, whch s the ramng o two peces o ood athwart two
other peces o ood, so as the our nges o
the rame ma comp wth the uare mar
edD.
Mters are meant the onng o two peces
o ood, so as the |ont ma es ha a uare,
and does comp wth the | tter uare mar-
ed .
a e e s meant an other nge: s
rames that ma be made o Pentagon, e agon, ctagon c. gures,
. The ames o |o ners Toos descrbed, n
Pate .
or -bench, b The oo n t, to at oards o other b tu at aganst, whst
the are c Tr ng or Panng, c The ench-
crew on ts hther sde to crew oards n,
whst the dges o them are Panng or d hoot-
ng and then the other edge o the oard s set
upon a Pn or ns the oard be so ong as to
reach the other eg put nto the oes mar ed
aa a act down the egs o the ench 1whch
Pn or Pns ma be remo ed nto the hgher or
ower hoes, as the breadth o the oard sha re-
ure: o then, the ench-screw eeps the oard
cose to the edge o the ench, and the pns n
the egs eep t to ts heght, that t ma stand
stead whst the other edge s wor ng upon:
or n the hobt ag o a |ont, the oard
eeps not ts e act poston, but sha es or trem-
bes under the Pan, our |ont w er hard
be tru straght, d The od- ast, et prett oose nto round hoes mar ed bbbbbb n the
ench: ts ce s to eep the or ast upon
the ench, whst ou ether aw, Tennant,
Mor-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| . 6
Mottess or sometmes Pan upon t, c t per-
orms ths ce \ th the noc o an ammer
or Maet, upon the head o t sot the ea o t
beng made croo ed downwards, the end o the
ea ang upon the at o the ench, eeps the
head o the od- a t abo e the at o the ench,
and the hoe n the ench the han s et nto beng
bored straght down, and wde enough to et the
od- ast pa a tt e,the head o the od- ast beng
noc t, the pont o the ea throws the han
a-sope n the hoe n the ench 3 and presses ts
bac -sde hard aganst the edge o the hoe on the
upper uper ces o the ench,and ts ore- de
hard aganst the opposte sde o the under uper-
ces o the ench ,andso b the pont o the ea ,
the han o the od- ast swedged between the
tpper edge, and ts opposte edge o the round
hoe n the ench. ometmes a doube crew s
ed to the sde o the ench| as at g or some tmes ts arther hee s ad an edge upon the
at o the ench, and astned wth an hh a t
or, sometmes, two on the ench, e Maet.
.2. Pans o se era orts: as,
. / ore Pan, a The Tote, b The Mouth.
t\ dThc edge, d The hon. T|e oe,
/The ore-end. g The rtc g h The toc .
together Pane. t s caed the ore Pane
because t s used be ore ou come to wor ether
wth the mooth Pane, or wth the |o nter. The
edge o ts ron s not ground upon the straght, as
the mooth Pane, and the |o nter are, hue rses
wth a on e - rch n the mdde o t or ts
ce beng to prepare the sta or ether the
moothng Pane, or the |o nter or men set the
edge o t an er than the edge ether o the
moothng Pane, or the |o nter -0 and shoud the
ron o the Pane be ground to a straght edge,
an4
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
66 |oner .
and t be set ne er so tte an er on one end o the edge than on the other, the an er end woud
bearng as then upon a pont n wor ng, dg
Gutters on the ur ace o the tu -, but ths ron
beng ground to a on e - rch though t
shoud be set a tte an er on one end o ts edge
than on the other, woud not ma e Gutters on
the ur ace o the stu ,but at the most
tte hoow daw s on the stu ,and that more
or ess, accordng as the Pane s ground more or
ess rchng, or s t the ce o ths Pane to
smooth the tu but on as sad to prepare
t, that s, to ta e o the rreguar sngs, whe-
ther on the sdes, or n the mdde, and there ore
t s set somewhat an er, that t ma ta e the
rreguartes the sooner o the stu ,that the
moothng Pane, or the |o ner, ma a terwards
the easer wor t Tr . The manner o Tr ng
sha be taught, when come to Treat o the use
o the ue.
ou must note, that as tod on n mthng,
um, 1. so. 14, 15 , 16. t was the ce o the
course tooth d e to ta e o the promnent rregu-
artes the ammer made n the orgng, c, and
that ou were not to e them more awa than
ou need, so the same auton s to be g en ou
n the usng o ths ore Pane m o ner , or the
reason there edged n mthng, whether, to a-
od epetton, re er ou -7 on wth ths on-
sderaton, that there ron, or tee, was the mat-
ter wrought upon, and there a course e the Too
but now ood s the matter, and a ourse, or ore-
Pane, the Tech . 3 settng the ron.
hen ou set the ron o the ore-Pane, con-
sder the tu ou are to wor upon,
hether t be hard or so t, or urng, as |o ners
ca
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| o T. 67
ca ross gran 2 tu : t be hard or curng, ou
must not et thenw ea ran ,because a Mans
strength w not cut deep nto hard ood and
t be not hard ood, but curng,or nott , and the
ron an -|et, ou ma ndeed wor wth t t
ou come to some not, or ur, but then ou
ma ether tear our tu , or brea the edge o
our ron there ore ou ma perce e a reason to
set the ron ne or curng, and nott tu .
ut ou as me how ran\ our ron ought to
beset answer, our ood beso t, and our
tu ree, and row , that s, e en temper d a
the wa , ou ma set the ron to ta e a sha ng o
the thc ness o an od coned hng, but scarce
thc er whereas, our tu be hard, or curng,
or nott , ou sha scarce be abe to ta e a sha-
ng o the thc ness o an od Groat. There ore
ou must e amne the Temper o our stu ,b
eas Tras, how the Pane w wor upon t,
and t our ron accordng . nd obser e ths
as a Genera ue, that the ron o the ore-Pane
s, or the rst wor ng wth t, to be t as ran
as ou can ma e good wor wth and that or
speed sa e.
our ron be t too ran , noc wth an am-
mer upon the rtch o the toc s, and a terwards
upon the edge or ths noc ng upon the
rtch, ou noc hard enough, tw rase the
rona tte, and t t she ou noc not hard
enough, ou must noc agan, t the hon do
r e , but ou noc too hard, t w rase the
ron so much, that ts edge w r e abo e the oe
nto the Mouth o the toc , and conse uent not
touch the tu : There ore ou must noc so t
at rst, t, b tras, ou nd the ron rses to a
con enent neness. ut as ths noc ng on the
rtch rases the ron,so t aso rases and oosens
the edge there ore as a oresad whene er
25 ou
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
8 | 1 t
ou noc upon the ntch, ou must: aso noc
upon the edge, to so ten the ronagan.
ou ha e rased the edge o the ron too ne,
ou must noc so t upon the head o the ron,
and then agan upon the edge, and ths ou ma
sometmes do se era tmes, t ou t our ron
to a con enent neness.
hen ou ha e occason to ta e our ron out
o the toc to rub t, that s, to whet t, ou ma
noc prett smart ows upon the toc , be-
tween the Mouth and the ore-end, to oosen the
edge,and conse uent the ron.
These wa s o settngs are used to a ther
T anes, as we as ore-paneu
n the usng o ths, and ndeed, a othe
Panes, ou must begn at the hnder end o the
tu , the Gran o the ood ng aong the
ength o the ench, and Pane orward, t ou
come to the ore-end, uness the pro es
ross-gran d, n an part o ts ength or then
ou must turn our tu to Pane t the contrar
wa , so ar as t runs ro s gran d, and n Pane-
ng, ou must, at once, ean prett hard upon the
Pace,and aso thrust t er hard orwards, not
ettng the Pane totter to, or rom ou-wards, -
t ou ha e made a troa the whoe ength o
the tu . nd ths sometmes, our tu be
ong, w re ure our ma ng two or three steps
orwards, e er ou come to the ore-end o the
tu : ut t do, ou must comebac , and be-
gn agan at the rther end, b the sde o the
ast pan d tr a , and so contnue our se era
a s o Paneng, t the whoe upsde o the tu
be paned.
nd the stu be broad ou are to Pane up-
on, and t warp a tte wth the Gram, or be an
wa s croo ed n the breadth, ou must then turn
the Gran athwart the or -bench, and Pane upon
the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
|oner . 69
the ross-gran. or, our wor be hoow n
the mdde, ou must Pane both the earng
sdes thnner, t the come to a Tr wth the
mdde. Then turn the other sde o our wor ,
and wor ng st ross-gran d wor awa the
mdde, t t come Tr wth the two sdes.
Ths wa o ross-gram d wor ng, s, b or s, men, caed Tra ersng
Thus ha e ou, n genera, the use o a the
other Panes: ut the use o those Panes, that
are desgned or other partcuar purposes, sha
shew, as the come n rder,
. 4. the | ntcu . 2,
T e |o nter s made somewhat onger than
the ore-pane and hath ts oe per ect
straght rom end to end. ts ce s to oow
the ore-pane, and to shootan edge per ect
straght, and not on an edge, but aso a oard
o an thc ness especa when a |o nt s to
be shot.There ore the and must be carred
aong the whoe ength, wth an e ua bearng
weght, and so e act e en, and uprght to the
edges o the oard, that nether sde o the
Paneencne ether nward or outwards, but that
the whoe breadth be e act s uare on both ts
sdes supposng ts sdes straght: so w two
edges o two oards, when thus hot,e so e -
act at and s uare upon one another, that ght
w not be dscerned betw t them. ut et t
s counted a pece o good wor manshp n a
|o ner, to ha e the ra t o bearng hs and so
curous e en, the whoe ength o a ong oard
and et t s but a seght to those, Practce hath
nnr d the and to. The |o nter s aso used to
Tr Tabes wth, arge or sma or other ue
broad or , and then |o ner swor , as we up-
on the Tra erse wth t, as wth the Gran o the
3 aad
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| 0 1 r.
ood, and aso nguar , or orner-w e, that
the ma be the more a ur d o the atness o
ther or .
ts ron must be set er ae, so ne, that when
ou wn wth one e, and set that end the
straght sde o the ron s ne t to the other e,
there appears a tte abo e an hars breadth o
the edge abo e the uper ces o the soe o the
Pane, and the ength o the edge must e per ect-
straght wth the at breadth o the soe o the
Pane: or the hon beng then we wedg d up,
and ou wor ng wth the Pane thus set, ha e the
greater assurance that the ron cannot run too
deep nto the stu ,and conse uent ou ha e
the ess danger that the onts wrought out o
straght,
. 5. The se o the tr e-boc
The tr e-boc mar ed 5. s a Tane shorter
T than the |o nter, ha ng ts soe made e act-
at, and straght, and s used or the shootng
o a short |o nt because t s more hand than
the ong |o nter. t s aso used or the ramng,
and ttng the |o nts o Mters and e es , but
then t s used n a d erent manner rom other
Panet: or the Mter and e e ou are to t
be sma, ou must hod t er stead n our
e t hand, wth the soe o t upwards, and ts
ore-end towards our rght hand: and ou must
hod our wor n our rght hand er stedd :
Then app the awn Mter, or awn e e at the
end o our tu , to the ore-end o the tr e-
boc , and so thrust t hard and uprght orwards,
t t pass o er the edge o the ron, so sha the
edge o the ron, wth se era o these thrusts
contnued, cut, or pane o our stu the rough-
ness that the Teeth o our aw made: ut
our wor be so bg that ou cannot we wed
t
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| T. 7r
t n our rght hand, ou mu set the end o
our wor n the ench-screw, and Pane upon t
wth a smoothng Pane.
. 6. The se o the moothng-Pane.
The moothng-pane mar ed 4. must: ha e ts
hon set er ne, because ts ce s to
smoothen the wor rom those rreguartes the
ore-pane made.
. 7. The se os the abbet-Pane.
The abbet-pane mar ed s to cut part o
the upper edge o a oard, or other tu ,
straghts that s, s uare, down nto the oard, that the edge o another oard aso cut down n
the same manner, ma t and on nto the uare
o the rst oard thus cut awa : nd when two
oards are thus apped on the edges o er one an-
other ths appng o er s caed abbettmg.
The abbet-pane s aso sometmes used to str e
a aca n a pece o Modng as sha be shewed
n ts proper pace.
The sdes o the ron are not ncosed n the
toc o ths Pane, as the ore-gong Panes arc,
but the ron s u as broad as the /oc s thc ,
that the er nges o the edge o the ron ma
not be born o the tu s to hnder the straght
and s uare cuttng t down: or doth t de-
er ts sha ng at a Mouth on the top o the
toc as the other Panes do: ut t hath ts
mouthon the des o the Pane, and de ers ts
sha ngs there. ts ron s common about an
nch broad.
. 8. The se o the Pow.
T e P mar ed 6. s a narrow abbet-
pane, wth some ddtons to t: ,, two
s uare ta es, mar ed a a et some o them
4 ha e
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
71 | 1 2:
ha e the upper edges o them rounded o or the
better compance wth the and These tans
are et st through two s uare Morte es n the
toc s mar ed b b. The are about se en or eght
nches ong, and stand straght and s uare on the
arther sde o the toc and these two ta es
ha e shouders on the hther sde o the toc ,
reachng down to the wooden soe o the Pane, tor there s aso an ron soe beongng to the
Pow. To the bottom o these two houders s,
ttedwth ron ets, a ence as or men
ca t whch comes cose under the ooden soe,
and ts depth reaches beow the ron soe about
ha an nch: ecause the ron o the Pow s e
r narrow, and the sdes o t towards the. bot-
tom are not to be ncosed n the toc , or the
same reason that was g en n the abbet-pane
there ore upon the toc s et n, and strong
aed an ron Pate o the thc ness o the Pow-
ron, or ood o that breadth w not be strong
enough to endure the orce- the ower end o the
Pow- ron s put to: Ths ron-Pate s amost o
the ame thc ness that the breadth o a Pow, ron s. |o ners ha e se era Pows or se era
wdths o Groo es.
The ce o the Pow s, to pow 3. narrow
s uare Groo e on the edge o a oard whch s
thus per orm cb The oard s set an edge wth
one end n the tncb- crew. and ts other edge
upon a Pn or Pns, put nto a oe, or oes
n the eg, or egs o the ench, such an oe,
or oes, as w, most con enent or heght,
t the breadth o the oard: Then the ence o
the Pow s set to that Dstance o the ront-Pate
o de Pow, that ou ntend the Groo e sha e
o the edge o the oard: s ou woud ha e
tr :Grco w e ha an nch o the oard, then the
e must, wth the Matese be noc ed
through
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| 0 2 75
through the Morte es n the toc , t the ence
stands ha an nch o the ron-Pate and the
ta es are tted st enough n the Mortess o
the toc ,t w eep at that Dstance whst
ou Pow the Groo e: or the ence ng ow-
er than the ron o the Pane when ou set the
ron o the P upon the edge o the oard,
w e at aganst the arther edge o the oard,
and so eep the ron o the Pow a the ength
o the oard at the same Dstance, / m the
edge o the oard that the ron o the Pow
hath rom the ence. There ore our Pow beng
thus tted, pow the Groo e as ou wor wth
other Panes, on as ou ad hod on the toc
o other Panes when ou use them, now ou must
|a hod o the two sta es and ther bouders,and so thrust our Pow orwards, t our Groo e
be made to our depth.
the tatesgo not st enough n the Mortess
o the toc , ou must st en them, b noc ng
a tte wooden edge between the tages and
ther Morte es.
. 9. Modng-Panes.
There are se era other Panes n use amongst
|o ners, caed Modng-panes , as, the ounds
the oow, the gee, the npes- , the abbetpane, the Groo ng-pane, c. nd o these, the
ha e se era sorts, ,, rom ha a uarter
o an nch, to an nch and a ha The are
used as other Panes are. n the Paneng o tu , ou must use Panes whose rons ha e d erent
Mountngs , and that accordng to the hardness or so tness o the ood, ou are to wor upon:
or the ood be hard, the ronmust stand
more uprght than t need do, the ood be
so t: or so t ood, as Dea, Pear-tree, Mape,
c, The ron s set to ma e an nge o 45- De-
grees,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
74 | 0 M r.
grees, wth the oe o the Pane: ut t be e-
r hard ood ou are to Pane upon, as o ,
bon , gnum tae, c. t s set to 80 Degrees,
and sometmes ute uprght: o that these hard
oods, are, ndeed, more proper sad to be
craped, than Paned.
ut be ore ou come to use our Panes ou
must: now |ow to grnd, and whet them, or
the are not so tted when the are bought, but
e er or man accomodates them to ths pur-
pose, as t be an hard ood he s to wor on,
he grnds hs as to a more obtuse nge, than
he woud do or so t ood.
The as, or nge, an ron s ground t , to
wor on so t ood s about 12 Degrees, ad or
hard ood about 18, or 20 Degrees. re
note, That the more acute, or thnner the as \s3
the better and smoother the ron cuts and the
more obtuse and thc er, the stronger the dge
s to wor upon hard or .
. 10. Grndng and hettng the ron,
and other dge-Toos.
TT T en ou grnd our ron, pace our two
Thumbs under the ron,and our ngers
o both auds upon the ron, and so cap down
our ronto the tone, hodng t to that nge
wth the tone ou ntend the as sha ha e:
eep the ronn ths posture, wthout ether
mountng, or sn ng ts ends a the whe the
tone s turnng about and when ou t the
ron o the tone, to ee t be ground to our
Mnd t be not, ou must be sure ou pace
the ronagan n the same Poston on the tone
t had be ore or ese ou w ma e a doube
as on our ron: ut t be true set on the
tone, and stead ept to that poston, our
as w be oow, and the smaer our Grnd-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| . 7|
stone s, the hoower t w be. ou ma now
when t s we Ground, b the e enness, and en-
treness o the dge a the wa .
a ng ground our ron, ou must smoothen
the edge ner wth a good hetstone.Thus,
hod the edge o our ron upwards n our e t
and, and our het-stow n our rght, and
ha ng rst spt upon our tone to wet t, ap-
p t to the as o our ron, n such a poston, that t ma bear upon the whoe breadth o
the as\ and so wor ng the tone o er the
ush, ou w uc wear the courser gratng
o the Grnd-stone o the edge on that sde: Then
turn the at de o the ron, and app the
tone at to t, t ou ha e worn o the course
gratngs o the Grnd-stone, on that sde too.
|oners o ten grnd ther rons upon a at
Grnd- one aso: nd then the hod the hon a-
so n ther ands, n the ame Posture as t
were to be ground on the ound Grnd- tone:
et then nstead o eepng the ronon one
pace o the tone, the thrust t hard straght
orwards, amost the ength o the tone, and
draw tghter straght bac agan, eepng t
a the whe at the ame nge wth the u-
per ces o the tone \ and then smoothen ts edge
wth the hetstone,as t had been ground
upon the round Grndstone. nd ths the do so
otten, t the ha e rubbed the hoowness o the
as to a at, and then the grnd t agan upon
the round Grnd-stone.
Ths rder and Manner o ettng, Grndng
and moothng a as and dge, s aso used n a
other dge-toos |oners use.
. to.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
7
| 1 r
.o. h es o se era orts
nd rst o ormers.
rmers mar ed , 3. are o se era ees
The are caed ormers, because the are
used be ore the parng hsses e en as the ore
am s used be ore the smoothng Pane. The
tu ou are to wor upon beng rst scrbed,
as sha shew n ts proper pace ou must
set the edge o the ormer,a tte wthout the
scrbed troa wth ts as outwards, that t
ma brea , and shouder o the hps rom our
or , as the dge cuts t. nd ou must bear
the e e o the ormer a tte nwards o er
the tu that the ormer do not at rst cut
straght down, but a tte outwards: or, shoud
ou enture to cut straght down at the rst,
ou mght wth a neggent, or unuc noc
wth the Maet, dr e the edge o the ormer
under the wor , and so cut, be ore ou are a-
ware, more o the under sde than the upper
sde o our or , and so perchance spo
t. There ore ou ma ma e se era uttngs,
to cut t straght down b tte and te t
our or s made read or the parng h o
e. hen t s used, the e e o t s noc t
upon wth a Maet, to dr e the edge nto the
t .
, . s the Parng- hsse.
T e Tarng- h se mar ed 2. must ha e a
er e.e and smooth edge: t s ce s
to oow the ormer, and to pareo , and smoothes
the rreguartes the ormer made.
t s not noc t upon wth the Maet, but the
ade #s casped upon the out-sde o the hn-
|ermost |onts o the ore and tte ngers, the cutched nsde o the mdde and thrd
ngers
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| . 7
tnged o the rght and, and so ts edge beng
set upon the scrbed ne, and the top o the
e e paced aganst the hoow o the nsde o
the rght shouder, wth pressng the shouder hard
upon the e e, the edge cuts and pares awa
the rreguartes,
Ths wa o handng, ma seem a Preposter-
ous Posture to manage an ron Too n, and et the reason o the rgna ontr er o ths Po-
sture s to be appro ed , or, shoud or men
hod the ade o the Parng- hse n ther whoe
and, the must ether hod ther and prett
near the e e where the cannot we manage
the Too, or the must hod t prett near the
edge, where the outsde o the ngers w hde
the scrbed ne the are to pare n. ut ths Po-
sture, a or men are at rst taught, and Pra-
ctce doth so nure them to t, that the woud, the coud not we ea e t.
. 12. o the ew- ormer.
The ew- ormer mar ed 4. s sedom used
b |oners, but or ceansng acute nges,
wth ts acute nge on ts edge where the
nges o other hsseh w not so we come
. 13. s Mortess- hse.
T e Mortess- h e mar ed 5. s a narrow
b se, but hath ts ade much thc er, and
conse uent stronger that t ma endure the
hea er bows wth the Maet than other hs
seh ha e, so that n grndng t to an edge, t s
ground to a er broad as as ou ma ee n
the gure. ts ce s to cut deep s uare hoes,
caed Morte es, n a pece o ood. |one s use
them o se era readths accordng as the
readths o ther Morte es ma re ure.
4
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
78
| r.
. 14. o the Gouge.
The Gouge mar ed G 6. s a h||e ha ng a
round edge, or the cuttng such ood as s
to be ounded, or oowed.
These se era sorts o h e |oners ha e o
se era es, that the ma be accommodated to
do se era es o or .
M t |-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
79
M
The Doctrne o and - or s
ontnued n the rt o | .
. 15: the uare, and ts e.
T uare mar ed D, s two ad unct:
des o a Geometrca uare, a The
ande, b The Tongue c The uter
uare, d The nner uare. or |oner s
use, t s made o two peces o ood3 the one
about an nch thc , and the other about a uar-
ter o an nch thc : These two peces are se e
ra shot e act straght, and ha e each o ther
des parae to each o ther own des. The
thc Pece caed the ande hath a Morte s
n t, as ong wthn a uarter o an nch, as the
thn pece caed the Tongue s broad, and
st so wde, as to contan the thc ness t, the
Tongue. The Tongue s astened nto the Mo ess
o the ande wth Gew and wooden Pns, so
as the two outer sdes and then conse uent
the two nner sdes ma stand at rght nges
wth one another.
The eason wh the ande s b much thc er
than the Tongue, s, because the ande shoud
on ether sde become a ence to the Tongue.
nd
#
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
8a | 0 t
\
nd the season wh the Tongue hath not ts
whoe breadth et nto the end o the ande s,
because the ma wth ess care str e a ne b
the sde o a thn than a thc pece: or n-
stead o hodng the and uprght hen the
str e a ne, the shoud hod t ne er so tte
nwards, the shan o a Prc er ang aganst
the top edge o the ande, woud throw the
Pont o a Prc er arther out than a thn Pece
woud : To a od whch ncon enence, the
Tongue s e t about ha an nch out o the end
o the ande.
nother eason s, That wth o ten str ng
the Prc er aganst the Tongue t becomes rag ged, or une en, the can wth ess troube Pane
t agan when the tu s a the wa o an e-
ua strength, than the can, ross- gran d
houders be added to an part o t.
ts use s or the str ng o nes s uare e-
ther to other nes, or to straght sdes, and to
tr the s uareness o ther wor b s the
woud str e a ne s uare to asde the ha e
aread shot: The app the nsde o the an-
de cose to the sde shot, and a the Tongue at
upon the or , than b the outersde o the Tongue, the draw wth a Prc er a straght
ne: Ths s caed tr ng or drawng o a
uare. r, the woud Tr the s uareness o
a Pece o tu shot on two ad onng sdes, the
app the nsdes o the ande and Tongue to
the outsdes o the tu , and the outsdes o the tu do a the wa agree n ne wth the n-
sdes o the uare, t s true uare. r the
woud tr the nward s uareness o or , the
app the two outsdes o the uare to the n-
sdes o the or ,
m
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| o n e r r
. 16. The manner o Panng and Tr ng a pec
o tu -s uare
w ta e, or ampe, a Pece o tu
caed a uarter, whch s common two
nches thc , our nches broad, and se en oot
ong. To pane ths uare, a one o ts broad
des upon the ench, wth one o ts ends ho d
prett hard nto the Teeth o the ench-hoo ,
that t ma e the stedder. Then wth the
ore-Pane, as ou were taught, 2. umb.
Pane o the roughness the aw made at the Pt,
and wor that sde o the uarter as streght n
ts ength and breadth as ou can wth the orts, Pane , whch ou ma g e a prett good guess
at, the edge o the ron ha e born a the wa
upon the wor , et ou ma tr b ta ng up
our or , and app ng one end o t to one
e, whst ou wn wth the other, and obser e
an oow, or Daw s be n the ength o.
not, ou ma concude t prett true: or the
or thus hed, the e w dscern prett near-
. r, or more certant , ou ma app the
edge o the two- oot ue, or rather a ue shot
the u ength o the uarter to our or , and
t agree a the wa wth the ue, ou ma
concude t s straght n ength. ut ou nd
t not straght, ou must st wth the ore-Pane
wor o those sngs that bear the edge o the
ue o an part o the tu : Then tr the
readth be prett straght t be, theDaw s
the roughness the ore-pane made e cepted the
rst o ce o the ore-pane s per orm d: t
be not, ou must straghten the readth as ou
dd the ength.
ut tho ths uarter be thus paned straght
n ength and breadth, et because the ron o the
ore-pane or ts rst wor ng the tu s set
an
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
82 |oner .
an , and there ore ma es great Daw s n the
tu , ou must set the ron o our ore-pane
ner, as ou were taught, . 3. umb. 2. and
wth t then wor down e en amost to the bot-
tom o those Daw s: then tr t agan, as be-
ore, and ou nd t tr a the wa , ou ma ,
wth the |onter, or moothng-pane, but rather
wth the |onter, go o er t agan, to wor out
the rreguartes o the ne ore pane: or the
ron o the ore-pane beng ground to a sng
n the mdde, as has been shewed, . 2. umb. 2.
though t be er ne set, w et ea e some
Daw s n the tu or the |onter, or mooth-
ng-pane, to wor out. Thus the rst sde o
the uarter w be nshed.
a ng thus tr ed one sde o the uarter
straght and at, app the nsde o the ande
to t, and one o the ad onng sdes o the
uarter, comp aso wth the nsde o the
Tongue a the wa , ou need on srtoo ch that
ad onng sde: ut t do not so comp , that
s, t be not s uare to the rst sde whch ou w now b the rdng o the nsde o the
Tongue upon one o the dges or some other
part between the dges, ou must, wth the ore-
pane an -set, pan awa that tu whch bears
o the nsde o the Tongue rom comp ng a
the wa wth t. ut the sngs be great,
ou ma , or uc ness, hew awa the sngs
wth the atchet : but then ou must ha e a care
ou et not the edge o our atchet cut too
deep nto the tu s est ou ether spo our
tu , b ma ng t un ceabe, t be aread
sma enough \ or t ha e substance enough,
ma e our se more abour to get out those
atchet-stroa s wth the Pane than ou need.
Then ta e o the roughness the atchet made
wth the ore-pane an -set, then ne set, and
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
|oner . 83
ast o a wth the |onter, or moothng-pane:
o s the second sde aso nshed
To wor the thrd sde, set the a o the
Gage e act to that wdth rom the Gage, that
ou ntend the readth o the uarter when
rought sha ha e, whch, n ths out ampe, s
our nches, but w be somewhat ess, because
wor ng t true w dmnsh the tu : There ore
sdng the a on the ta , measure on our nch-
ue so much ess than our nches, as ou thn
our tu dmnshes n wor ng: Measure, sa ,
between the a and the Tooth, our s e: , at
the rst pro er, our a stand too ar rom
the Tooth, hod the a n our and, and
noc the Tooth-end o our ta upon the
or bench, t t stand near enough: the
a stand too near, noc the other end o the ta pon the or -bench t t be t. Then
app the at o the a to the second wrought
de o our tu s so as the Tooth ma reach
athwart the breadth o the stu upon the rst
sde, and eepng the a cose aganst the se-
cond sde, press the Tooth so hard down, that
b drawng the Gage n ths posture a aong
the ength o the uarter, the Tooth ma str e
a ne. n e manner upon the sde opposte to
the rst . the ourth sde, Gage another ne
opposte to the rst gaged ne, and wor our
tu down to those two gated nes on the thrd
sde, ether wth Panng aong, or wth ewng,
and a terwards Panng as ou were.taught to
wor the second sde.
To wor the ourth sde, set the Tooth o the
Gage to ts e act dstance rom the a, , two
nches wantng so much as ou thn the tu d
mns d n wor ng, and app the at o the a to each sde o the rst de, and Gage as be-
ore two nes, one on the second, the other on
t
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
4 | 0 t
the thrd wrought sde. or our tu then
down on the ourth sde to those two Gagenes
ether wth Panng aone, or wth ewng, and
a terwards Pannng, as ou were taught to wor
the second sde
. 17. To rame two uarters uare nto one
another.
must ta e care n Mor testng and Ten-
nant ng, that as near as c ou can e ua e the strength o the sdes o the Mortess to the
strength o the Tenant. do not mean that the
tu shoud be o an e ua ubstance, or that s
not: e uang strength: ut the e uang strength
must be consdered wth respect: to the uat ,
Poston and ubstance o the tu : s ou
were to ma e a Tenna t upon a pece o ur,
and a Mortess to rece e t n a pece o a , and
the ur and a ha e both the ame ee: The
Tennant there ore made upon ths pece o ur,
must be consderab bgger than a Tennant need
be made o a , because ur s much a wea er
ood than a , and there ore ought to ha e a
greater ubstance to e ua e the strength o a .
nd or Poston, the shorter the tu that the
Tennant s made on, the ess oence the Ten-
nant s sub ect to. esdes, t s easer to spt
ood wth the Gran, than to brea ood cross
the Gran , and there ore the ame ood when
posted as a Tennant, s stronger than the ame
ood o the ame s e when posted as a Mortess:
or the n ur a Mortess s sub ect to, s ptng
wth the gran o the ood, whch, wthout
good care, t w o ten do n wor ng -7 but the
orce that must n ure a Tennant, must o end tr
cross the Gran o the ood, n whch poston t w best ndure oence.
hen
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| 1 T. 8
hen two peces o ood, o the ame ua-
t and substance as n ths our ampe are
eected to ma e on the one a Tennant, and n the
other a Morte s. ou ma e the Morte s too
wde, the des o the Morte s w be wea er
than the des that contan the Morte s: nd
one be wea er than the other, the wea est w
g e wa to the strongest when an e ua o-
ence s o er d to both. There ore ou ma ee
a necesst o e ua ng the strength o one to
the other, as near as ou can. ut because no
ue s e tant to do t b , nor can or man
onsderatons, thn , be made, there ore
ths e ua ng o strength must be re erred to
the |udgment o the perator. ow to the
or .
The Morte s to be made s n a uarter our
nches broad. n ths ca e or men ma e the
Morte s an nch wde, so that an nch and a
Ta tu remans on ether sde t. There ore
our tu beng s uared, as was taught n the
ast ecton, set the a o the Gage an nch
and an ha o the Tooth, and gage wth t, 04
ether sde our tu s a straght ne at that d-
stance rom the end ou ntend the Morte s sha
be, then open our ompas s to two nches, and prc o that dstance n one o the nes,
or the ength o the Morte s , then a the n-
sde o the ande o the uare to one sde o
the tu , and upon both the prc s success e ,
and wth our Prc er draw straght nps through
them b the sde o the Tongue, so sha the
bounds o our Morte s be struc o t on the ua
ter. our Morte s go through the uarter,
draw the ame nes on the opposte sde o the
uarter thus, Turn the uarter, or ts dge,
and app the nsde o the ande o the uare,
to the ends o the ormer drawn nes, and b
3 the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
86 | 1 T.
the sde o the Tongue draw two nes on the edge o the uarter then turn the uarter a-
gan wth ts other broad sde upwards, and ap-
p the nsde o the ande o the uare to the
ends o the ast nes drawn on the edge, and b
the sde o the Tongue, draw two nes on ths
broad sde aso. These two nes our uar-
ter was tru s nar d sha be e act opposte to
the two nes drawn on the rst broad sde o the
uarter or the ength o the Mortess: nd or
the wdth o the Mortess gage ths sde aso, as
ou dd the rstthen or the Tennant, gage on
that end o the uarter ou ntend the Tennant
sna be made, the same nes ou dd or the
Mortess. nd because the uarter s two n-
ches thc , prc rom the end two nches, and
app ng the nsde o the ande o the uare
to the sde o the uarter, and the Tongue to
that Prc , draw b the sde o the Tongue a
ne through that sde the uarter \ then turn the
other sdes o the uarter success e , and draw nes athwart each sde the uarter, as ou were
taught to draw the opposte nes or the Mor-
tress.
Then pace the edge o the nch- Mortess- hs-
se wth ts as rom ou, and the e e bear-
ng a tte towards ou, wthn one ha uarter
o anncho one end o the struc Mortess, and
wth our Maet noc hard upon t, t ou nd
the as o the hse w no onger arce the
hps out o the Mortess , then remo e the hp. se/ to the other end o the Mortess, and wor , as
wth the rst end, t the hps w od no on-
ger: Then wor awa the t between the two
nds, and begn agan at one o the nds, and
then at the other, and wor deeper nto tseMor-
tess, then agan between both-, and so wor
deeper b degrees, t ou ha e wrought the
Mor-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| . 87
Mortessthrough, or not through to the n-
tended Depth then wth the Mortess-ch e
wor nearer the drawn nes at the ends o the
Mortess,, or be ore ou were drected to wor
but wthn ha a uarter o an nch o the drawn
nes, b a ng ght bows on t, t ou ha e
made t t to pare smooth wth a narrow Parng-
chse, and then pare the ends, as ou were taught
to wor wth the Parng-ch e: Then wth the
broad Parng-ch e, pare the des o the Mortess
ust to the struc nes so s the Mortess nshed
To wor the Tennant, a the other uarter
on edge upon our or -bench, and asten t
wth the od ast, as ou were taught ect. .
Then wth the Tennant, saw a tte wthout the
trnc -ne towards the end : ou must not aw
ust upon the truc -ne, because the aw cuts
rough: esdes, ou must ea e some tu to pare
awa smooth to the truc -ne, that the te
that s, the uprght uarter ma ma e a cose
|ont wth the a that s the ower uarter:
aw there ore rght down wth the Tennant- aw7
ust amost to the gaged nes or the thc ness o
the Tennant, and ha e a care to eep the ade
o the aw e act uprght. Then turn the oppo-
ste de o the uarter upwards, and wor as ou
were taught to wor the rst de.
Then wth the Parng-ch e, pare the or
cose to the gaged nes or the Tennant. Then
tr how t ts the Mortess: t be not pared e-,
nough awa , ou must pare t where t bears, that
s, stc s. ut ou shoud chance to ha e made
t too tte, ou ha e spoed our w or There-
ore ou ma see how necessar t s, not to ma e
the Mortess too wde at rst, or the Tennant too
narrow.
Then wth the Percer perce two hoes through
th des, or hee s o the Mortess, about ha an
4 nch
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
88 | 0 1 r.
nch o ether end one. Then noc the Tennaut
st nto the Mortess, and set t uprght, b ap-
p ng the nge o the outer uare, to the n-
ge the two uarters ma e, and wth our Prc -
er, prc round about the n sdes o the Perced
hoes upon the Tennant Then ta e the Tennant
out agan, and Perce two hoes wth the ame
t, about the thc ness o a hng abo e the.
Prc ed hoes on the Tennant, that s, nearer the
hoder o the Tennant, that the Pns ou are to
dr e n, ma draw the hoder o the Tennant
the coser to the at sde o the uarter the Mor-
tess s made n. Then wth the Parng-chsse
ma e two Pns somewhat Taperng, u bg e-
nough, and settng the two uarters agan s uare,
as be ore, dr e the Pns st nto the Perced
hoes.
ou ma e another uare, as ou dd ths \
and ma e aso a Tennant on each ntenanted end o the tes, and another Mortess on the
top and bottom as, ou ma put them toge-
ther, and ma e s uare rames o them,
. 18. the Mter uare. nd ts se
The Mter uare mar ed hath as the
uare an ande mar ed a, one nch
thc , and three nches broad, and a Tongue
mar ed o about the ame breadth: The an-
de and the Tongue as the uare ha e both
ther des parae to ther own des. The an-
de as the uare hath n the mdde o ts
narrowest de a Mortess n t, o an e ua depth,
the wrhoe ength o the ande: nto ths Morr
te s s tted one end o the Tongue, but the end
o the ande s rst ered o to ma e an n-
ge o 4 Degrees wth ts nsde. Ths Tongue
s as the uare Pn d and Gewed nto the
ortese o the ande.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| 0 T. 89
t s used or str ng a Mter-ne, as the uare
s to str e a uare-ne, b app ng the nsde
o the ande to the outsde o the uarter, or
atten, ou are to wor upon and then b str -
ng a ne b the sde o the Tongue: or that
ne sha be a Mter-ne. nd upon two at-
tens ou str e two such nes, and aw and Pare
them ust o n the nes, when the ats o those
two sawn ends are apped to one another, the
ont and nsde o the attens, w orm them-
se es nto the gure o a uare.
Thus Pcture rames, and oo ng Gass- rames,
are common made, as b a more u ampe
ou ma ee n the ne t ecton.
. 19. the e
the uare s made to str e an nge o
90 Degrees, and the Mter an nge o 45
Degrees, so the e mar ed ha ng ts
Tongue mo abe upon a enter, ma be set to
str e nges o an greater, or e er numbers
o Degrees, accordng as ou open the Tongue
wder rom, or shut t coser to the ande. t s
used as the uare, and the Mter, and w per-
orm the ces o them both, though t be not
purpose made or ether but or the str ng
such e -nes, as one part o our wor must be
cnt awa to, to ma e t on wth another part o
our or : or ampe,
e w propose to ma e a rame or a Pcture,
oo ng-gass, c. contanng eght straght des
ou ma uc perce e that a the, ends o
these eght des must be cut to e s, and what
e s the must be, ou w nd ou descrbe
upon a smooth at oard, a rce o an bgness,
but the arger the better: D de ths rce n-
to eght e ua Parts, and rom e er pont draw
t ne to the enter: Draw aso straght nes
rom
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
9o | 0 T.
rom e er pont to ts ne t Pont: Then a the
nsde o the ande o our e e act upon a-
n one o these straght nes, so as the nge
made b the nsde o the ande, and the nsde
o the Tongue, e e act at the er nge made
b ths straght ne, and the em-Dametra
ne proceedng rom the enter, and mo e the
Tongue nearer, or arther o the ande, t the
nsde o the Tongue and the nsde o the ande,
e e act upon those two nes, so sha our e-
be set.
Then ha ng tted our Peces to our cant-
ng, stc our Prc er as near the outward or-
ner ot our Peces as our tu w bear, and ap-
p the nsde o our ande aso to the outer
des o our Peces, and so as the nsde o the
Tongue ma be drawn home to the Prc er. or
then nes drawn on those Peces b the nsde o
the Tongue, sha be the nes the Peces must be
cut n, to ma e these eght Peces on e en to-
/ gether b the sdes o each others e : Then
wth the tr e-boc smooth the ends o the e-
s, as ou were taught n the ecton o the
tr e-boc . .
ou ha e a oard on the bac -sde o ths
rame, ou ma Gew the bac -sdes o these
Peces, pece b pece to the oard but rst ou
must t them to an e act ompance o e er e-
wth ts Match, and when the are so tted,
dr e two as cose to the outsde o e er
pece, but dr e not the as deep nto the oard,
because when the rame s set, and Gew ed, or
otherwse astened, ou must draw the as out
agan: or these as are on ntended to ser e
or ences to set, and t each pece nto ts proper
Pace, be ore the whoe rame s astned together.
nd shoud ou not thus ence them, though b
our e ou mght udge ou tted the e s
e act ,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| 91
e act , et one pece beng ne er so tte out o
ts due poston, woud dr e the ne t pece more
out, and that the ne t, t at the ast, the ast
pece woud not on, but ether be too short, or
too ong, or stand too much out, or n, or ese
too open, or too cose on the out, or nsde.
ut ou ha e no oard on the bac sde, ou
must, when ou aw the e ng nges upon
the s uare ends o peces, not awn ute through
the depth o one end o e er pece, but about
ha wa through the depth, or thc ness, and then
wth our h e ether spt, or ese pare, the up-
per sde o the s uare end at awa to the e ,
and so ea e part o the s uare end o our pece, to ap under the pece t s oned to. or ampe,
n g. 3. Pate 5. a b s the s uare end o the
pece, and b c s the e ou wor the pece to. There ore ou must wor awa so much o the
thc ness o the s uare end, as s comprehended
between a and r, so that ou w see the Trange
a b c, s to be wrought aw# ha wa down the
thc ness o the tu , and so w the Trange ab c
be e t or the other ha thc ness o the tu
ut that end o the pece mar ed 1, whch ons to
the pece mar ed 2, must, upon ts e -strea , be awn ute o , and ts undersde must ha e the
ame Trange wrought nto t, ust so t as to re-
ce e the Trange n pece 2, and ust so deep, as
that when the Trange on pece 2, s tted nto
the Trange n pece 1, the uper ces o both the
peces ma be e en wth one another. nd thus
ou ma ap the ends o e er pece nto one an-
other.
These Tranges at the ends o the peces ou
ma Gew nto one another, but ou thn
ewng aone not strong enough, ou ma Perce
an hoe near the nner edge o the rame, because
the Trange hath there most ubstance o tu
and
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| o n e r r:
and a terwards Pn t, as ou are taught to Pn
the a and te together n ect. 17.
Ths wa o appng o er, s sometmes used
aso or s uare Mters, or other nguar rames.
ere s another wa used b |oners that ma e
man rames, to sa e themse es the abour
o Drawng, or str ng out o uares, Mters,
and se era e s upon ther tu : nd ths s
wth a Too caed a Mter- o , descrbed n Pate
5. g. 2. t s composed o two peces o ood,
o an nch thc each, as the uprght pece,
the bottom pece. The prght pece s naed
uprght, ast upon the bottom pece. nd ths up-
rght pece hath on ts upper sde, the Mter nes
struc wth the Mter uare, as d e, on the e t:
hand, and g h on the rght hand: n these two
Mter nes the edge o the aw s set, and a er
made straght down the uprght pece, as rom d e
on the e t hand to , and rom g h on the rght
hand to . n e manner an other e s struc
upon the upper sde o the uprght pece wth the
e , as on the e t hand, and n 0 on the rght.
n these two e nes the edge o the aw s
set, and a er made straght down the uprght
pece, as rom | to / w, and rom g h to /. ou
ma ma e as man e s as ou pease on the up-
rght pece o the Mter o e s to on
rames o ether e, s , se en, eght des, c.
and the manner to ma e them to an number o
des, was n part taught n the ast ecton. or
as there ou were drected to d de the rce n-
to eght e ua Parts, because eght was the num-
ber o des, we proposed to ma e that rame con-
sst o o, or an number o des ou d de
the rce nto the ame e ua parts, and wor as
ou were th re drected, ou ma nd what e
. 20 o the Mter- o .

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| T. the peces must: ha e that ma e a rame that
conssts o an number o des.
o aso or awng o an atten, or other sma
peces s uare: tr e at the Pont a, on the upper
sde o the uprght pece a ne straght athwart
t, to and aw straght down the upper pece,
to c
The manner how these er s are awn straght
down wth greatest certant s, thus, pp the
nsde o the ande o the s uare to the upper
sde o the uprght pece, so as the Tongue e
cose to that end o the Mter, e , or s uare
ne struc through the upper sde o the Mter-
o , and wth the Prc er str e a ne cose b
the sde o the Tongue, through that sde o the
uprght peces Turn the Tongue to the other sde
o the uprght pece, and app the nsde o the
ande o the s uare to the other end o the M-
ter, e , or uare ne, and wth the Prc er
str e aso a ne cose b the sde o the Tongue
through that sde the uprght pece. These two
nes struc on ether sde o the uprght pece,
ha be a ne on each sde, n whch the edge o
the aw must run, to saw t straght down.
.21. o the Gage:T e Gage mar ed G n Pate 4 The ab
s tted st upon the ta c that t ma be
set nearer or arther rom the Tooth a. ts ce
s to Gage a ne parae to an straght de. t
s used or Gagng Tennants, and or Gagng tu
to an e ua thc ness.
hen ou use t, ou must set the a to the
ntended Dstance rom the Tooth: the a
stand too near the Tooth, od the a n our
rght hand, and noc the hnder end o the ta
upon the or bench, t t remo e to ts ust
Dstance rom the Tooth t stand too ar o the
Tooth,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
94 | 1 T.
Tooth, noc the ore end o the ta . the
Tooth end t t remo e to ts ust Dstance
rom the Tooth: the a sde not st enough
upon the ta , ou ma st en t b str ng a
wooden edge between the Mortess and the
ta : o ma ou app the sde o the a ne t
the Tooth, to the sde o an Tabe, or an o-
ther straght sde, wth the Tooth Gage a ne
parae or o e ua Dstance a the wa rom
that sde.
. 22. the Percer.
| e Percer , n Pate 4, hath a the ead b
the Pad, e the toc , d the tt ts ce
s so we nown, that need sa tte to t. n-
, ou must ta e care to eep the tt straght to
the hoe ou perce, est ou de orm the hoe, or
brea the tt.
ou ought to be pro ded wth tts o se era
s es, tted nto so man Padds.
.23. the Gmbet.
T e Gmbet s mar ed , n Pates. t hath a
orm at the end o ts tt. ts ce s to
ma e a round hoe n those paces o our wor
where the toc o the Percer b reason o ts own
hoder, or a hoder, or uttng out upon the
wor w not turn about. ts ande s hed n
a cutched hand, and ts tt twsted st nto our
wor . ou must ha e them o se era ees
. 24. the ugre.
T e ugre mar ed n Pate 4, hath a a the
ande, b the tt. ts ce s to ma e great
round hoes. hen ou use t, the tu ou wor
upon s common ad ow under ou, that ou
ma the easer use our strength upon t: or n
twstng the tt about b the orce o both our
ands,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| T 95
ands, on each end o the ande one, t cuts
great hps out o the tu ou must bear our
strength Perpendcuar straght to the end o
the tt as wth the Percer.
at. the atchet.
The atchet mar ed , n Pate 4. ts use s s
we nown e en to the most un-ntegent
that need not use man ords on t, et thus
much w a , ts use s to ew the rreguartes
o such peces o tu whch ma be sooner ewn
than awn.
hen the dge s downwards, and the ande
towards ou, the rght sde o ts dge must be
Ground to a e , so as to ma e an nge o a-
bout 12 Degrees wth the e t sdeo t nd a -
terwardsset wth the hetstone, as the rons o
Panes, c.
. 26. The se o the aw n genera.
m ormer ercses dd not teach ou how to chuse the Toos a mth was to use , e-
cause t s a mth s ce to ma e them: nd be-
cause n those ercses treated o ma ng ron-
wor , and tee-wor n genera, and the ma ng
and e ceenc o some Toos n partcuar, whch
mght ser e as a genera oton or the now-
edge o a mth s or manshp, especa to
those that shoud concern themse es wth mth-
ng: ut to those that sha concern themse es
wth |oner , and not wth mthng , t w be
necessar that teach them how to chuse ther
Toos that are made b mths, that the ma
use them wth more ease and deght, and ma e
both uc er and nearer or wth them.
sorts o aws, or |oner s se, are to be
sod n most ron-monger s hops, but especa
n oster-ane, o dont huse those that are made
o
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T.
o tee, or some are made o ron or tee
o t se s harder and stronger than ron: ou
na now the tee- rom ron- thus,
The tee- w are genera ground brght and
smooth, and are the thc ness o the ade con-
sdered stronger than o\- aws : ut the ron-
aws are bn ammer-hardned, and there ore
the coud be so hard, et the cannot be so
smooth, as the rreguartes o the ammer
were we ta en o wth the Grndstone: ee t be
ree rom aws, and er we ammered, and
smooth Ground, that s, e en Ground, ou
ma now t be we ammered b the st ben-
dng o t, and t be we Ground, that s, e-
en Ground, t w not bend n one part o t
more than n another \ or t do, t s a sgn
that part were t bends most s, ether too much
Ground awa , or too thn orged n that pace t
ut t bend nto a reguar bow a the wa , and
be st , the ade s good: t cannot be too st ,
because the are but ammer-hardned, and there-
ore o ten bow when the a under uns u
ands, but ne er brea , uness the ha e been o -
ten bowed n that pace. The dge whereon the
Teeth are, s awa s made thc er than the ac ,
because the ac oows the dge, and the
dge shoud not ma e a prett wde er , the
ac do not str e n the er , et b ne er so
tte rreguar bearng, or twstng o the and
awr , t mght so stop, as to bow the aw , and
as sad be ore wth o ten bowng t w brea
at ast. hen or men ght o a good ade
thus ua ed, the matter not much whether the
Teeth be sharp or deep, or set to ther mnd: or
to ma e them so, s a Tas the ta e to them-3
se es: nd thus the per orm t: The wedge
the ade o the aw hard nto the hettng-
oc , mar ed P, n Pate 4 wth the ande to-
wards
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
1 T. 97
ards ther e t and, and the end o the aw to
the rght, then wth a three-s uare e the be
gn at the e t hand end, eanng harder upon the
sde o the e on the rght and, than on that
sde to the e t and so that the e the upper-
de o the Tooth o the aw a-sope towards the
rght and, and the undersde o the Tooth a t te a- ope towards the e t, or, amost down-
rght. a ng ed one Tooth thus, a the rest
must be so ed. Then wth the aw-wre/t, mar -
ed , n Pate 4. the set the Teeth o the aw t
That s, the put one o the otches mar ed a a a
o the orestbetween the rst two Teeth on the
ade o the aw, and then turn the ande o-
r onta a tte about upon the otch towards
the end o the aw, and that at once turns the
rst Tooth somewhat towards ou, and the se
cond Tooth rom ou: Then s ppng two Teeth, the agan put one o the otches o the rest be- tween the thrd and ourth Teeth on the ade o
the aw, and then asbe ore turn the ande
a tte about upon the otch towards the end o
the aw, and that turns the thrd Tooth some
what towards ou, and the ourth somewhat rom
ou : Thus ou must s p two Teeth at a tme, and
turn the rest t a the Teeth o the aw are eu
Ths ettng o the Teeth o the aw as or
men ca t s to ma e the er wde enough or
the ac to oow the dge: nd s et an er
or so t, course, cheap tu than or hard, ne, and cost tu or the an er the Tooth s set,
the more tu s wasted n the er : nd besdes
the tu be hard t w re ure greater abour
to tear awa a great dea o hard tu , than t
w do to tear awa but a tte o the ame tu
The Pt aw, s et so an or course tu , as to ma e a er o amost a uarter o an nch, bot or ne and cost tu the set t ner to sa e
G tu ,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
98 |oner .
stu . The hp- aw s set somewhat ner that the Tt- aw the and- aw, and the ompass-
aw, ner than the hp- aw , but the Tennant-
aw, rame- aw and the ow- aw, c. are set
ne, and ha e ther Teeth but er tte turned
o er the des o ther ades: o that a er
made b them, s sedom abo e ha a ha uarter
o an nch.
The reason wh the Teeth are ed to an n-
ge, pontng towards the end o the aw, and not
towards the ande o the or drect straght
between the ande and end o the aw, s, e-
cause the aw s desgned to cut on n ts Progress
orwards Man ha ng n that ct t more
strength to rd, and ommand o hs ands to
gude s or , than he can ha e n drawng bac
hs aw, and there ore when he draws bac hs
aw, the or -man bears t ght o the un-
tt tu whch s an ease to hs abour, and
enabes hm the onger to contnue hs se era Pro-
gressons o the aw.
Master- or men, when the drect an o ther
tnderns to saw such a pece o tu s ha e se e-
ra Phrases or the sawng o t: The sedom sa
aw that pece o tu ut Draw the aw through
t G e that pece o tu a er , a a er n
that pece o tu and sometmes, but most un-
proper , ut, or t that pece o tu : or the
aw cannot proper be sad to cut, or t the
tu but t rather brea s, or tears awa such
parts o the tu rom the whoe, as the ponts
o the Teeth prc nto, and these parts t so tears
awa are proportonabe to the neness or ran -
ness o the settng o the Teeth.
T he ceenc o awng s, to eep the er
e act n the ne mar ed out to be awn, wth-
out wrggng on ether, or both sdes nd
straght through the ta , as or -men ca t -7
that
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| T. - 9
that s, n a Geometrca Term, perpendcuar
through the upper and under sde, our or
re ure t, as most or does: ut our or
be to be awn upon a e , as some or some-
tmes s, then ou are to obser e that e a the
ength o the tu , c.
. 27. The se o the Pt- aw, Mar ed M n Pate 4.
T e t- aw s not on used b those or -
men that ma e sawng Tmber and oards
ther whoe usness, but s aso or sma matters
used b oners, when what the ha e to do, ma
perhaps be as soon done at home, as the can car-
r or end t to the aw ers. The manner o ther
wor ng s both a e, or t be a oard the
woud t o a pece o Tmber, or the woud
ta e an uare, uarter, or atten, Go , the
rst set o ther cantn: or ampe, t be
an nch ormore, or ess the woud ta e o
a pece o tu , the open the Ponts o ther
ompastes to an nch Measure on ther ue, and
so much more as the rec on the er o the aw
w ma e, and rom n de o ther tu the set
o at ether end o the tu , the Dstance o the1
ponts o ther ompasses at ths Dstance there
ore the ma e wth the ponts o ther ompa es
a prc at ether end o the tu -7 Then wth
ha the whten a ne, b rubbng the ha
prett hard upon t -0 Then one hods the ne at
one end upon the prc made there, and the other,
strans the ne prett st upon the prc at the
other end then whst the ne s thus strans
one o them between hs nger and Thumb draws
the mdde o the ne drect tght, to a con-
enent heght that t ma sprng hard enough down and then ets t go agan, so that t sw t-
appes to ts rst Poston, and str es a
strong aganst the tu , that the Dust, or t-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
66 | 1 T
toms o the ha that were rubbed nto th
ne, sha e out o t, and reman upon the tu s
nd thus aso the mar the undersde o ther
tu : Ths s caed nng o the tu : nd the
tu cut nto those nes sha be caed both.., tu , because the ompasses that prc t the tu s
were opened wder b the wdth o the er than
an nch Measure upon the ue : ut had the
ompasses been opened but an nch e act , that
pece awn o houd, n or men s anguage,
ha e been caed nch- rc t, thereb g ng toun
derstand that t s ha the breadth o the er
thnner than an nch: nd thus the ca a o-
ther cantns 2 nches,2 nches,3 nches, c
a sTt or Prc ed
hen two or -men are not at hand to hod
the ne at both ends, he that nes t, str es one
pont o hs compass, or sometmes a Prc er, or
a a asope towards that end nto the prc set
o , and puttng the oose at the end o hs ne
o er hs ompasses, c. goes to the other end,
and strans hs ne on that prc , and str es t
as be ore.
The tu beng thus ned s astned wth
wedges o er the Pt, the |oner be accommo-
dated wth a Pt he ha e none, he ma es sh t
wth two hgh rames a tte more than Man
hgh n ts stead, caed great Tru e wth our
egs, these egs stand spreadng outwards, that
the ma stand the rmer: er these two Trus-
sed the tu s ad, and rm astened that rt
sha e not. ts outer sde rom whence the Prc s
were set o must be Perpendcuer. whch ou
must tr b a Pumb-ne, or shoud the top edge
o that tde, hang ne er so tte o er the bottom
edge, or the bottom edge not e so ar out as the
top edge, the cantn ou saw o woud not be
o an e ua thc ness on-the Top or ottom: e-
cause
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| T. 102
cause the aw s to wor e act Perpe dcuar.
Then wth the Pt- aw the enter the one end o
the tu s the To -man at the Top, and the Pt-
man under hm : The Top-man obser ng to gude the aw e act n the ne: nd wtha draw-
ng the aw somewhat towards hm when the
aw goes down and the Pt-man drawng t
wth a hs strength Perpendcuar down -7 but
not so ow that the npper and ower andes o
the aw sn beow both ther Managements:
Then bearng the Teeth o the aw a tte o
the tu s the Top-man draws the aw up agan,
and the Pt-man asssts, or eases hm n t, and
thus the contnue sawng on t the aw has
run through the whoe ength upon the tu ut
when the er s made so ong, that b the
wor ng o the awth peces o tusson dthgr
sde w sha e aganst one another, and so more,
or ess, hnder the ease Progress o the aw, the
dr e a edge so ar n the er as the dare do
or ear o spttng the tu , and so pro de the
aw reer and easer passage through the tu :
Ths edgng the contnue so o t as the nd
occason.
M
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
102
M
,
The Doctrne o and - or s
ontnued n the rt o | 0 .
. 28- The se o the wp- aw mar ed n
Pate 4
T hp-r aw s used b |oners, to
saw such greater peces o tu that
the and- aw w not eas reach
through when the use.t, the tu s
ad upon the Tru||e, mar ed n Pate or n the
nges o t. Then two Men ta es each an an-
de o the aw e to whom the Teeth o the
aw ponts, drawng to hm, and the other thrust-
ng rom hm: nd as be ore the aw ha ng
run ts ength, s ted gent o er the tu to
reco er another strea o the aw.
, 29. The se o the and- aw mar ed D, the
rame or ow- aw, the Tennant- aw,
mar ed n Pate 4.
T ese aws are accommodated or a snge
Man s se, and cut orward as the other
aws do. The ce o the hee s made to the
rame- aw s, b the twsted ord and Tongue n
the mdde, to draw the upper ends o the hee s
oser together, that the ower end o the hee s
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
Tag
T te p.
D

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| . 103
ma be drawn the wder asunder, and stran the
ade o the aw the straghten The Tennant-
aw,beng thn, hath a ac to eep t rom
bendng,
. 30. the se o the: ompass- aw, mar ed
_ n Pate 4.
The ompass- aw shoud not ha e ts Teeth et
as other. aws ha e5 but the edge o t
shoud be made so broad, and the bac so thn,
that t ma eas oow the broad edge, wthout
ha ng ts Teeth et or the Teeth be et, the
ade must be thn, or ese the Teeth w not
bow o er the ade, and t be thn, consder-
ng the ade s so narrow t w not be strong
enough to abde tough or , but at ne er so t-
te an rreguar thrust, w bow, and at ast:
brea et or cheapness, the are man tmes
made so thn that the Teeth re ure a settng. ts
ce s to cut a round, or an other ompass
er and there ore the edge must be made
broad, and the bac thn, that the ac ma ha e
a wde er to turn n.
.31. the ue mar ed Dn Pate 1
T e use o the ue s to measure eet, nches
and parts o nches, whch or that purpose, are mar ed upon the at and smooth sdes o the
ue, and numbered wth nches, and hath e er
nch d ded nto two ha s, and e er ha nto
two uarters, and e er uarter nto two ha , uarters so that e er nch s d ded nto eght
e ua parts , nd these nches are numbred rom
one end o the ue to the other , whch common-
s n a 24 nches: hch s a Two- oot ue.
The ha e common both oard and Tmber
measure, c. mar ed upon them, or the ndng
both the super ca and sod ontent o oard or
G 4 Tm
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
104 | 0 1 r.
Tmber : The use o whch nes and Tabes ha-
n been o ten taught b others, and beng more
Mathematca than Mechanca, s mproper or
me to medde wth n ths Pace: ut rather to
re er to those oo s.
ut the manua se o t s, ether to measure
ength w th t, or to draw a straght ne b the
sde o t, or to Tr the straghtness or atness
o ther or wth. The Tr ther or b
app ng one o ts dges to the at o the
wrought sde o ther or , and brng ther e
as cose as the can, to ee the can ee ght
between the edge o the ue and ther or :
the cannot, the concude ther or h r
and we wrought.
32. the ompa es mar ed n Pate 5.
a a e |ont, bb ht hee s o the |ont, cc the
han s, dd the Ponts. Ther ce s to
descrbe rces, and set o Dstances rom ther
ue, or an other Measure, to ther or .
. 33. o / Gew-pot mar ed n Pate 5
T e G -pot s common made o good thc
ead, that b ts ubstance t ma retan a
heat the onger, that the Gew hnot as
or -men a when t coos when t s to be
sed
, 34. o husng an ong Gew.
The cearest, drest, and most transparent
Gew s the best: hen ou bo, brea
t wth our ammer nto sma peces, and put
t nto a cean et, or Pp n, b no means
grease, or that w spo the cammness o the
Gew, put to t so much ater as s con enent
to dsso e the Gew, and to ma e t, when t thot, about-the thc ness o the hte o an gg
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| 0 1 T. 16
The uantt o ater cannot be assgned, because
o the d erent uat there s n Gew: eep t
strrng whst t s metng, and et t not stc to
the sdes or bottom o the esse : hen t s we
boed, pour t nto our Gew-pot to use, but
et our Gew-pot be er cean. hen t s cod,
and ou woud heat t agan n our Gew-pot,
ou must ta e great care that t burn not to the
sdes or bottom o the Gew-pot, or that burnng
ether turns to a thc hard s n, or ese to a
burnt nder- e substance, whch t mnge
wth the Gew, w spo t a because b ts
substance t w bear the two |onts ou are to
Gew together, o each other.
hen wth o ten heatng the Gew grows
too thc , ou ma put more ater to t but
then ou must ma e t er hot, est the Gew and
ater do not who ncorporate.
ome |oners w when ther Gew. s too
thc , put ma- eer nto t, thn ng t streng-
thens t: ha e tred t, and coud ne er nd t
so, but thn t ma es the Gew wea er, especa-
the ma ear chance to be new, and ts
est not we setted rom t, or so. stae, that t
be ether Dragg , or an wht mnged wth the
ettngs o the as .
, 35. o usng the Gew.
ur Gew must be er warm, or then t s
thnnest, and as t chs, t thc ens: th
a sma rush ou must smear the Gew we upon
the |ont o each pece ou are to Gew together
nd be ore ou set them as the are to stand, ou
must oste them one upon the other, that the
Gew ma er we touch and ta e hod o the
ood and that the Gew on each |onts ma
we ncorporate. Then t the two |onts as the
must stand nd when ou set them b to dr ,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
tc6 | .
et the one stand uprght upon the other or
the stand a-sope, the weght o the tu swhen t
eans upon two e tream dges, ma ma e one end
o the |ont pen.
.36. o the a ng ngne.
T e a ng ngne dscrbed n Pate 5. g.
ath a ong s uare Pan , o about se-
en nches broad, e oot ong, and an nch and
ha thc : aong the ength o ths Pan , on
the mdde between the two sdes, runs a abbet
as part o t s seen at : pon ths abbet rdes
a oc wth a Groo e n ts under sde: Ths oc
s about three nches s uare, and ten nches ong,
ha ng near the hnder end o t a wooden ande
gong through t, o about one nch Dameter, as
D : t the ore-end o ths oc s astned a
ce, somewhat arger than a great and- ce,
as at : The Groo e n the oc s made t to re-
ce e the abbet on the Pan .
t the arther end o the Pan s-erected a
puare strong pece o ood, about s nches
hgh, and e nches s uare, as G. Ths s uare
pece hath a s uare wde Mortess n t on the
Top, as at . pon the top o ths s uare pece
s a strong s uare at ron Goer, somewhat oos
tted on, ha ng two Mae crews tted nto
two emae crews, to screw aganst that part o
the wooden Pece un-mortessed at the Top, mar
ed , that t ma draw the ron Goerhard a-
ganst the ron mar ed , and eep t st aganst
the ore-sde o the un-mortessed Pece, mar ed
o when the pece , s set to ts con enent
heght , and on the other sde the s uare wooden
Pece s tted another ron screw, ha ng to the
nd o ts an astned around ron Pate whch
es wthn the hoow o ths wooden pece and
there ore cannot Dra t be eea ta ts proper
paces
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| 0 1 . 107
pace ut ha e descrbed t a part, as at M.
g 9 ts ut s paced at M, on the wooden
pece. n the arther sde o the wooden Pece s
tted a wooden crew caed a nob as at
Through the arther and hther sde o the s uare
wooden Pece s tted a at Pece o ron, about
three uarters o an nch broad, and one uarter
o an nch thc , standng on edge upon the Pan
but ts upper edge s ed round: the reason ou
w nd b and b : ts hther end comes through
the wooden Pece, as at , and ts arther end on
the opposte sde o the wooden Pece.
prght n the hoow s uare o the wooden
Pece stands an ron, as at , whose ower end s
cut nto the orm o the Modng ou ntend our
wor sa ha e.
n the ore sde o ths wooden Pece s a s uare
hoe, as at , caed the Mouth.
To ths ngne beongs a thn at pece o hard
ood, about an nch and a uarter broad, and
as ong as the abbet: t s ds unct: rom the n-
gne, and n g. 8. s mar ed , caed the ac :
t hath ts under at cut nto those ahoned
a es ou ntend our ot sha ha e : The
hoow o these a es are made to comp wth
the round edge o 3at Pate o ron mar ed de-
brbed be ore or when one end o the get
ou wa e, s wth the ce, screwed to the pan
d e o the ac , and the other end put through
the Mouth o the wooden Pece, as at T T, so as
the hoow o the wa e on the under sde o the
ac ma e upon the round edge o the at ron Pate set 6n edge, as at , and the ron ., s
strong tted down upon the eg et: Then ou
a hod o the andes o the oc D , and
strong draw b them, the ac and the get
both together sde through the Mouth o the
pde Pece nd as the ounds o the ac
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
10 |oner .
rd o er the round edge o the at ron, the ac
and eget w mount up to the ron _, and as
the ounds o the a es on the under sde o the
ac sdes o the ron on edge, the ac and
eget w sn , and so n a Progresson or
more the get w on ts upper sde rece e
the orm o the se era wa es on the under sde
o the ac , and aso the orm, or Modng, that
s on the edge o the bottom o the ron, and so
at once the get w be both moded and wa ed.
ut be ore ou draw the ac through the n-
gne, ou must: consder the ce o the nob
, and the ce o the ron crew M or b
them the ac s screwed e en under the ron
nd ou must be care u that the Groo e o
the oc p not o the abbet on the Pan :
or b these crews., and the abbet and Groo e,
our wor w be e en gaged a he wa as
sad be ore under the edge o the ron , and
eep t rom sdng ether to the rght, or e t
and, as ou draw t through the ngne,
. 37, anscotng ooms,
n Pate 7. The tes. The ase.
The ower a D The ur- ase.
The Mdde a, or as. The re e a. G
The pper a. The ornce, The ng Parr,ne The arge Panne. The re e Pane. n anscotng o ooms there s, or the most
part, but two heghts o Pannes used \ uness the
oom to be anscotng be abo e ten oot hgh,
as some are ee en or twe e oot hgh, and then
three eghths o Pannes are used: s The h
ng Pannes abo e the ase. The arge Panne
abo e the Mdde a: nd Th re e Panne
abo e the re e a.
The re e a s to ha e the ame breadth the
Margent o the te hath The Mdde a hath
com-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| 6 t to
common two breadths o the Margent o the te 9
. one breadth abo e the ur-base and the o-
ther beow the ur-base. nd the pper and ow-
er as ha e aso each the same breadth wth the
Margent o the te.
Those Modngs abo e the Prc t ne on the
Top, as are caed the ornce.
ometmes and especa n ow ooms
there s no ase or ur-base used, and then the Md-
de and ower a need not be so broad: or the
Mdde a need not be abo e a thrd part more
than the Margent o the a: and the ower a
ou ma ma e o what breadth ou see con en-
ent: The are common about three nches and
an ha , or our nches broad, et ths s no ue:
or sometmes or men ma e on a at Pnth
ser e.
ou ma ou w adorn the outer edges
o the tes and as wth a sma Modng: nd
ou ma ou w e awa the outer edges
o the annes and ea e a Tabe n the mdde o
the Panne
n panaton o Terms used among |oners
hen rst began to Prnt these ercses
mar ed some Terms n |oner wth upe-
rour etters as Prnters ca them thus ab c d
ntendng, at the atter end o these ercses, to
ha e e paned the Terms those etters re err d
to: ut upon consderaton that those Terms
mght o ten be used n ths Dscourse, when the
uperour etter was out o ght, and perhaps ts
Poston where orgotten 9 ha e changed m
Mnd, and. e t out the uperour etters be ond
so 66 andr nstead o those e erences g e ou
ths phabetca Tabe o Terms, b -w nch ou
ma awa s more read nd the panaton,
though ou o ten meet wth the Term

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
t 1
.
rchtra e ee Pate 6. s the rchtra e Mo
dng.
ugre 24. Pate 4. g, .
.
ase. ee Pate 5. . nd Pate 7. .
ead. ee Pate 6. a.
ed-modng. ee Pate 6. d.
as The as s an nge the edge o a Too
s ground awa to. ee so. 71.
atten. s a cantng o tu ether two, three
or our nches broad and s sedom abo e an
nch thc : and the ength unmmtted.
ea . The end o the od- ast. ee so. 60 61.
ench-screw. ee Pate 4. g and so. 60.
e . n sopng nge that s not a s uare
s caed a e . ee o. 60.85-. 19, and Pate
4. .
tt. ee 22,
ow saw. Pate 4.

apta ee Pate 6. g
ast. tu s sad to cast, or arp, when b
ts own Droughth or Mosture, or the Droughth
or Mosture o the r, or other ccdent, t a-
ters ts atness and straghtness
amp. hen apece o oard s tted wth the
Gran to the end o another pece o oard cross the Gran the rst oard s ampsThus the ends
o Tabes are common am t to preser e them
rom warpng.
ompa s-saw. ee o. 9. and Pate 4. g. .
ornce. ee Pate 6. and Pate 7. .
ross-gran d-stu . tu s ross-gran d when a
ough or some ranch shoots out on that part o the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| T ,2
the Trun o the Tree or the ough or ranch
sootng orwards, the Gran o that branch
hoots orwards aso, and so runs across the Gran
o the Trun and the be we grown toge-
ther, t w scarce be perce ed n some stu s but
n wor ng , et n Dea-boards, those oughs or
ranches are nots, and eas perce d, and
t grew up oung wth the Trun , then nstead o
a not ou w nd a urng n the ta when t
s wrought.
urng- u . the ough or ranch that shoots
out o the Trun o a Tree be arge, and the stu
n that pace awn somewhat a-sope, when that
stu comes under the Pane ou w nd a Turn-
ng about or urng on that pace upon the stu
and n a straght progress o the Pane the ron
w cut wth, and sudden acrossthe Gran, and
that more or ess as the ough grew n the outh
o the Tree, or grew more or ess uprght, or
ese sopng to the Trun , or was awn so. uch
stu there ore s caed urng-stu .
D.
Door-ca e. s the ramc wor about the Door.
Doube- crew. ee so. 60. Pate 4, g.g. on the
or -bench .
.
aca. ee Pate 6. h.
ence. ee 8. se o the Pow, and Pate 4.
g. 6.
ne- et. The rons o Panes are set ne, or
an , The are set ne, when the stand so
shaow beow the soe o the Pane, that n wor -
ng the ta e o a thn sha ng. ee 3,
at re e. ee Pate 5, / .
ore- ane. ee 2. and Pate 4. 1.
ormer. ee 10, and Pate 4, 1. G3
rams
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
|oner r.
rame, ee o. 5-9,60.
rame aw. ee 28. and Pate 4 o, ret- u . ee . 5.
tres. ee Pate 5.
re e Tanne ee Pate 7. re e a. ee Pate 7. ,
row stu . ee 3.
G.
Gage. ee 2 r. and Pate 4. G.
Gmbet. ee 23, and Pate 4.1.
Gouge. ee 14. 6.
Groo e. ee so. 6 .
.
ammer-hard. ee umb. . o. 5 84
ande. ee 15, and Pate 4. D a
ard tu . ee 3.
atchet. ee 25. Pate 4. .
ead. ee 22. Pate 4. a.. od- ast. ee 1. Pate 4.
ee 1. Pate 4. h.
us . ee Pate 6. n
.
nner-s uare. ee 15 . and Pate 4. D
|ont. ee o. 59.
|onter. ee 4. and Pate 4. 2.
ron. ee 2. and Pate 4. 1
. \
er . The awn-awa t between two peces o
stu s caed a er . ee o. 99.
nob. ee 36. o. 104. and Pate 5. g. 7.
not. ee Pate 5. 0.
arge. ee Pate 7.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
5

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| 3,
ng Panne. ee Pate 7.1.
ower a. ee Pate 7. .
M.
Margent. ee Pate 7. at the at breadth
o the tes besdes the Modngs, s caed th
Margent o the tes.
Mdde a ee Pate 7. .
Mter. ee so. 64.
Mter o . ee 20. and Pate 5. g. .Mter s uare. ee 18. and Pate 4. .
Modngs. The se era wrought-wor made
wth Panes on ood, s caed Modngs. ee
Pate 6.
Modng Panes. ee p.
Morte s. s a s uare hoe cut n a pece o stu ,
to entertan a Tennant t to t. ee 17.
Morte s ht||e ee 15. and Pate 4.
so/t . ee 2. 7. 0 The Mouth.
G.
gee. ee Pate c.
. ee 21. and Pate 4. G.b.
uter uare. ee 1and Pate 4. D e
P.
Tad. ee 22. and Pate 4. b.
Panne n Pate 7. are Pannes, but dstn
guhed b ther postons. Pare The smooth cuttng wth the Parng- h
se s caed Parng.
Parng- h e ee 11. and Pate 4. 2
Paster. ee Pate 6. /.
Percer. ee 22. and Pate 4. .
Pt-man The a wer that wor s n the Pt, scaed the Pt-man.
Tt- aw. The Pt-saw s a great aw tted nto .
a s uare rame as n Pate 4. M s a Pt-saw.
Panchut,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
4 | 0 t.
ancher. n Pate 6. between and e s the
Panch er,
Pnth. ee Pate 6.
P . ee 8. and Pate 4. 6.
Prc er. s ugar c aed an w: et or |on-
ers se t hath most: common a s ua e bad c,
whch enters the ood better than a rd undbad e
5 because the s uare t g6 n tutnngta-
bout brea s the Gran, and so the ood s n ess
danger o spttng.
.
abbet. ee 7.
abbet Pane. ee 7. and Pate 4. 5.
ac . ee Pate 5-. g.:8. ead 36.
a. ee Pate 7. .
an . The ron o a Pane s sad to be t an 9
hen ts edge sands so at beow the soe o the
pane, that n wor ng t w ta e o a thc
sha ng. ee 3.
an - t. ee an
ange. The sde o an or that tns straght
wthout brea ng nto ges, s ad to run
ange: Thus the as and ennes o one straght
de o anscotng s sad to run ange.
eturn. The sde that as awa rom the ore- sde o an traght or an -wor , s caed the
eturn.
ght. s a at thn s uare pece o ood:
Thus the peces that are ntended to ma e the
rames or sma Pctures, c be ore the are
Moded are taed ghts.
.
aw- wre t. ee 26. so. 97, and Pate .
cant n. The s e that ow stu srtenced to
be cut to.
crbe
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| T. ts
crbe. hen |oners are to t a sde o a pece
o tu aganst the sde o some other pece o
tu s and the sde o the pece o tu the are to
t to s not reguar To ma e these two peces
o , tu on cose together a the wa , the
crbe t, as the phrase t, thus \ The a
the pece o tu the ntend to crbe cose a-
ganst the other pece o tu the ntend ta
crbe to, and open ther ompasses to the wdest
Dstance, these two peces o tu bear o each
other: Then the ompasses mo ng st n ther
|ont the bear the pont o one o the shan s a ganst the sde the ntend to crbe to, and wth
the pont o the .oth r san the draw a ne up-
on the tu to be crbed -0 and then the ponts o
the ompa es remanng unremo d, and our
and carred e en aong b the sde o the pece
to |oe crbed to, that ne crbed upon the
pece ntended to be crbed, sha be parae to
the rreguar sde ntended to be crbed to: nd
ou wor awa our tu e act to that ne,
when these two peces are put together, the sha
seem a. |ont. , . .
hoot a |ont. ee so. 63.
hw ormer. ee 12. and Pat e 4. 4.
moothng Pane. ee 6. and Pate 4. 4
oe. e Pate 4. 7. ab. The under sde o a Pane s caed the oe.
uare. ee . and Pate 4. D.
ta . ee 21. and Pate 4. G c.
ta es. ee 8. and Pate 4. 6 a a
te. The uprght Peces n P. 7. are tes
tac . ee 22, and Pate 4. c.
tops. n Pate 6. are top.
tu The ood that |oners wor upon the
ca n genera tu .
ur-base. n Pate 7. D s the ur-base.
. meng-r rese. n Pate 6. r s the weng- rese
Tt
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
t|6 |
T.
- Tabe. n Pate 6. ss the Tabe.
Taper orts o tu or or that s na
er at one end than at the other, and dmnshes
gradua rom the bggest end, s sad to be Taper:
Tennant. s a s uare end tted nto a Morte s
ee 17-
ennanu a-w. n Pate 4. . woud be a Ten-
nant- aw, were the at o the ade turned
where the edge there stands.
Tongue. ee 16. and Pate 4. D h
Tooth. ee 21 and Pate 4. G a.
Top-man. the two aw ers, the uppermost
s caed the Top-man,
Tote. ee 2. and Pate 4 1 a.
Tra erse. ee so.
Tru se ee so. 100. andPate 5. g.
T . ees 13,
.
aws- ornce. ee Pate 6. e
pper ornce. ee Pate 6. t
w.
arp. The ame that ast s.
a ng ngne. ee 46. and Pate t
edge, ee 2. and Pate 4. c
hettng- oc ee Pate 4. P.
hp- aw: ee Pate 4.
rest: ee 26. and Pate 4. ,
Thus much o |oner . The ne t ercses
w be o arpentr .M
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
117
mechancs e ercses
,s / ,
The Doctrne o and - or s
pped to the T o ou e- arpe tr
G now come to e ercse upon the
arpenters Trade, t ma be e pected, b
some, that -houd nsst upon rche
te ure, t beng so absoute nece ar
or uders to be ac uanted wth: ut m n-
swer to them s, that there are so man oo s o
rchtecture e tant, and n them the ues so we,
so copous , and socompeat handed, that t s
needess or me to a an thng o that cence t
or do thn an Man that shoud, can do more
than oect: out o ther oo s, and perhaps de-
er ther Meanngs n hs own ords. esdes,
rcbte me s a Mathematca cence, and there-
ore d erent rom m present nderta ngs,
whch are as b m Tte Mechanc er-
cses : et because oo s o rchtecture are as
necessar or a uder to understand, as the use
o Toos and e t some uders shoud not
now how to en ure or them, sha at the
atter end o arpentr g e ou the ames o
some uthors especa such as are Prnted n
the ngsh Tongue.
ome ma perhaps aso thn t had been more
proper or me n these ercses to ha e ntrodu-
ced Gas sentr be ore |oner , because ecesst
the Mother o n enton dd doubtess compe
3 our
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
- P | T T.
our ore- athers n the begnnng to se the con enenc o the rst, rather than the e tra a-
ganc o the ast. con ess, consdered t m se ,
and had n m own eason been persuaded to t.
but that aso consdered that the ues the both
wor b are upon the matter n the ame, n aw-
ng Mortes mg, Tenantng, crbng, Tarngs Pan-
ng, Moudng, c, and ewse the Toos the
wor wth the ame, though some o them some-
what stronger or arpenter s se than the need
be or |oner s because |oners wor more cur-
ous , and obser e the ues more e act than
arpenters need do. nd there ore Ma t was,
that began wth |oner be ore arpentr -7 or
he that nows how to wor curous , ma , when
he sts, wor sght , when as the that are
taught to wor more rough , do wth greater
d cut per orm the curous and nce wor .
Thus we ee |oners or ther Tabes e act
at and smooth, and shoot ther |ont so true,
that the whoe Tabe shows a one pece: ut
the oors arpenters a are aso b ue o ar-
pentr to be ad at and true, and sha et be
we enough ad, though not so e act at and
smooth as a Tabe.
et though the ues |oners and arpenters
wor b are so near the same, and the Toos the
wor wth, and tu the wor upon, the ame
et there are man e ustes proper to a ar-
penter, especa a Master arpenter that a
|oner need ta e tte notce o , whch, a ter
ha e descrbed the arpenters Toos that are not
e prest among the |oners, sha spea to.
. e er a Toos used n arpentr that are
not used n |oner nd rst os the .
The mar ed n Pate 8. s as ou ee
d erent rom what the |oners atchet s,
both
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
4
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
-c T . 11
both n e and orm thers beng a ght
atchet, wth a as edge on ts e t sde because
,t s to be used wth one hand, and there ore hath
a short ande: ut the arpenter s beng to
hew great ta , s made much deeper and hea er,
and ts edge taperng nto the mdde o ts ade.
t hath a ong ande, because t s used wth
both ther ands,to s uare or be ther Tmbers.
hen the use the , the Tmber hath com-
mon some an or og ad under t near each
end, that the edge o the ma be n ess danger
o str ng nto the ground, when the hew near
the bottom o the Tmber. nd the common
stand on that sde the Tmber the hew upon.
2. the d , and ts use.
T e d , mar ed n Pate 8. hash ts ade
made thn, and somewhat archng. s the
hath ts edge parae to ts ande, so the
d hath ts edge athwart the ande, and s
ground to a as on ts nsde to ts outer edge
here ore when t s bunt the cannot we
grnd t, uness the ta e, ts e e out o ts
e,
ts genera t s to ta e thn hps o Tm-
ber or oards, and to ta e o th se rreguartes
that the b reason o ts orm cannot we
come at and that, a Pane though ran set
w not ma e rddance enough wth.
t s most used or the ta ng o the rreguar-
tes on the ramed wor o a oor, when t s
ramed and pn d together, and ad on ts pace
or that ng at under them, the edge o the
beng parae to ts ande as a oresad
cannot come at the rreguartes to ta e them o
but the d , ha ng ts edg athwart the ande
w gan, upon some Posts ramed uprghts
and r nge wth other ramed or cose to t,
4 the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
120 M - P t T.
the edge o the cannot come at the rreguar-
tes or the reason a o esad,but the d w. nd
the e or the rreguartes o ramed or on
a eng, c.
hen the wor upon the ramed or o a
oor, the ta e the end o the ande n both
ther ands, pacng themse es drect be ore
the rreguart , at a sma Dstance, stradnga
tte wth both ther egs, to pre ent Danger
rom the edge o the da,and so b degrees hew
o the rreguart . ut the hew upon an p-
rght, the stand drect be ore t.
The sometmes use the d , upon sma thn
tu , to ma e t thnner, but ths s man tmes
when the , or some other propert Too, es
not at hand and then the a ther tu upo
the oor, and hod one end o t down wth the
a o the oot, the tu be ong enough,
not, wth the ends o ther Toes, and so hew t
ght awa to ther s e, orm, or both.
3.0/ arpenters h es n genera,
T ough arpenters or ther ner or use
a the sorts o b es descrbed n the rt o
|oner et are not those sorts o b es strong e-
nough or ther rougher and more common or ,
and there ore the aso use a stronger sort o b es
and dstngush them b the name o oc et- h|| es:
or. whereas those b es |oners use ha e ther
wooden eads made hoow to rece e the ron
prg abo e the houder o the han , arpen-
ters ha e ther han , made wth an hoow oc et
at ts Top, to rece e a strong wooden prg
made to t nto the oc et, wth a s uare hou-
der abo e t, the thc ness o the ron o the
oc et, or somewhat more whch ma es t much
more strong, and abe to endure the hea bows
o the Ma the a upon the head o the cb
1
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
- P tT T.
e. nd the han s and ades are made strong-
er or arpenter s se than the are or |oners.
these, oc et- b||es the ha e o the se era
orts descrbed n |oner , though not a se era-
dstngushed b ther ames or the ca
them a -ncb0 Three- uarter- nch b es, nch and
a , Two- nch, to Three- nch h eh, accordng to
the breadth o the ade. ut ther ses are the
ame mentoned n |oner , though the manner o
usng them be somewhat d erent too: or, as
tod ou n |oner , the |oners press the edge o
the ade nto the tu , wth the strength o ther
houders, but the arpenters, wth the orce o
the bows o the Maet. nd the |oners gude
ther h |e d erent rom what the arpenters
do ther oc et- b es, or the |oners hod the
han and ade o ther b es as descrbed n
|oner , ethn. but the arpenters hod the
han o ther b||es n ther cutched e t and,
and beat upon the ead wth the Maet n the
rght. ee the gure o oc et- h t e n Pate 8.
. wth ts ead a out o the oc et.
4. the ppng- he, and ts se.
The ppng- h e descrbed n Pate 8. D. s a
oc et- b se, and s about an nch broadband
hath a bunt dge. ts dge hath not a as, as
amost a other h |e ha e, and there ore woud
more proper be caed a edge than a hse. ut
most common arpenters use an od cast o h -
e ot a pprg- h||e
ts ce s not to cut ood, as others do, but
to rpor tear two peces o ood astned together
rom one another b enterng the bunt dge o
t between the two peces, and then noc ng
hard wth the Maerppcn the head o the ande,
t ou dr e the thc er part o t between the
two peces, and so torce the power that hods
1 them
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
ut - P 7 T.
them together be t as, or otherwse to et
go ther hod: or ts bunt dge shoud be made
o tee, and we tempered, so that ou noc
wth strong bows o the Maet the h|| s dge
upon a a though o some consderabe ub-
stance t ma cut or bra e t short asunder.
ou cannot, at once, pacng the ppng- h e,
part the two peces, ou must use two ng
h eh pacng the second at the remotest en
trance n the breach, and dr ng that home, w
both open the breach wder, and oosen the rst
ppng- b e so that ou ma ta e t agan, and
pace t arther n the breach: nd so ou must
contnue edgng arther and arther, t ou ha e
separated our ntended peces.
t s sometmes used when arpenters ha e com-
mtted rror n ther or , and must undo what
the dd, to mend t. ut t s genera used n a
teratons, and od wor , 5. the Draw- n e, .and ts se.
The Draw- n e descrbed Pate 8. . s sedom
used about ouse-budng, but or the ma-
ng o some sorts o oussod-stu -, as the egs
o rc ets, the ounds o adders, the as to
a heese or acon on, c
hen the use t, the set one end o ther
or aganst ther reast, and the other end a ganst ther or -bench, or some hoow nge
that ma eep t rom sppng, and so pressng
the or a tte hard wth ther reast aganst
the ench, to eep tstedd n ts poston, the
wth the andes o the Draw n e n both ther
ands, enter the edge o the Draw- n e nto the
or , and draw hps amost the ength o ther
or , and so smoothen t uc .
6.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
- P | T r. 123
6. oo -Pns, and ther use,
The oo -Pn, s descrbed Pate 8. . 4the
Pn, b the o c the ead. ts ce s to
pn the rame o a oor, or rame o a oo to-
gether, whst t s ramng, or whst t s ttng
nto ts Poston, The ha e man o these oo -
Pns to dr e nto the se era nges o the rame.
These dr e nto the Pn-hoes through the Mor
te es and Tennants, and beng made Taper, do
wth a ammer str ng on the bottom o t noc
t out aganor the most common str e under
the oo , and so noc t out, then the
rame e n ts pace, the pn t up wth wooden
Pns.
7. the e e, and ts use.
The e e descrbed n Pate 8. G. a a the e
e b the Punder,c the Pumb-ne dd the
Perpendcuar mar d rom the top to the bottom
o the oard. The e e s rom two to ten oot
ong, that t ma reach o er a consderabe ength
o the or . the Pumb-ne hang ust upon the
Perpendcuar d d when the e e s set at down
upon the or , the or s e e: ut t hang
on ether sde the Perpendcuar, the oor, or
or , must be rased on that sde, t the Pumb-
ne hang e act upon the Perpendcuar.
8.0/ the Pumb-ne, and ts me.The Pumb-ne s descrbed n Pate 8. . a the
ne- ow b the ne. t s used to tr the
uprght standng o Posts, or other or that s
to stand Perpendcuar to the Ground Pot and
then the draw o so much ne s s necear ,
nd asten the rest o the ne there, upon the
ne- ow wth a p- not, that no more ne
turn o The hod the end o the ne between
ther
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
24 - | p t T T.
ther nger and Thumb ha the Dameter o the
ne- ow o one corner o the Post, or or
and the ne and orner o the Post be parae
to each other, the Post s uprght: ut the Post
he not parae to the ne, but ts bottom stands
more than ha the Dameter o the ne- ow , rom the ne, the Post hangs so much o er the
bottom o the Post on that sde the ne bears o
and must be orced bac wards t the sde o the
Post and the ne become parae to each other
ut the bottom o the orner o the Post stands
out rom the top o the ne, the Po rmust be
orced orwards to comp wth the ne,
9. ammer, and ts se.
TT e ammer s descrbed n Pate 8. . a the
ace, b the aw, cc the Pen at the return
sdes o the aw. Ths Too was orgot to be
descrbed n |oner , though the use ammers
too, and there ore brng t n here. ts che
se s or dr ng as nto or , and drawng
as out o or -
There s re ured a prett s n dr ng a
a or when ot set the pont o a a
ou be not curous n obser ng to str e the at
ace o the ammer perpendcuar down upon
the perpendcuar o the han , the a uness
t ha e good entrance w start asde, or, bow, o brea , and then ou w be orced to draw t
out agan wth the aw o the ammer. There-
ore ou ma ee a reason when ou bu a am-
mer, to chuse one wth a true at ace.
tte trc s sometmes used among some
that woud be thought cunnng arpenters pr-
ate to touchthe ead o the a wth a t-
te ar-wa , and then a a ager wth a tran-
ger to the Trc , that he sha not dr e that
a up to the ead wth s man bows. Th stranger
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
- P T T. n
stranger thn s he sha assured wn, but does
assured ose , or the ammer no sooner touches
the ead o the a, but nstead o entrngthe
ood t es awa , notwthstandng hs utmost care n str ng t down-rght.
d o the ommander, and ts se.
e ommander s descrbed n Pate 8. . t s
ndeed but a er great wooden Maet, wth
an ande about three oot ong, to use n both
the ands.
t s used to noc on the orners o ramed
or , to set them nto ther poston. t s aso used to dr e sma wooden Pes nto the ground,
c. or where greater ngnes ma be spared.
11. the row, and ts se.
The row s descrbed n Pate 8. . a the han
b h the aws, c the P e-end. t s used as a
e er to t up the ends o great hea Tmber
hen ether a au , or a ower, s to be ad
under t and then the thrust the aws be-
tween the Ground and the Tmber, and a ng a
au , or some such tu behnd the row, the
draw the other end o the han bac wards, an4
so rase the Tmber.
12. o the Drug, and ts se.
TheDrug descrbed n Pate 9. . s made some-
what e a ow narrow arr. t s used or
the carrage o Tmber, and then s drawn b the
ande a a, b two or more Men, accordng as
the weght o the Tmber ma re ure.
There are aso some ngnes used n arpentr ,
or the management o ther hea Tmber, and
hard abour, w ,. the |ac , the rab, to whch
beongs Pues and Tac e, c. edges, ow-
ers, great crews, c. ut sha g e ou a account
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
\ P T T,
account o them when come to the e pa ato
o Terms at the atter end o arpentr , 13. the Ten- oot od, and thereb tome
and descrbe the Ground-pot.
sha begn there ore to measure the
Ground-pot, to whch arpenters use a Ten-
oot od or pedton, whch s a od about a
nch s uare, and ten oot ong 7 beng d ded n-
to ten e ua part r each part contanng one oot,
and s d ded nto 24 e ua parts, and, ther
ubd sons.
th ths od the measure the ength and
breadth o the Ground-pot nto eet, and there
be odd nches, the measure them wth the wo-
oot uesTher measure the note down upon a
pece o paper, and ha ng consdered the stua-
ton o the des, ast e t, orth and outh, the
draw on paper ther se era des accordng , b
3 sma cae, ether eected, or ese made or that
purpose. The ma eect ther Two- oo ue or
some pots \ or an nch and an ha ma gomm#-
dou ser e to set o one oot on some sma
Ground-pots, and then ou ha e the nches to that
oot actua d ded b the Mar s or th ha
uarters on the Two- oot ue. ut ths arge
cae w scarce ser e to descrbe a Ground-pot a-
bo e ten oot n ength, because a sma heet o
Paper s not abo e or 16 nches ong, and there ore one sheet o Paper w not contan t,
the Ground-pot be onger: There ore ou ma e e er ha uarter o an nch to be a cae or two nches, a steet o Paper w contan 20
oot n ength nd ou ma e e er ha uar-
ter o an nch to be a cae or our nches a sheet
0 Paper w contan 40 oot. nd thus b d-
mm nng the cae, the sheet o Paper w con-
tan a greater number o eet, . .
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
t T T . t
ott ha ng ether eected, or ese made our
cae, ou tre to open our ompa es to th
number o eet on our cae our Ground- op hath
n ength, and then trans er that Dstance to our
paper, and to draw a straght ne between the
two ppn e, and tar that straght ne wth ast,
P e t brtb 6r outh, accordng to the stuat on o
ttatsde o the Ground-pot t represents. Then
g n open our ompa es to the number o eet
n our cae tme o the ad onng des contans,
and trans er that Dstance aso to our paper, and
P draw a ne between the two ponts, and note ts
cuaton o a , 0, orth or outh, as be ore.
Do the e b the other des and ether a
ur , or an ddton, be added to the ud-
ng, on an sde o our Ground-sot, ou must de-
scrbe t o proportonab .
Then ou are to consder what partments,-or
Parttons, to trage on our Gr tnd- ot, orsecot ,
or thrd stor , and to set them o rom our
ce, begnnng at our ntended ront. s or
ampe , - uppose our Ground pot be a ong-
s uare, o oot n ength, and 20 oot wde tThs Ground-pot w contan n ts ength twro
good ooms, and a ard behnd t 1 o oot ong
ou w, ou ma d de the 40 oot nto two
e ua parts, to each oot be to oot s uare:
r ou rta ma e the ooms ne t the ront
deeper, or shaower, and ea e theremander or the ac - oom: s here the ront o m s 25
root, and the ac - oom 15 oot deep, and a
settng o o 8 oot broad and 1 o oot ong ta -
ng put o the ard, or a utter beow tars
ou w and osets abo e tars o er t:
ut what wdth and depth soe er ou nt cnd our
ooms sha ha e, ou must pen our ompasses
1 to that ntmtter o eet on bur e e,-and et o
that Dstance on the t t7 mho mh
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
128 - P T . ne, accordng to the tuaton o that sde t re-
presents on our Ground-pot. ou set t o the
ast ne, ou must aso set t o on the est 5
on the orth ne, ou must aso set t o on the
outh ne: ecause between the two ettngs o
on the ast and est nes, or orth or outh
nes, ou must draw a straght ne o the ength
o our ntended Partton. nd n ths manner
ou must rom e er Partton draw a ne n ts
proper pace on the Paper, b measurng the Ds-
tances each Partton mut ha e rom the outsde
o the Ground-pot.
nd thus ou are aso to descrbe b our cae
our ront, and se era sdes o the carcase
aowng the Prncpa Posts , nter duces , uar-
terngs races, Gabes,Doors, ndows,and rna-
ments ther se era es, and true Postons b
the cae: ach sde upon a Paper b t se : n-
ess we sha suppose our Master - or man to ons derstand Perspect e or then he ma , on a sng-
ge pece o Paper, descrbe the whoe udngs
as t sha appear to the e at an assgned ta
ton.
14. oundatons.
a ng drawn the Dra t, the Master- or -
man s rst to cause the ears to be dug,
the ouse sha ha e ears. nd then to tr
the Ground, that t be a o er o an e ua rm-
ness, that when the weght o the udng s.set
upon t, t ma not sn n an part- ut the
round be hoow or wea er n an pace, he
strengthens t, sometmes b we rammng t
down, and e eng t agan wth good dr arth,
me- ore, ubbsh, c. or sometmes wth ram-
mng n tones, or sometmes wth we Pan ng
t or most secure b dr ng n Pes ut
dr ng n o Pes s sedom used or Tmber
ouses,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
D T T . 119
ouses Mt :. r tone,-or rc ouses, and that
but n ew, paces o ngand nether, but where
th Ground pro es enn , or Moor b. There ore
a e rther account be g en o oundatons,
when come to e ercse upon Masonr , c.
Then are the eer- as-to be brought up b
a rc a er wth rc 1 or sma ouses two
rc s thc , or bgger two and an ha rc s
thc , or three or our rc s thc , accordng to
the .bgness o the ouse, and uat o the
Ground, as. sha show when come to ercse
on rc a ng. .
ut the ouse be desgned to ha e no ears
as man ountr - ouses ha e not et or the
better securng the oundaton, and preser ng
the Tmber rom rottng, Master- or men w
cause three, Dr our, or e course o rc s , to be
ad, to a ther Ground-pates upon that ounda-
ton..
The oundaton beng made good, the Master-
or man apponts hs, nder- or men ther r, era cantns , or Gro tnd-pates, Prncpeso t
Posts, re ummcrs, Grder s Trmmers o ts, c, whch the cut s uare,, and rame ther Tmbers
to, as has been taught n the se era ercses up-
on |oner , whther re er ou and there set |
them up, each n ts proper pace, accordng to
the Dra t.
The Dra t o a oundaton ha e descrbed n
Pate10, accordng to a cae o eght oot n an
nch \ where ou ha e che ront 20 oot
ong, the sdes and. D o oot ong. The hop, or rst oom, 25 oot as a oresad
deep. ma e the rst oom a hop, because n-
tend to descrbe hop-wndows, ta:, c. though
ou ma ud accordng to an other purpose:
The tchng, or ach oom 1 oot deep.
u ot :G o/et 3 ta en out o the 2 , mar ed G,
- - 1 10 oot
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
o - P n
to oot deep, and 8 oot wde: a ettng o the ard7 4 oot s uare or the ouse o ce
ea ng wa n the hop or a tar- ase 6 oot,
and oot/ The ard. The n -boe oo
s uare. M ea ng wa n the tchmg 6 oot deep, and 4 oot wde or the hmne s.
do not de er ths Dra t o Parttons or the most ommodous or ths Ground-pot, not
sthe ouse set out desgned or an partcuar nhabtant , whch s one man purpose, to beconsdered o the Master- or man, be ore hsma e hs Dra t or a Genteman s ouse mu
not be d ded as a hop- eeper s, nor a hop
eepers ouse a- e or some Trades re ure a deeper, others ma dspense wth a shaow-
er hop, and so an ncon enence ma arse n both. or the hop be shaow the rom
ooms upwards ought to be haow aso: ecau
b the strct ues o rchtecture, a Parttons o
ooms ought to stand drect o er one another
or our hop stands r an emnent treet, th
ront ooms are common more r thanth
ac ooms -0 and awa s more ommodous so-
obser ng pubc Passages n the treet, and s that respect t w be ncon enent to ma e th
ront ooms shaow: ut ou ha e a ar Pro spect bac wards o Gardens, eds, c. whch sedom happens n tes then t ma be con e
nent to ma e our ac - ooms the arger so:
ntertanment, c. ut sha run no arther n
to ths rgument , or ha ea e the Master
or man to consut oo s o rchtecture, anc
more partcuar the uder, whch, n ths ca e
the ought a to do,
M
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d

M
,
The Dodrne o and - or s
ontnued n the T o ouse rsentr u
, D, D, , Ground-pates, a-pates,
re ummers, ntes,the Thc ness o the a.
3 so a Ground-pate or Ground- e .
P P, The ummer.
- - Grders.
, The e-houe or the tars and tar-ca e.
M, ea ng a wa or the hmnes.
h h Trmmers or the hmn -wa and tar-ca e,
a a a a |o sts.
. ramng or the oors, T our Pates, , , and
, ng on the oundaton, are ca-
ed Ground-pates. The are to be o
good a , and or ths s e o ud-
ng about eght nches broad, and s nches deep,
The are to be ramed nto one another wth
Tennants and Morte es, The onger Ground-
pates and are common tennanted
nto the ront and ear Ground-pates and
, and nto these two sde-Ground-pates are
Mortesses made or the Tennants at the ends o
the |o sts, to be tted somewhat oo n, at a-
bout ten nches dstance rom one another, as n
the Dra t- These Ground-pates are to be bor d
wth an nch and ha ugre, and we pnned nto
2 one
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
32 - rt r.
one another wth round a en Pns, made taper-
ng towards the pont.and so strong, that wth the
hard bows o a Maet, the ma dr e st nto
the ugre-bee, and eep the Tenant rm n the
Morte s. The manner o ma ng a Tennant and
Mortess s taught n |oner , p. 85. ut because
the tu arpenters wor upon, s genera hea
Tmber, and conse uent not so eas managed as
the ght tu |oners wor upon there ore the
do not at rst pn ther Tennants nto ther Mor-
tesses wth wooden Pns, est the shoud e out o
s uare, or an other ntended Poston : ut a ng
a oc , or some other pece o Tmber, under the orner o the rame-wor to bear t hoow o the
oundaton, or what e er ese t es upon, the
dr e oo -p ms descrbed n Pate 8. nto the
our ugre-hoes n the corners o the Ground-
pates , and one b one t the Pates ether to a
uare, or an other ntended Poston : nd when
t s so tted, the draw out ther ooh ms, and
dr e n the wooden Pns as a oresad and ta -
ng awa the wooden oc s one b one rom un-
der the corners o the rame, the et t a nto
ts pace.
ut be ore the pn up the rame o Ground-
pates,the must st n the ummer mar ed P P,and
the Grders cc, and a the |o ss mar ed aaaa,
e and the Trmmers or the tar-ca e, and hmn
-wa mar ed b b, and the bndng o t s mar ed
c, or ese ou cannot get ther Tennants nto
ther respect e Mortess-hoes. ut the do a t
a these n, whe the rame o Ground-pates es
oose, and ma , corner b corner,be opened to et
the respect e Tennants nto ther respect e Mor-
teers, whch when a s done, the rame the
a mg-pates ust as the Ground-sates are ramed
and then rame the oo nto the a ng-pates
wth eams, |o s c,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
- T . 133
The ummer s n ths Ground-pate paced at
2 oot dstance rom the ront, and s to be o the
ame cantn the prncpa Pates are o , or ea-
sons as sha be shewn herea ter: nd the Grders
are aso to be o the same cantns the ummers
and Ground- ates are o , though accordng to the
nce ues o rchtecture, the ac -Grder need not
be so strong as the ront-Grder, because t ears
but at 4 oot ength, and the rcnt-Grdtr ears
at 2 4 oot ength : et arpenters or un orm-
t genera ma e them so, uness the bud an
ouse b the Great, and are agreed or the um
o Mone , eraThe |o t earng at 8 oot as here the do
are to be 7 nches deep, and 3 nches broad.
The Trmmers and Trmmng |o sts are 5 nches
broad and 7 nches deep, and these |o ts- .Trm-
mers and Trmmng |o s, are a to be pnned
nto ther respect e Morte es -7 and then ts at-
ness tr wth the e e, as was taught 7
. . 16. o settr.g up the arcass.
T ough the Ground-pates, Grders 3 . be
part o the carcass, et thought t n
the ast ecton the shoud be ad, be ore
treated o the uperstructure, whch sha now
hande. The our orner Posts caed the Prn-
cpa Posts mar ed , shoud be each o one
pece, so ong as to reach up to the eam o
the oo , or asng-pate, and o the ame cant-
n the Ground-pates are o , . 8 nches broad,
and 6 nches thc , and set wth one o ts nar-
rowest sdes towards the ront, ts ower end
s to be Tennanted, and et nto a Mortess
made near the corner o the .Ground-pate rame
and ts upper end hath aso a Tennant on t to
t nto a Mortess made n the eam.o the oo
or as u\-eP
3 t
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
,34 - T T.
t the heghth o the rst tor n ths Prn-
cpa Post, must be made two Morte es, one
to rece e the Tennant at the end o the res-
summer that es n the ront, and the other
to entertan the Tennant at the end o the
re ummer that es n the eturn-sde.
Two such Morte es must aso be made n ths
Prncpa Post at the heght o the second tor ,
to rece e the Tennant at the ends o the re-
summers or that tor .
Though ha e spo en snguar o one Prn-
cpa Post, et as ou wor ths, ou must wor
a our Prncpa Posts and then set them pumb
uprght, whch ou must tr wth a Pumb-ne
descrbed n Pate 8 . 8.
a ng erected the Prncpa Posts uprght,
ou pust enter the Tennants o the re um-
ners nto ther proper Morte es and wth a
a or two about a snge Ten or a doube
Ten tac one end o a dea oard, or some
other e pece o tu to the re ummer, and
the other end to the ram d or o the
oor, to eep the Prncpa Posts uprght, and
n ther paces Then set up the se era Posts
between the Prncpa Posts but these posts must be Tennanted at each end, because the
are to be no onger than to reach rom tor
to tor , or rom ntertse to ntertse, and
are to be ramed nto the upper and under res-
summer. the ntertses be not ong enough,
the set up a Prncpa Post between two or three
engths, to reach rom the Ground-pate up to
the asng-pates
t s to be remembred. that the re um-
mers and Grders are ad at upon one o
ther broadest sdes, wth ther two narrowest
des Perpendcuar to the Ground-pot but
the |o sts are to be ad contrar , or the
1 arc
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
P T . 135
are ramed so as to e wth one o ther nar-
rowest sdes upwards, wth ther two broadest
sdes Perpendcuar to the Ground-pot. The
reason s because the tu o the re mmers
and Grders are ess wea ned b cuttng the.
Morte es n them n ths poston, than n the
other Poston , or as the Tennants or those
Morte es are cut between the top and bottom
sdes, and the at o the Tennants are no broader
than the at o the narrowest sde o the |o sts
so the Morte es the are to t nto, need be
no broader than the breadth o the Tennant,
and the Tennants are not to be abo e an nch
thc , and conse uent the Morte es are to
be made wth an nch Mortess- h e, as was
shewn m oner 0 p. 8 5. or great care must be ta en
that the re mmers and Grders be not wea ened more than needs, est the whoe oor dance,
These Tennants are cut through the two nar-
rowest sdes , rather than between the two
broadest sdes, because the tu o the Grders
retans more strength when east o the Gran
o the- tu s cut: nd the Tennants beng
made between the narrowest sdes o the |o ces,
re ures ther Mortess-hoes no onger than the
breadth o that Tennant: nd that Tennant
beng but an nch thc , re ures ts Morte s
but an nch wde to rece e t so that ou
Morte s nto the Grder no more than three
nches wde wth the Gran o the tu , and
one nch broad contrar to the Gran o the
tu ut shoud the Tennant be cut between
the two broad sdes o the |o sts, the Morte s
woud be three nches ong, and but one nch
broad, and conse uent , ou must cut nto the
Grder three nches cross the Gran o the tu ,
whch woud wea en t more than cuttng s
nches wth the Gran, and one nch cross,
pur.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
6 - T T.
ut t ma be ob ected that the Tennants o the |o sts beng so sma, and bearng at an nch
thc ness must needs be too wea .
nswer, rst, Though the Tennants be n-
deed but an nch thc , and three nches broad
et the whoe earng o the |o ces do not
soe depend upon ther Tennants , because the
Grders the are ramed nto, pro e common-
somewhat ann upon ther upper sdes,
and the |o sts are awa s scrbed to pro ect o er
that a nnness, and so strengthen ther earng
b so much as the pro ect o er the oundness or
a nnness o the upper sde o the Grder.
econd , The oor s boarded wth the ength
o the oards athwart the |o sts, and these
oards rm raed down to the osts, whch
aso adds a great strength to them.
Thrd , The |o sts are sedom made to ear
at abo e ten oot n ength, and shoud b
the ue o good wor manshp, not e abo e
ten nches asunder at the most: o that ths
short earng and cose dschargng o one an-
other, renders the whoe oor rm enough or
a common ccupaton - ut the |o ces do
ear at abo e ten oot n ength, t ought to
be the care o the Master-wor man to pro de
stronger tu or them, ,- Thc er and road-
er. not, the cut a Tus on the upper sde o
the Tennant, and et that Tus nto the upper
de o the Grders.
a ng erected the Prncpa Post, and other
Posts, and tted n the ressummers, Grders,
o sts, c upon the rst oor, the pn up
a the rame o arcass-wor : ut though the
Grders and |o sts descrbed or ths rst oor, e proper enough or t \ et or the second
tor , and n ths partcuar a e, the |o sts
e not proper or the second tor becaue
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
- P T . g7
n the second tor we ha e descrbed a acon .
There ore n ths a e ou r rust rame the
ront- re ummer about se en nches ower nto
the Prncpa Posts : ecause the |o sts or the
second oor are not to be Morte ed nto the
re ummer to e e en at the top wth t, but must e upon the re ummer, and pro ect o er
t so ar as ou desgn the acon to pro ect
be ond the prght o the ront: nd thus
a ng the o sts upon the re ummer renders
them much stronger to bear the acon , than
|o sts were Tennanted nto the ront o the re -
ummer, and so pro ect out nto the treet rom t.
ut the Truth h, Though ha e g en ou a
Dra t o the |o sts ng athwart the ront and
ear or the rst oor, ou ma as we a
them ange wth the two sdes on the rst:
oor. ut then the re ummer that reaches
rom ront to ear n the mdde o the oor
must be stronger: nd Grders must then be
Tennanted nto the re ummer, and the Ground-
pates at such a Dstance, that the |o sts ma
hot ear at abo e ten oot n ength. nd the
Tennants o the |o sts must be Tennanted nto
the Grders, so that the w then e ange wth
the two des,
ut, a word more o the re ummer: a
as be ore the re ummer to ear at so great
ength mast be stronger, though t shoud be
dscharged at the ength o the hop, . at
2 oot wth a rc a, or a oundat-
on brought up o rc . ut t shoud ha e
no Dscharge o rc -wor , but ear at the
whoe 40 oot n ength, our re ummer must
be et consderab stronger than t need be
were t to ear but 29 oot n ength be-
cause the shorter a the earngs o Tmbers
are, the rmer the ear. ut then the ram-
g or w ta e up more abour: nd n
man
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
158 - P T T.
man ases t s cheaper to put n stronger tu
or ong earngs, than to put a Grder between,
to Dscharge the ength o the |o sts to be ram-
ed nto the Grders.
ut to ma e short o ths rgument, sha g e
ou the cheme o cantns o Tmber at se era
earngs or ummers Grders |o s. a ters, c. as
the are set down n the ct o Para. or the e-
budng the t o ondon,a ter the ate dread u
re: hch cantns were we consuted b abe
or men be ore the were reduced nto an t
cantns o Tmber or the rst orts o ouses
oot nches nches
,n . n 3 ummers under 1 12 and 8
or the oor a_pates - _7_and-5
oots at oot- 3 6 nc
or thc Prncpa a ters under 5 c attop 5 n
oo 1 nge a ters 4 and 3 nches.
ength oot hchne s Depth
|o sts to 10 3 and 7 nches
Garret oors 3 -6
cantns o tmber or the other two ons o ouses.
readth Depth hchne s Depth
oot oot nches nches nches nches
r ummers .c--to-- ---u--and--8 , st 6
or Grders \ 5 ---13 9 w ch\3 7
whch bear 1 21-14 bea r 3 7
n ength 24-16 12\ r t h 8
rom 24 26-17 4| oot
nches nches
Prncpa Dscharges upon Peers 13 and 12
w n the rst tor n the ronts 3
|. , . Thc ness nches
1 ndng |o sts wth ther _depth c ua t0
t Trmmmg |o tts thdr oors
nches nches
10 and 6
a-pates, or asng Peces and eams 6
nches nches
, , .1 st- and 2d: stor 3 and 6
ntes o a n the t r , , 4
ength
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
- P T r. 139
4
Prncpa a ters
rom
ength
oot oot
0 r at oot 9
0 at oot 10
|18 2 attop
Thc ness
nches nches
at oot 12 7 -
2 at top 9 1
21
, \ at oot 1 o
24 26 at top 9
Purns rom
ength
oot oot
5 u to 8
18 21
-9
-12-
oot nches
nge 5 not e ceedng n ength 9 5 4
a ters tnot e ceedng n ength 6 4 34.
cantns or awed Tmber and aths9 usua brought out
o the est ountr , not ess than
re dth Thc ness
oot nches nches
nge uarters n ength-8 31.
Poube uart, n ength 8-
awed |o sts n ength 8- 6
aths n ength
31-
4
uarter and 4, nc
nches
. 18 s uare
tone r \Mdde or nge Peers 14 and t 2
ort o cDoube Peers between touse , n
- , rr 4 and 18
/ orner Peers
here
tone s
used, to
eep to
these
cant-
|ps
ouses / and ou e-
Door-|ambs and eads 12 and 8
sorts-
orner Peers
Mdde or nge Peers-
Doube Peers between ouse |
and ouse
.Door |ambs and eads-
Toot nches
-2 6 s uare
- s uare
24 and 18
-14 and 10
oot
cant- s wde,
ns or ,
ewers 5 hgh,
Thc ness
p de-was-1 rc
rch-1 rc on end-
ottom.pa ed pan,
- and then rc on
1 edge crcuar.
Gene,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
140 - p T 2
Genera .
e er oundaton wthn the Ground add
one rc n thc ness to the thc ness o the
a as n the cheme ne t abo e the oun-
daton to be set o n three our es e ua on
both sdes.That no Tmber be ad wthn twe e nches
o the ore- de o the hmne |ambs : nd that
a |o s on the bac o an hmne be ad wth
a Trmmer at nches dstance rom the ac .
That no Tmber be ad wthn the Tunne o
an camant,upon Penat to the or man or
e er De aut ten hngs and ten hngs
e er ee t contnues un re ormed.That no. |o t s or a ters be ad at greater
dstances rom one to the other, than twe e
nches \ and no uarters at greater dstance than
ourteen nches.
That no o s bear at onger ength than ten
oot and no snge a ters at more n ength
than nne oot.
That a oo s, ndow- rames and eer-
oors be made o a .
The Te-pns o a .
o ummers or Grders to e o er the ead
o Doors and ndows.
o ummer or Grder to e ess than ten
nches nto the a,no |o s than eght nches
nd to be ad n ome,
ut
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
- 4 P T . r
ut et the arcass s not compeated, t the
uarters and races between the prncpa Posts and
Posts are tted n \ the ndow- rames made and
set up, and the prncpa a ters,Purns. Gabes, c. are aso rom d and set up. The manner o
ther Ptch and cantns ou w ee n Pate u .
nd the easons or se era Ptches ou ma nd
among oo s o rchtecture. ut the ames o
e er Member ou w nd n the phabetca
Tabe at the atter end o these ercses on ar-
pentr , re erred unto b etters and rthmet-
ca gures n the Pate a oresad.
ut now we w suppose the arcass s thus
nshed. The rc a er s then to brng up the
hmnes, and a terwards to Tt the ouse. nd
then the ne t or the arpenter has to do, s
to brng up the tars, and tar-ca es, and a ter-
wards to oor the ooms, and ang the Doors,
c. or shoud he ether brng up the tars and
tar-ca es, or oor the ooms be ore the ouse
s Ted, or otherwse co ered, wet eather
shoud happen t mght n ure the tars, oor-
ng, c.
, The Ground-pate or Ground- e
, , The Prncpa Posts.
, The ndng ntert es0 or ndeed, more popes
nterduces re ummers Grders,D, eam o the oo re ummer, or Grder to the
Garret oor.
, Prncpa Pasters. 9 re ummtrs.
G, Pate or asng-pece, aso a eam,
a a | aura s or Door-posts, b races\ c c |attms
d Top-ra o the acon ,
e e, ottom-ra o the acon ,
Posts o the acon ,
ggg. ansters
h / , resmmers o the hop-wndows
, ng-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
P t
, ng-pece or |ogge-pece,
truts.
Top-beam, o er-beam nd-beam trut-beam.
Door head
11, The eet o the prncpa a ter , The Top o the a ters.
, The Gabe end.
, nees o the prncpa a ters, to be made a o
one pece wth the prncpa a ters.
M, The ust o the ouse.
, Purns.
, hop-wndows
P P, aps or as,
m m mr uarters,
t n9 |aums o the ndow,
o o, ac and ead o the ndow,
p p, Transums.
Munnons.
r r3 urrngs, or headngs.
, nge ght ndows or tteonso
sss a ters.
d. o ndow- rames.
rc udngs the ndow- rames are so
ramed, that the Tennants o the ead- e,
Ground- e, andTran um, run though the outer
|aums about our nches be ond them : nd so
the are set n a a o Morter upon the rc -
wa be ore the Peers on ether sde s brought up,
at about three nches wthn the ront o that
the rc -wor o er the ead and about the
|aums de end t rom the eather. Then the
rc a er brngs up the Peers on both sdes, so that
the our nds or Tennants that pro ect through
the outer |aums beng bured and trmmed nto
the rc wor become a astnng to the ndow
rame
ut
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
- P T . 143
ut the ndow- rame stands on a Tmber-
house, the ead and Ground-se are sometmes
Tennanted nto Posts o the arcass and then the Posts do the ce o the outer |aums o the
ndow- rame and the ead and Ground- e
are then caed nterts,and there ore both
ead and Ground- e, and Posts or |aums, are
rabbetted about ha an nch on the outsde o the
ront, to rece e the Pane o Gass that s tted
to t. nd thus as sad the Posts become
part o the ndow- rame.
ut the better wa s to rame a ndow as
the rc -wor ndow, and to pro ect t an
nch and a ha be ond the sde o the udng, and to Paster aganst ts sdes, or the better
securng the rest o the carcass rom the ea-
ther.
The ndow- rame hath e er one o ts
ghts abbetted on ts outsde about ha an
nch nto the rame, and a these abbets, but
that on the Ground- e, are groo ed s uare, but
the abbets on the Ground- e s be esd down-
wards, that an or now, c. ma the rceer
a o t. nto these abbets the se era Panes
o Gass-wor s set, and astned b theGaser.
The s uare orners o the rame ne t the Gass
s e erd awa both on the out and nsde o the
udng, that the ght ma the reeerpa
upon the Gass. nd upon that e e s com-
mon tuc a Modng or rnament a e
accordng to the anc o the or man, but
more genera accordng to the arous Mode o
the Tmes.

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
144 - P T
17. tars, and tar- a es.
era rters o rchtecture ha e de ered
d erent ues or the eght and readth o
teps, and that accordng to the se era apactes
o the tar- a es. The orbd more than s ,
and ess than our nches or the eghth o each
tep, and more than s teen, and ess than twe e,
or the readth o each tep. ut here we must:
understand the mean these Measures shoud be
obser ed n arge and sumptuous udngs: ut
we ha e here proposed an ordnar pr ate
ouse, whch w admt o no such Measures, or
want o room. There ore to our present purpose
The rst: and second Par o tars the teps sha be about 77 nches hgh, and 10 nches
broad. The thrd Par o tars each tep ma
be about 6\ nches hgh, and 94 nches broad.
nd or the ourth Par o tars, each tep ma
be about 6 nches hgh, and 9 nches broad. ut
ths ue the do, or shoud oow, m. to ma e
a the teps beongng to the ame par o tars
o an e ua heght whch to do, the rst: con
der the heghth o the oom n eet and odd
nches, an odd be, and mutp the eet b
12, whose Product:, wth the number o odd
nches, g es the sum o the whoe eghth n
nches whch sum the d de b the number o
teps the ntend to ha e n that eghth, and
the uotent sha be the number o nches and
parts that each tep sha be hgh. r, the
rst desgn the eghth o each tep n nches
the tr b rthmetc how man tmes the
eghth o a tep the can ha e out o the whoe
eghth o the tor , and so now the number o
steps. M
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M

The Doarne o and or u
ontnued n the T o ouse- arpentr .
T are ether made about a od
ewe, or an pen ewe, and sometmes
m t, . wth a od ewe or ome
ew teps then a straght or orergt t
seent, wth ers upon the de o the ua e
pen ewe, ard a terwards a od ewe a-
gan. Than reterate, .
The ast, . the M t ewe d tars, are
common made n our Part -waed ouses n
ondon, where no ght can be paced n the
tar- a e, because o the Part -was-, so that
there s a necesst to et n a -ght through
the oow ewe: ut ths ort o tar- ases
ta e up more room than those wth a snge so
d ewe- because the tars o a sod ewe
pread on upon one ma ewe, s the se-
era ouds o the ans oman use ptead a
bout ther entert ut these because the some
tmes wnd, and sometmes o rom that
ndng, ta e there ore the more room up n
the tar- ase.
The magnet o pro ectng them, s copous
taught n man oo s o rchte ure, whether
te err ou et not to ea e ou who n the
dar ,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
45 - P T T.
dar , sha g e ou a sma ght nto t. nd
rst o the od o e
ndng tars are pro ected on a round Pro e, whose Dameter s e ua to the ase, the
tar- ase s to stand on, suppose s oot s uare.
Ths Pro e hath ts rcum erence d ded nto
16 e ua parts. The em-dameter o the Pro-
e s d ded nto our e ua parts, and one o
them used or the ewe, and the rest or the
ength o the teps: ou draw nes rom
the enter through e er one o the e ua parts
nto the rcum erence, the space between e er
two nes w be the true gure o a ndng-
tep. nd the were a cut out and paced
one abo e another, o er the true pace on the
Pro e round about the ewe, whoe Dame-
ter s one uarter the ength o a tep, ou
woud b supportng each tep wth a aser
ha e the mode o a true par o ndng- tars.
ee Pate to. g. 2.
oow ewe d tars are made about a s uare
oow ewe. e w suppose the e-hoe
to be ee en oot ong, and s oot wde , and
we woud brng up a par o tars rom the
rst oor ee en oot hgh t beng ntended
that a e-ght sha a through the oow
ewe upon the tars: e must there ore con-
sder the wdth and breadth o the oow ew-
e and n ths e ampe admt t to be two oot
and a ha wde, and two oot broad: the
wdth mean the des that. range wth the
ront and ear o the udng, and b the
breadth mean the sdes that range wth the
Part -was.
nd b the ue a oresad that assgn
18 teps up, each tep w be se en nches
and one thrd o an nch hgh.
ou
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
- P T T. 47
ou must ote, that the ng o , or ese
wndng o these steps w ar ther paces ac-
cordng as ou desgn the rst scent. or
ou ma e the rst scent as ou come straght
out o the treet as n Pate 10. on the outh
sde ou w rst ascend upon a Ptch o ers
whch Ptch ma ng an nge o 3 8 deg. wth
the oor wth ten teps rase ou s oot
hgh abo e the oor, and brng ou eght oot
towards the orth-tn. o the e-boe b ma-
ng each tep ten nches broad.
ut now ou must ea e er and ma e our
ndng teps. These ndng teps are rtadd
about a bd ewe as hath been taught and
ths ewe scr es aso or a Post to Trm the tarr-
ase too. Ths Post stands upon the oor, and
s proonged upwards so hgh, that Mortesses
made n t ma rece e the Tennants o the Top
and ottom as o the whoe tar-ca e or that
oor: The e our ndng steps a oresad,
roundng one uarter about the ewe, turns
our ace n our scent now towards the ar,these our steps are rased 2 oot, \ nches a-
bo e the ers, so that n a our tars are
now rased 8 oot 6\ nches. ere remans now
on 2 oot 1 nches to the andng pace,and
these ta e up ust our ers, whch must be
made as was taught be ore.
ut now n our second par o tars, t w
be proper to begn our scent wth our ace
towards the est: or andng b the rst par
o stars wth our ace towards the ast ou
turn b the sde o the a on the second oor
rom the ast towards the orth,and at the ur-
ther end o that a, ou turn our ace agan
rom the orth towards the est0 and begn our
ascent on the second par o tars.
2 etween
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
14 - P T T.
etween the e-ght and the scent s a Post
et uprght to asten as nto: to bound the
tar-ca e rom the bottom o whch, . on
the second oor ou trm up three ers, and
then turn o a uarter o a rce, wth nd-
ng teps 5 Then agan, ers to our desgned
ptch: nd then agan another uarter o a r-
ce wth ndng teps, c.
The a these teps are but upon, beng at
the begnnng or bottom o the scent ramed
or otherwse astened to the rst uprght Post,
must at ts hgher end be ramed nto the ne t
post aso, wth a e e Tennant, as ou were
taught to rame ghtarters nto one another, umb.
5T. 17. n wth ths d erence, that there
ou were taught to rame uare-, but here ou
must rame upon the e e, as ou were taught,
umb 5s 19. Ths Post a oresad bears upon
the oor, to ma e ts earng the stronger 9
and ths Post must be contnued to such an
heghth, as t ma aso ser e to rece e the Ten-
nanted end o an upper and ower a ramed
nto t. nd between these e eng as, an-
nsters ma e good the outsde o the tar- a e.
Though ha e here descrbed ths ontr ance
o a par o tars, et do not de er t as the
best Patern or ths udng, or or these sorts
o tars, nor matters t to our purpose whether
t be or no or as tod ou be ore m un-
derta ng s the Do rne o and -wor s, not - r-
ch he 8 we 5 but s rchte ure consders the best
ormng o a Members n a udng or the
capact o the round-Pot, and the on en-
ence o the ntended nhabtant but arpenters
as arpenters on wor b drectons pre-
scrbed b the rchtect.
These there ore are the common ues that
hee orts o tars, and ndeed a others wth
car ng
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
- P T T. 149
car ng accordng to the Pro e or Ground-pot
o the tars are made b , ut thoe that w
ree man n entons ma consut oo s o |r-
cbtte re c.
18. oorng o ooms,
T ough arpenters ne er oor the ooms
t the arcass s set up, and aso ncosed
b the Pasterer, est weather shoud wrong the
oorng-, et the genera ough-pane ther
oards or oorng be ore the begn an thng
ese about the udng, that the ma et them
b to season: hch thus the do, the ean
them one b one on end asant wth the edge o
the oard aganst a au , somewhat abo e the
heght o ha the ength o the oard, and set
another oard n the same posture on the other
de the au , so that abo e the au the cros
one another: Then on the rst de the set ano
ther oard n that posture, and on the second
de another, t the whoe number o oards
are set an end: eng set n ths posture, there, remans the thc ness o a oard between e er
oard a the ength, but ust where the cross one another, or the r to pass through to dr
and shrn them, aganst the ha e occason to
use them: ut the set them under some co e-
red hed, that the an or un comes not at
them or the an wet them, nstead o
shrn ng them, t w sme them or the
un shne erce upon them, t w dr them
so ast, that the oards w Tear or ha e, whch
s n ugar ngsh, pt or rach
The ha e another wa to dr and season
them, b a ng them at upon three or sou
au s, each oard about the breadth o a oard
asunder, the whoe ength o the au s. Then
the a another a o oards athwart upo
, them
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
o 0 - P T t
them, each oard aso the breadth o a oard
asunder 5 then another a athwart the ast5
t a are thus ad: o that n ths poston, the aso e hoow or the r to pa between
them. Thus then, the oards beng oug pan d
and easoned. The tr one sde at, as b
umb. 6. 31. and both the edges straght, as
the were to shoot a |ont as b umb. 4.
4. and cut the oards to an e act ength, be-
cause the oards are not ong enough to reach
athw rt the whoe oom, the ends ma a e
n a straght ne, that the straght ends o o
ther oards ad aganst them ma ma e the truer
|ont, and ths the ca a ea ng |ont. ut
be ore the a them upon the oor, the tr
wth the e e descrbed 7. the atness o
the whoe rame or oorng agan, est an
part o t shoud be ast snce t was rst ramed
together, and an part o the oor e too
hgh, the wth the d the emnenc be
arge ta e t o , as was shewed 2. r t
be sma, wth the |achPam n umb. 4 2.
t t e e e wth the rest o the oor. ut
an part o the oor pro e hoow, the a
a hp, or some such thng, upon that hoow
pace, to bare up the oard, be ore the na t
down. ths beng dan , the chue a oard o the
commonest thc ness o the whoe Pe or the
rst oard, and a t cose agan one sde o the oom athwart the |o sts, and so na t rm
down wth two rads nto e er |o st t crosses,
each rad about an nch, or ap nch and a ha
wthn the edge o the oard.
the shoud a more than an ordnar thc
or thn oard at the rst, the woud ha e a
greater number p oa rs to wor to a e e
than
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
- | P T 15 5
than the need, because a the rest o the oards
must be e ua ed n thc ness to the rst.
Then the a a second oard doe to the rst.
ut be ore the na t down the agan tr how
ts des agrees wth the de o the rst, and
aso how ts thc ness agrees wth the rst oard,
an part o ts edge e hoow o the edge o
the rst oard, the shoot o so much o the
ength o the oard rom that hoowne s to-
wards ether end, t t comp and ma e a
cose |ont wth the rst. ut the edge swe
n an pace, the pan o that sweng t t
comp as a oresad.
the second oard pro e thc er than the
rst, then wth the d as a oresad the
hew awa the under sde o that oard mo-
common cross the Gran, est wth the Gran
the edge o the d shoud p too deep nto
the oard n e er part o t that sha bare
upon a |o st, and 16 n t to a at super ces
to comp wth the rst oard. the oard
be too thn, the undera that oard upon e e-
r |o st wth a ap, . nd as ths second oard s ad, so are the
other oards ad, the be we assured the
oards are dr , and w not shrn but the
doubt the drness o the oards, the some-
tmes do, or shoud ta e a tte more Pus
or a ter the ha e naed down the rst oard, the w measure the breadth o two other
oards, a ng them b the sde o the rst -
ut et the w not aow them ther u
oom to e n, but a ter there edges are true
shot n a straght ne, the w pnch them o
about ha a uarter o an nch room more or
ess, accordng as the guess at the we-season-
edness o the oards b nang down the ourth
oard nearer to the rst oard b ha a uarter
4 -o
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
52 - P T
o an nch more or ess then the breadth o
both oards are. nd though t be a terwards
somewhat hard to get these two oards nto
that narrow room, . between the rst and
ourth oard, et the hep themse es thus:
The under-edge o these oards that are to on
to each other, the e e omewhat awa , and
then the rst and ourth oard beng ast naed
down as a oresad the set the outer edges o
these two oards agan the two naed oards, ettng the nner edges o the two oose oards
meet, and ma e an nge perpendcuar to the
bo. Then wth two or three Men umpng
at once upon that nge, these two oards
wth ths orce and reterated umps b degrees
pres at down nto the super ces o the oor3
or ese wth orcng Pns and edges, orce
them together: nd then wth rads the na
them down, as the dd the rst oard. Thus
a terwards the na down a se enth oard, as
the dd the ourth, and then t n the th and
s th oards, as the dd the second and thrd
oards. nd b on, nang down e er thrd
oard, and orcng two others between t and
the ast naed oard, t the whoe oor be
boarded.
ut these oards are not ong enough as
hr ted be ore to reach through the whoe
oom, the e amne how true the ends e n a
straght ne wth one another, b app ng the
edge o the Two- oot ue to the ends, and
where the ends o an oards eep o the edge
o the Two- oot ue rom comp ng wth the
whoe range o ends, the wth the hse and
Maet cut o that rreguart , hodng and
gudng the hsTe, so that t ma rather cut a wa more o the bottom then top o the oard,
the, so the oards oned to tght ends get the rst
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
| P T T 153
ad oards, ma ma e on the uper ces o the
oor the ner and truer |ont.
a ng thus oarded the whoe oom, not-
wthstandng the used ther best dgence to do
t e act , et ma the edges o some oards e
somewhat hgher than the oard t es ne t to o there ore the peruse the whoe oor, and where
the nd an rreguartes the pane them o
wth the Pane, c
19. The angng o Doors, ndows, c.
T e oors beng oarded, the ne t wor
s to ang the Doors, n whch tho5 there
be tte d cut , et s there much care to be
ta ng,, that the Door open and shut we.
the Door ha e a Door- a e as hamber
Doors, and oset-Doors common ha e the
|aums o the Door- ase must stand e act per-
pendcuar, whch ou must tr b the Pumbs
ne, as b 8. and the ead o the Door- a e
or ntertse must be tted e act s uare to the
|aums, as ou where taught umb, 3. 17, 18,
19. and the nges o the Door must be made
e act s uare, and the abbets o the Door to
t e act nto the abbets o the Door- a e. ut
et the common ma e the Door about one
uarter o an nch shorter than the nsdes o the
|aums o the Door- a e, east the oards o
the oor chance to we wthn the sweep o
the Door, the bottom o the Door shoud drag
upon the oor.
The consder what ort o ndges are pro-
perest or the Door the are to ang. hen
the ha e a treet-door whch common s to
ta e o and t on the use oo s and ndges.
n a attend-door, ac -door, or other attend,-
door, or hop-wndows, the use ross-Garnets.
| a ramed Door0 de nges nd or up-
board
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
54 #0 - P T t
boards Doors, and ch e, Du -tah. ee the
descrpton o these ndges n umb. . g. .
5, 6. ut what ort o ndges soe er the
use, the ha e care to pro de them o a strength
proportonabe to the s e and weght o the
Door the hang wth them. e-made ndges
ha e descrbed umb. . so. 20. whther to
a od repetton re er ou.
the hang a treet-door whch s com-
mon about oot hgh the rst dr e the
oo s nto the Doorpost,b enterng the Post rst
wth an ugurc: ut the t o the ugure, must
be ess than the han o the oo , and the
hoe boared not b ong, because the han o
the oo , must be strong orced nto the u-
gure-hoe, and shoud the ugure-hoe be too
wde, the han woud be oose n t, and not
stc strong enough n t. There ore the
han be an nch s uare, an ha nch- ugure
s bg enough to bore that hoe wth, because
t w then endure the hea er bows o an am-
mer, to dr e t so ar as t must go and the
stronger t s orced n, the aster the oo
stc s but et the are care u not to spt the
Door-po .
These oo s are common dro e n about
teen nches and an ha abo e the Ground- e
and as much beow the top o the Door. t s5
or shoud be, ther care to chuse the Pn o the
ower oo about a uarter o an nch onger
than that the use or the upper oo or ese
to ma e t so because these Doors arecom-,
mon unwed to t o and on, especa
-to t both the ndges on both the oo s at
once. There ore when the ower ndge s t-
ed on the ower oo , the Door be then ted
perpendcuar uprght, so hgh as the under
sde o the upper ndge ma ust reach the top
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
P T 155
o the upper oo , ou ma the easer sp the
e o the upper ndge upon the oo where-
as, the ower oo be ether shorter, or ust
no onger than the other, nstead o tng t
read upon the upper oo , ou ma t t o
the ower oo , and so begn the abour agan.
a ng dro e n the oo s, the set the ab-
bets o the Door wthn the abbets o the Door-
post, and undera the bottom o the Door, wth
a hp or two about ha a uarter o an nch
thc , to rase the Door that t drag not. Then
the put the es o the ndges o er the Pns
o the oo s, and pacng the Ta pece o the
ndges parae to the bottom and top o the
Door, the so na them upon.
Ths s the ue the genera obser e or
angng Doors, hop-wnows, c. n , some-
tmes nstead o ang the ndges upon the
Door, the et them on, or more strength.
nd then, a ter the ha e tted the Door, or
ndow, nto ts abbets, and ad the ndges
n there proper pace and poston as a oresad
the ma e mar s n the a-hoes o the ndge
wth the pont o ther ompasses upon the
Door, and at thoe mar s the Perce hoes,
wth a Percer- t, that ts the shan o the -
et-, then the put the shan o the et thro0
the hoes made n the Door et so that the
ead o the et be on the outsde o the Door-,
and the aso put the end o the han nto the
-hoe o the nge, and so whst another
Man hods the head o the atchet aganst the
ead o the et, the wth the Pen o ther
ammer batter and spread the at end o the
han o er the oe, as was shewn | utnb, 2
The
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
6 - P T
The Ttes o some oo s o rchtecture,
baston erea, n oo.
ans oom s e oumns, oo,
gnoa, n oo.
gnoa, r the ompeat rchtect,n ct o
camot , uarto.
Paado, uarto.
r enr ottons ements o rchtecture,
uarto.
These oo sare a Prnted n ngsh: ut
there are man others e tant n se era other
anguages, o whch tru us s the che : or
rom hs oo the rest are genera der ed as
Php e rm, Dttern, Maros, and man o-
thers, whch beng d cut to be had among
oo seers,and these su cent or n ormaton,
sha omt t another opportunt .
n panaton o Terms used n arpentr ,

t,Pate 8. 2.
rch, n wor wrought rcuar, a
the top part o some ndow- rames, the top
o some great Gates, the oo o auts, c.
rchtra e, ee umb. 6. Pate 6. . and Pate 6. . .
, umb. 7. Pate 8. ,

c or p-modng. The bac ward ps or

ae - a ters n the wa o an nge ar the bac part o a udng.
annster, umb, 8. Pate .ggg.
ase, s common the ottom o a uuma
ee umb. 6, Pate 6. h. and Pate 7 ,
Pate
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
t - T T. 31
asement, To abate or waste a pece o tu ,
b ormng o t to a desgned purpose. Thus
nstead o as ng how much was cut o such a
pece o tu , arpenters as what atement
that pece o tu had.
atter, The de, or part o the sde o a
a, or an Tmber that buges rom ts bot-
tom or oundaton, s sad to atter, or hang
o er the oundaton.
attement, at oo or Pat orm to wa
on. ut attements are more proper as
but about the Pat orm to ncose t, as s seen
upon Towers or de ence part o the attement
beng reast hgh that Mu ueters ma shoot
o er t, the other part Man hgh, to secure Men
rom the shot o ther nemes.
ad, pece o r unst, rom our to ten
nches s uare, and o man engths.
ear, Tmber s sad to ear at ts whoe
ength, when nether a, rc -wa, or Posts, 0 .
stand between the ends o t. ut ether a
rc -wa or Posts, c. be Trmmed up to that
Tmber, than t s sad to ear on at the d-
stance between the rc -wa or post, and e-
ther end o the Tmber. Thus arpenters as
what
earng such a pece o Tmber has The an-
swer s 10, 12, , . oot, accordng to the
ength o the whoe Tmber, or ese accordng
to the dstance between ether end o the Tmber,
and a
earer, . Post or rc -wa that s Trm-
med up between the two ends o a pece o
Tmber, to shorten ts earng,
ond, hen or men a ma e good ond,
the mean asten the two or more peces o Tm-
ber we together, ether wth Tennantng and
Morte ng, or Du -tang, 0 ,
ndng
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
5 - P T
ndng |o ss ee Trmmers, or Pate o9
bbb.
race, ee Pate 11. bbb.
rad, s a a to oor ooms wth, the are
about the s e o a Ten-penn a, but ha e
not ther heads made wth a shouder o er ther
shan , as other as, but are made prett thc
towards the upper end, that the er top o t
ma be dr en nto, and bured n the oard
the na down, so that the tops o these rads
w not catch as the eads o as woud
the Thrums o the Mops when the oor s wash-
ng. ou ma see them at most ronmongers.
rea n, arpenters wth ther ppng h se do o ten rea n to rc -was that s,
the cut hoes, but ndeed more proper brea
the rc s b orce, and ma e ther hoe to
ther s e and orm.
re mmer, ee Pate n . , D, , h h.
rng up, Term most used amongst arpen-
ters, when the dscourse rc a ers h and then
the sa , rng up the oundaton b hgh, rng
up such a a, rng up the hmnes, t c.
whch s as much as to a , ud the ounda-
ton b hgh, ud the a, ud the hm-
nes, c.
nt nent, The pece o Ground n the ard
mar ed G, n Pate 10, s a utment rom the rest
o the Ground-pot.
uttress, That stands on the outsde a a to
support t.

mber, pece o Tmber cut rchng, so

as when a weght consderabe, sha be set
upon t, t ma n ength o tme be reduced to
astraght.
an9
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
- P T T. 159
ante ers, Peces o ood ramed nto the
ront or other des o an ouse to sustan the
Modng and a es o er t
arcass, s as t were the eeton o an
ouse, be ore t s ath d and Pastered.
artonses. rnamented orbes.
eer tor ndow, ndows that ha e no
Tranm n them.
ommander, ee umb. 7. Pate 8. . and 10.
osng o er, s a sort o hangng o er, but not
s uare to ts uprght, but e eng on ts under
de, t t end n an edge.
orbe, pece o Tmber set under another
pece o Tmber, to dscharge ts earng.
rab, The ngne descrbed Pate 9. , and
D se era o ts ppurtenances, .
natch oc s. D e ers. ts ce s to draw
hea Tmber to a consderabe heght.
row, ee Pate 8. . ts ce s to remo e
hea Tmber, and there ore or strength s made
o ron.
rown Post, ee Pate . . so the ng-
Pece, or |ogge-Pece.
to a pece o Tmber o er charged or ts
earng, s a Dscharge to that earng.
Dormer, Pate 11. .
Dra t, The Pcture o an ntended udng
dscrbed on Paper, whereon s ad down the
de sed D sons and Parttons o e er oom
n ts due proporton to the whoe udng, ee
umb. 7. 13.
Drag, Door s sad to Drag when ether b
ts angng on ts nges, or b the boar-
dng o the oom, the bottom edge o the Door
rdes
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
6o - P T .
rdes ntsweep upon the oor. ee 19
Dragon-beams, are two strong races or truts
that stands under a ressummer, meetng n a
an ange upon the shouder o the ng-pece. n
Pate 11, 2 are Dragon beams.
Draw n e, descrbed Pate 8. and
Draw Pns, descrbed Pate 8. and 6.
Drug, descrbed Pate 9. and 12.

ter, hen Tennants are put nto Morte

T ses, the are sad to nter the Mortesses,
nterduce, or ntert e, descrbed Pate 11.
.
atber-edge, oards, or Pan s, that ha e one
edge thnner than another are caed eather-
edge stu
r-Poe, ort o stu cut o o the r-
tree, sma and ong, common rom 10 to 16
oot. The are sometmes used n ght u-
dngs, to ser e nstead o au s and uarters ers, are tars made o an bong uare
gure, whoe ore and bac sdes are parae to
each other, and so are ther ends the second o
these ers stands parae behnd the rst, the
thrd behnd the seconds and so are ad to
o rom one another.
oor, n arpentr , t s as we ta en or the
ram d wor o Tmber, as the oardng o er
t.
oot-pace, s a part o a par o tars, where-
on a ter our or s steps ou arr e to a broad
pace, where ou ma e two or three paces be-
ore ou ascend another step thereb to ease the egs n ascendng the rest o the steps,
urrngs, The ma ng good o the a ters
eet n the ornce
Gatte
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
ous arpentrt
161
G
G be, or Gabe-end, n Pate 11.11 .
Gan, The be eng shouder o a |o st,
or other tu : t su ed or the appng o the
nd o a |o st, c. upon a Trmmer or Grder,
and then the thc ness o the houd er s cut n-
to the Trmmer aso e ng upwards, that t
ma ust rece e that Gan, and so the |o st and
Tmber e e en and e e upon ther super -
ces Ths wa o wor ng s used n a oo
or earth.
Grder, descrbed Pate 10 .
Ground Pate, decrbed Pate .
Ground Pate, The pece o Ground a udng
s to be erected upon,
,
ng o er, ee atter.
ps, descrbed Pate n. 5 The are
aso caed Prncpa a ters, and eepers.
oo - m decrbed Pate 8,

| c\ descrbed Pate 8. M. n ngne used or

the remo ng and commodous pacng o
great Tmber.
|ac -Pane, caed so b arpenters, but s n-
deed the ame that |o ners ca the ore-Pane
ee umb- 4. 2. and Pate 4. . 1.
|aums, Door Posts are b caed o are the
uprght outer Posts o a ndow rame, at Pate 11. aaaa, cc, 7tn.
|ogge-pece, ee Pate 11.
|o s, ee Pate o. aaaa
M
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
162 - P T T.
|u ers tu , about 4 or nches s uare., and
o se era engths.
.
ng-pece, ee |ogg -phce.
er \ ee panaton o Terms m
umb. 6.
w pece o Tmber growng anguar-
, or croo ed, that s, a great ranch shootng
out near the top o the Trun o the Tree, and
s so cut that the Trun and the ranch ma e
an ange as n Pate 11. , beng made out
o one pece o stu : t s caed a nee-pece,
or nee-ra ter.
.
ndng-phce, s the uppermost tep o a par
o tars, . The oor o the oom ou
ascend upon.
rts, Pro ectng o the a es.
e es ee Pate 8. G and 7,
e er, ee Pate 9. D. m
ntes n rc -budngs arpenters a s a
ong pece o Tmber o er the Peers, to Trm,
wth the ndow- rame as we to bear the
thc ness o the rc -wa abo e t, as to ma e
ond wth the des o the as.
ong-pane, The ame that |o ners ca a |o n .
ter. ee umb. 4. . 2. 4.
utbern ee Dormer.
M.
M on, ee antee er.
Modng, Modngs are stuc upon the
edges o stu to rnament t s on hmne -
peces, the nner edges o ndow- rames,
he es, e a ee umb. 4. . 9
Munnw
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
0 - | P T T. 163
Munnon, the uprght Post that d de the se-
era ghts n a ndow- rame are caed
Muntons ee Pate 11. ,
.
we, the uprght post that a par o
ndng-stars are turned about.
P.
Ptch, The nge a Gabe-erd s et to, s caed the Ptch o the Gabe-end.
Panch er9 n rnament to whch the ornce
s astned.
Pate. pece o Tmber upon whch some
consderabe weght s ramed, s caed a Pate,
ence Ground-Pate, Pate 11. . ndow-pate
c.
Pumb-ne, descrbed Pate 8. 8.
Posts, ee Prncpa-Posts.
Prc -Posts, Posts that are ramed nto res-
summers, between Prncpa Posts, or the strength-
nng o the arcas.
Prncpa-Posts, The corner posts o a arcas2
ee Pate 11. . .
Pro e The ame wth Ground-Pot.
. Pro e ure, s a ettng o er the uprght o a udng: Thus acones pro ect nto the treet.
Puncheons, hort peces o Tmber paced un-
der some consderabe weght to support t.
Pudaes, Peces o tu to do the ce o
and- p es.
Purs, ee Pate 11. .
- a
uartersare |nge and doube. nge starters
are awen stu , twonehes thc , and our
nches broad. The Doube uarters are sawen
to our nches s uare,
M uat-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
1 4 - P T
uarterng, n the ront o the thrd tor n
Pate 11. the or , e cept the Prncpa
Posts,, |aums, and ndow- rames, . the up-
rght Trmng, and the races s caed gharter-
ng.
ur s pece ta en out o an reguar
Ground-pot, or oor: or e ampe, the whoe
Ground-pot D. n Pate 10. s a reguar
Ground-pot. ut the pece be ta ng out
o t, sha be a urh
-
ter n ee Pate n.cccc.
a, as stand o er and under ann-
sters o acones, tar- a es, c.
aser, s a oard set on edge under the ore-
de o a step.
asng-pece, Peces that e. under the eams
upon rc or Tmber b the sde o the ouse.
es, ee Pro ettnre.
eturn, ther o the ad onng sdes o the
ront o an ouse, or Ground-pot, s caed a
eturn-sde, as n Pate 10. the ront s ,
the eturn-sdes to ths ront s and
D.
dge, the meetng o the a ters on both
des the ouse s caed the dge. .
ppng- bse, ee Pate 8. D 4.
oo The o erng o a ouse: ut the word
s used n arpenter or the Trmng wor o
the o erng,
.
rbe, ee umber 6. m panaton o
Terms.
hah, uch u as s crac t ether wth the
heat o the un, or the droughth o the wnd,
s caed ha en tu .
hnges
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
- T . 16
hnges, ma peces o ood used to co er
ouses wth, nstead o Tes or ater headngs, ee Pate n the ower end o
the Prncpa a ters mar t rr are caed hea-
dngs, or umngs.
eepers, The ame wth Purns.
natch-boc s, ee Pate 9. .
oc et- hse, Descrbed Pate 8. and .
os, or es, are ether Ground- es descrbed
Pate 11. . or ndow es, whch are the bot-
tom Peces o ndow rames.
tar- a e, The ncosure o a par o tars, whether t be wth as, or wth as and, |aes and annsters, 0 .
tancheons, ee mcbeons
trut, ee Dragon-beam.
ummer, n Pate 10. PP s a ummer where
nto the Grders are Tennanted,
T n- oot- od, ee 13.
Transom, The Pece that s ram d across a doube ght-wndow. ee Pate . PP.
Trm, hen wor men t a pece nto other
wor , the a the Trm n a pece.
Trmmers, ec Pate 10. bbbb.
Truss, ee ng-pece, or |ogge-pece.
Tus , e e mouder, made to strengthen
the Tennant o |o st, whch s et nto the
Grder,
e a ter, ee ac ,or p- no wg\
T.
.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
166 - P T T,
.
-hoe, ee Pate 10. .
aPhte, n Pate 10. , D an
are a-Pates.
Thus much o arpentr . The ne t ercses
w God wng be upon the rt o Turn-
ng, o t ood, ard ood, or , rass, hcm
c. th se era n entons o a-wor , ose-
por a e-wor , nguar-wor , c.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
6
M :
,
The Doctrne o and or s.
pped to the T o T G.
Turnng.
b pacng one oot o a par o
ompasses on a Pane, and mo ng a-
bout the other oot or pont, descrbes
on that Pane a rce wth the mo-
ng pont so an ubstance, be t ood or ,
ra s c. ptcht stedd upon two ponts as
on an s and mo ed about on that s, a-
so descrbes a rce oncentrc to the s:
nd an dge-Too set stedd to that part o the
outsde o the a oresad ubstance that s nearest
the s, w n a rcum outon o that ub-
stance, cut o a the parts o ubstance that
es arther o the s, and ma e the outsde
o that ubstance aso oncentrc to the s
Ths s a bre oecton, and ndeed the whoe
um o Turnng.
ow, as there s d erent Matter, or ub-
stance, to be Turned, b there s aso d erent
wa s, and d erent Toos to be used n Turnhg
each d erent Matter,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
6 T G.
The d erent Matters are o t- ood, ard ood, or rass, ron, c. each o whch
when ha e descrbed the Turners Toos so
so t ood sha dscourse upon. ut,

. the athe,
the athe s descrbed n Pate 12, . Ths
Machne s so ugar nown, that tho at cannot be descrbed n Dra t, so as a ts parts
sha appear at one snge ew, et enough o
t to g e ou the ames o ts se era Mem-
bers, and ther ses are represented, ,
a a a a The egs or tes,
b b The hee s or des.
:c c The Puppets,
d The crew,
d The P e,
e The e .
The ande o the crew,
g The Tennants o the Puppets
h The edge.
2 The Tredd o
The r s-Tredd ,
The Poe::
m The trng,
71 The orn,
1. o the egs, or tes,
Tp e egs, or tes, are common about two
oot and ten nches hgh, and are set per-
pendcuar uprght 5 ha ng each o them a
Tennant on ts upperend, o the thc ness the
two hee s are to stand assunder: nd on e-
ther de the houder o these two Tennants, s
ad one o the hee s cose to the sdes o the
Pennants,and so pnned cose to the Tennant, as
7 was
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G, 69
was taught umb, . 17. ut a steader and
more secure wa , s to ha e a strong ron crew
made wth a s uare han near the ead, that
when t enters nto a s uare hoe made t to t
n the hthermost hee , t ma not twst about,
but b the Turnng about o an ron ut, upon
the ore-end o the crew, the ut sha draw
he two hee s cose to the two des o the
Tennants, or the upper ends o the egs,
2. the hee s.
tod ou, the egs are to be et up
drect per .caar, so the hee s are
to be astened dretu or onta upon them:
nd the egsand hee s are to be astened wth
races to the oor, and other parts o the
oom the athe stands n, accordng to the
con enence o the oom or astnng, that the
whoe athe ma stand as stead and sod as
ma be. or wth Turnng arge or the
strength o the Tread shoud ma e the athe
trembe, ou w not be abe to ma e true and
n at or but the Too w ob nto so ter
parts o the tu , and o where a not or
other harder parts o the tu comes to the
Too
5 3- o the Puppets.
The Puppets are s uare peces o ood, o a
ubstance con enent to the ght or hea
wor the ntend to Turn: nd Turmters w
ather ha e ther Puppets too strong than too
wea , because, though the Puppets be er
strong, et the can turn ght wor wth them, whereas the be wea the cannot turn ea-
wor wth them: or the weght o hea
une ua tempered tu runnng about, w be
apt both to sha e the Puppets, aud oosen the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
170 T G.
sma hoe o the edge n the Tennant b ether o whch ncon enences the or n the
athe ma trembe, as a oresad.
nd though no s e or the heght o the Pup-
pets can be we asserted, because o the se era
Dameters o or to be Turned, et or men
genera co et to ha e ther Puppets as short as
the we can, to bear ther or o the hee s
o the athe, because these Puppets stand n the
rmer, and are ess sub ect to oosen. ut then,
the Dameters o the wor be arge, the Pup-
pets ma be too short to Turn that wor n or
the P es o the Puppets must stand somewhat
more than ha the Dameter o the or a-
bo e the super ces o the hee s. There ore
urners ha e common two or three par o
Puppets to t one athe, and awa s str e to use
the shortest the can to ser e ther or , un-
ess the shortness o the egs o the athe, ma es
the wor a too ow or the ptch o the or -
man that s to wor at the athe. There ore
n the ma ng o the athe, the heght o the
egs wth reaton to the ntended or , and
heght o the or -man, are to be we cons-
dered.
t the ower end o these puppetsare made
two Tennants, o such a thc ness, that the
ma eas de n the Gro e between the two
hee s, and so ong, that a Mortess through t
o the ength o the hee s depth, and a su -
cent strength o ood beow t ma be con-
taned. nto ths Mortess s tted a Taperng-
edge, somewhat ess at the ore end, and bg-
ger at the hnder end than the Mortess, that as
t s orced nto the Mortess wth a maet,or a
Mau, t ma draw the bottom houder o the
Puppet cose and rm down upon the hee s,
that the ma nether ogge or trembe n wor -
ng. 4-.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G,
4. the orn
pon the ght and Puppet on the out de
near the top o t, s hung the Tp-end
p an orn wth ts Tp downwards, to hod
n, and ought to ha e a ooden round
o er to t nto t, that nether hps or Drt
get n to spo the and n the hande o
the o er shoud be tted a wooden rtten,
whch ma ea e or an ande to the o er:
nd through ths atten shoud be astned an
ron er, to reach amost to the bottom o
the orn Ths er stands awa s n the
that so o t as the or man has occason to
o the enters o the or , to ma e hs
or sp about the easer, he ta es the wood-
en o er b the utton, er and a, and wth
the end o the er3 o s hs enter-hoes
and pops hs er and o er agan nto the
orn aganst he has occason to use t the ne t
tme.
5. o the P es and crew.
ar the upper end o one o these Puppets
s astned a strong ron P e, but ts pont
s made o tempered tee: nd near the upper
end o the other Puppet s tted an ron crew
ute through a ut n the Puppet, whoe pont
s aso made o Tempe d tee. Ths ron
P e n one Puppet, and the crew n the other
Puppet are so tted nto the Puppets, that ther
han s e n a straght ne wth one another, and both ther ponts e aso n that straght
ne pontng to one another: rd n the ead
o the ron crew s a oe where nto s tted
an ron ande about se en or eght nches ong,
wth a round nob at each nd o t that t sp
n t
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
7 T G.
not through the hoe n the ead. Ths r6n
ande s to turn about the crew orward or
bac ward as our purpose sha re ure.
pon the ponts o ths crew and P e the
enters o the or are ptcht, and a terwards
screwed wth the crew hard, and so ar nto the
tu , that t ma not sp o the ponts n
wor ng, especa t be so t ood, and the
wor arge and hea .
so, near the upper end o these Puppets,upon that de the or man stands when he
wor s, the ood o the Puppets wrought a-
wa to s uare at shouders somewhat beow
the P es, that the est ma occason be
e near the P es, and bear stedd upon the
houders.
5 6. the e t,
The est s a s uare pece o tu about an
nch, or an nch and ha thc , and two
nches, or two and an ha broad, and somewhat
onger than the dstance between the Puppets.
ts ce s to rest the Too upon, that t ma e n a stead poston whe the or man uses
t.
. the de- est.
ut besdes ths est, Tumners ha e another
est, caed the de-rest. Ths the use
when the Turn the at sdes o oards, be-
cause the at sdes o oards standng athwart
the P es, and ths est standng aso athwart
the P es, the can the more con enent rest
ther Too upon t. t s mar ed e n pate 13.
and s n the Pate ds unct rom the athes,as
we because t and the ommon est cannot
both together be e prest n Pcture, as aso be-
cause t s made to ta e o and put on as ocT
ea on re ures, Th
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G. 173
The est s mar ed a, and s a pece o an
a en pan , or m pan , about two nches
thn , and stands so hgh abo e the hee s o
the athe as the ponts o the P es do, or some-
tmes a tte hgher: ts readth s about a
oot, or more, or ess, as the or re ures,
or the or man ances. The ottom o t s
rm naed to one de o a uarter o a ,
or m, o about three nches s uare, and two
oot, or two oot and an ha ong, cose to
one end, as ou ee n the gure at b, so as
the est stand uprght to the pece o uarter.
Ths pece o uarter s as a Tennant to sde
nto a s uare ron oar mar ed e ths s uare
ron oar s made so ong as to reach through
the depth o the hee s o the athe, and to
rece e the uarter or Tennant thrust through
t abo e the hee s, and a edge under the
hee s mar ed d, whch edge when st
noc ed up draws the Tennant strong and rm-
down to the hee s, and conse uent eeps
the de-rest stedd on an part o the hee s,
accordng as ou sde the oar orwards or
bac wards towards ether P e, or as ou thrust
the est nearer or arther to and rom the P es.
ome Turnners or some or , nstead o a
pan or ths est, asten to one end o the
uarter or Tennant, a ong ron wth a round
ndrc oc et n t, as at the gure mar ed
n Pate 13, a s the oc et o about an nch,
or an nch and an ha Dameter, to reach wth-
n two or three nches as hgh as the P es
and nto ths oc et the put a ong round ron
han , as n gure g o the ame Pate, a s
the han , and at the top o ths han s made
the est, mar ed b. Ths han a sps
eas nto the oc et, that t ma be raed, or
|et down, as occason re ures, and b the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T 1 G.
hep o a crew through the och at e ma
be astned at that ength.
The est, b reason o ts ound han
ma he aso turned wth ts upper edge more
or ess ob ue or athwart the or , or ese
parae to the or , accordng as the purpose
ma re ure.
ear one end o the est s tted and astened a pece o ood about an nch uare, and ten
or twe e nches ong: Ths pece o wood s
tted st nto a s uare oe or Mortes made
n the Puppet, a tte abo e the houder or the
est, to et .the est to an dstance rom the
P es, whch, wth the ends o wooden crews
entred nto wooden uts on the urther de o
the Puppet, and comng through aganst the cst
eeps the est rom beng thrust nearer to the
wor when the or man s wor ng, | 8. the Tredde and ross-Tredde,
out the mdde between the ends, s pa-
ced a wooden Tredde about two nches
and an ha broad, an nch thc , and three
oot ong, and sometmes three and an ha , to
our oot ong. The hnder end o t s ast-
ned to the oor, wth a pece o eather some-
tmes a pece o the pper-eather o an od
hoe, whch pece o eather s naed to the
undersde o the hnder end o the Tredde, so
as to ea e eather enough be ond the end o
the Tredde to na down upon the oor whch
Tredde beng thus naed down, w mo e up-
wards, as the prng o the Poe draws up the
trng the trng beng aso astened to the ore-
end o the Tredde.
t
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G. 75.
The hnder end o the Tredde s naed down
about a toot, or a oot and an ha behnd the
athe , and about the mdde between both the
egs, so that the ore-end o the Tredde reaches
be ond the ore-sde o the athe, about a oot
and an ha , or two oot. nd ote, that the ar-
ther the ore-end o the Tredde reaches out be-
ond the ore- de o the athe, the greater w
the sweep o the ore-end o the Tredde be,
and conse uent t wa draw the more trng
down-, and the more trng comes down at one
Tread, the more e outons o the or s
made at one Tread, and there ore t ma es the
greater rddance o the or .
ut then agan, the ore-end o the Tred-
de reach too ar be ore the ore-sde o the
athe, t ma draw the end o the Poe so ow
as to bra e t: nd t w aso be the harder to
Tread down, because the power commandng
whch s the weght o the Tread es so ar
rom the weght to be commanded, whch s
the strength o the Poe, augmented b the d-
stance that the end o the Tredde hath rom the
or n the athe so that ou ma ee, that
the nearer the ore-end o the Tredde es to
the Perpendcuar o the or n the athe,
the easer the Tread w be: nd some Turners
that Turn atogether sma or , ha e the ore-
end o the Tredde paced ust under ther wor
so that ther trng wor s between the hee s
o the athe: ut then the weep o the Tred-
de beng b sma, the Poe draws up but a
sma ength o trng, and conse uent ma es
the ewer e outons o the or n one Tread,
whch hnders the rddance o the or un-
ess wth e er prng o the Poe, the shoud t ther Treadng eg so hgh, as to tre t
uc
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
t T G.
uc wth brngng t down agan, a ter s
aed to so uncommodous a poston, .
Ths Tredde hath a s uare otch n the md-
de o the urther end, about an nch and an
ha wde, and two nches ong, that: the end
o the trng ma be wound ether o ot on the
ood on ether de the otch, to engthen or
shorten the trngs as the d erent Dameters o
the or sha re ure.
bout the mdde o the Tredde s ed a
round ron Pn about ha an nch n Dame-
ter , b as to stand uprght about an nch and
an ha , or two nches ong abo e the tredde.
nd under the hee ss aso ed down the
ros-Tredde, whch s such another pece o
ood as the Tredde s, but onger or shorter,
accordng to the ength o the athe: nd n
the mdde o the teadth o the ross-Tredde
s made se era hoes a a-row to rece e the -
ton Pn set uprght n the Tredde. These hoes
are common boared about two or three nches
asunder, that the Pn or the Tredde ma be put
nto an one o them, accordng as the trng s
to be paced nearer to or urther o ether en o the athe,

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
turnng
77
9. the Poe.
The Poe s common made o a r-poe
and s onger or shorter, or bgger or
smaer, accordng to the weght o -the or
the or man desgns to Demo:: or the thc er
the Poe s, the harder must the Tread be to brng
t down and or ths reason, the Poe pro e
too strong or ther common or contnued or 5
the w wea en t b cuttng awa wth
a Draw- n e, descrbed umb. . Pate8.
and . part o the substance o the upper
and under sdes o the Po , The thc end o ths Poe s naed or n-
deed rather pnned up to some Grder, or o-
ther Tmber n the eng o the oom, wth
one snge a or a Pn, that the Poe ma
mo e upon that a, or Pn, as on a enter
and ts thn end pas rom one Puppet to the 0-
ther, as the or ma re ure. nd at about
a dstance or more, s aso naed up to some
|o sts, or other Tmbers o the eng, two
hee s o a con enent strength, and at the ow-
er end o these two hee s s naed a uarter
or atten to bear the Poe, though the weght
o a Tread be added to t, as ou ma ee at
71 n n Pate 12.
10, o the de- est.
ut t sometmes happens that the eng o
the or -room s not hgh enough or the
Poe to pa upwards and downwards there-
ore n such ca e5 the pace the thn end o
the Poe at some consderabe dstance o the
athe, ether be ore or behnd t, and so ma e
the prng o the Poe or ant towards the
athe, con e ng and gudng the trng rom
the Poe to the or b throwng t o er a
ower , t
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
s7 T G.
ower, mo ng on two ron enter-phs astned
at both ends, and paced parae to the hee s
o the athe, abo e the or as hgh as the
can and thus e er Tread draws the ower a- bout: ut shoud the ower not mo e about
upon these rons Pns, the trng e er Treadwoud both cut a Groo e n the uer, and ret
t se more or ess upon the ower.
. the ow.
me Turnners that wor ght or , such as
a e-heads, n -hcrns, g c. or whch the
need carce remo e the Puppets o ther athe,
use a common ow, such as rchers use. The
mdde o ths ow the asten o er ead, wth
ts trng or onta downwards, and n the
mdde o that trng the asten another trng
perpendcuar downwards, whose other end
the asten to the Tredde, and the trng wound
round ther or brngs t about.
12. o the Great hee.
t when Turnners wor hea or , such
as the Poe and Tread w not ommand,
the use the Great hee Ths hee s so
common nown, that sha need g e ou
no other Descrpton o t than the gure t
se , whch ou ma see n Pate 14. a. t s
turned about wth one, and sometmes wth two
ron andes, accordng as the weght o the
or ma re ure.
ts trng hath both ts ends strong and neat-
astened together, not wth a not, but apt
o er one another about three nches n ength,
and so s rm whpt about wth sma Gut,
that t ma the easer pass o er the narrow
Groo e n the edge o the ower. Ths trng
s ad n the Groo e made on the edge o the
hee,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
turnng. 79
\
hee, and aso n the Groo e o the or .
ut be ore t s ad upon both, one past o the
trng s hpt o er and crosses the other, and
the trng rece es the orm o a gure o
ght on one o ts ows or rces becomes
no bgger than the Groo e n the or , and the
other as bg as the Groo e n the hee.
Then the whoe rame wheren the hee s
ed s remo ed arther o the athe, that the
trng ma draw tght upon the or .
The reason wh the trng thus crosses t se
s, because t w touch and grd more upon
the Groo e o the or , and conse uent as
was ad be ore 14. the better command
the or about.
The manner o Turnng ths hee, s as the
manner o Turnng other hees wth an
des.
esdes the commandng hea or about,
the hee rds or aster o than the Poe
can do because the sprngng up o the Poe
ma es an ntermsson n the runnng about o
the or , but wth the hee the or runs
awa s the ame wa so that the Too need
ne er be o t, uness t be to e amne the wor
as t s dong.
hen the hee s ed, ts dge stands ath
att the hee s o the athe.
5 . the Tredde- hee.
TT s s a hee made o a round oard o
about two oot and an ha Dameter, con enent to stand under the hee s o the athe
t aso hath a Groo e on ts dge or the trng
to run n t hath an ron s wth a roo or
dran at one end: nd on ths roo s pt
the oo e o a eather Thong, whch ha ng
ts other end astened to a Trede does, b eep-
2 ng
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
18o T G.
ng e act tme n Treads, carr t w about
wthout ntermsson.
ut the ength o the Thong must be so tted,
that when the hee stands st, and the roo
at the end o the s hangs downwards, the
end o the Tredde to whch the Thong s astned
ma hang about two or three nches o the
Ground: or then, g ng the hee a sma turn wth the and, t the roo res to the
hghest, and pastes a tte be ond t, ust
then a the or man g es a uc Tread
upon the Tredde to brng the roo down agan
wth a er , that Tread w set t n a moton
or se era re outons and then he obser es
to ma e hs ne t Tread ust when the, roo
comes about agan to the ame poston, t w
contnue the moton, and cause o the moton,
and eep the heeawa s runnng the ame
wa , he punctua tmes hs Treads.
The Tredde hee s used or sma wor on-
, as not ha ng strength enough to carr hea-
or about, such as ane-heads, ma o es,
c. and t s tted beow the hee s between
the Puppets, as the ow s abo e.
esdes these n entons to carr about the
or n the athe, there are man more as
wth a great ron hee, ha ng Teeth on ts
edge, whch Teeth are to a nto an ron ut
upon an ron s,ptcht upon the P es o the
Puppets o the athe, or tted nto oars, c
so, or er hea or , as Guns, great
Mortars, nc. hees turned wth nd, ater,
or orses, to carr the or about. whch
more n ther proper paces,
14
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G.
14. s the trng.
pon the thn end o the Poe s wound a
consderabe unde o trng, that as a
Mandre re ures to be bgger than ordnar , or
the or hea er, the ma unwnd so much o
the strngas w compas the Mandre twce,
or the or be hea thrce the easer
to carr t about.
Ths trng s made o the Guts o easts
most common o heep, and spun round o
e era thc ne es, o whch the or man chu-
ses ud s es as are aptest or hs wor s or
arge and hea or , er thc , but or sma
and ght wor , thn: nd there are se era rea-
sons or hs hoce or a thn trng w be too
wea or hea or but t were not too
wea or hea wor t woud be apt to mar
so t wood more than a thc trng woud,
when the are orc d to sh t the trngs and et
t run upon the or . esdes, a thn trng
though t were strong enough t oud not so
we brng hea or about because beng
sma, but tte o the strngtouches the wood
to command t, uness the wnd t the o tner
about the or , whch both ta es up tme,
and ha ards the brea ng o the strng,b the
rettng o the se era twsts aganst one ano-
ther.
ow a thc trng s uncommodous sot
sma wor because ha ng a strength and stub bornnes proportonabe to ts s e, t w not
comp cose to a pece o or o sma
Dameter, but w be apt to p about t, un-
ess both Poe and Tread be er strong , and
then, the enter-hoes be not er deep, and
the P es them not er tght, and the Pup
gets aso not er we t, the strength o the
3 trng
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G.
trng w ater the enter-hoes 5 especa
when the wor s upon so t ood, or ese t
w endanger the brea ng the wor n ts wea -
est pace.
5 15. s the eat
Parae to the beeh on the nsde the athe
s tted a eat, about two and an ha nches
s uare, and the whoe ength o the athe ha-
ng an ron Pn astned on ether end the under-
sde o t: t es upon two earers o ood,
that are astened athwart the outer des the egs,
or e e to set t hgher the outer ends o the
hee s, accordng to the heght o the person
that wor s at the athe. These earers reach
an ength so ar nwards, as that the ma be
capabe to bear the eat so ar o rom the
athe, as n the Dameter o the or the n-
tend to Turn n the athe, and aso the bu o
the or man that stands between the athe and
t, ma be contaned.
t s not caed a eat, because t s b 5 but
because the or man paces the upper part o
hs uttoc s aganst t, that he ma stand the
tedder to hs or ,,and conse uent gude
hs oot the rmer and e acter.
The two earers ha e se era oes made n
them, rom wthn s teen nches o the athe,
to the ends o them, that the ron Pns astned
n the ends o the eat, ma be remo ed nearer
or arther o the athe, accordng to the great-
pes or manes o the Dameter o ther or -
a ng thus descrbed the parts o a ommon
athe, sha not oow wth ther other Toos
gsoP
11
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G. 185
11. s Gouges.
G uges are mar ed n Pate . The do
the ce o ore-pans n |o ner , and the
|ac -pans n arpentr , and ea e on to ta e
o the rreguartes the atchets or sometmes
the Draw- n e ea es, a ter the wor s hewed
or drawn prett near a ound wth ether o
them: nd there ore as the ore-pan s made
wth a orner-edge, on to ta e o the rregu-
artes o a oard, so the Gouge that t ma a-
so ta e o the rreguartes or tuberances
that e arthest rom the s o the or , and
aso rame prett near the hoow Modngs re-
ured n the or , precede the moothng- h -
seh. nd that the Gorgema the more com-
modous and e ectua do t, the ade o
ths Too s ormed about ha round to an edge,
and the two e tream ends o ths ha round a
tte soped o towards the mdde o t, that
a sma part about the mdde ma the easer
cut o the promnences that are not concen-
trc to the s, and so brng the or nto a
Method o ormaton.
The hoow edge s ground upon the orner o
a Grnd-stone, whch n short tme wears the out-
sde o that orner to comp and orm wth
the hoow o the Gouge. t s a terwards set
upon a round T oet-stone, that ts the hoow o
the edge, or s somewhat ess. ut the do not
et ther Gouges or h es as tod ou n
umb. 4. 10. the |o ners do or Turwers
Toos beng somewhat unwed , b reason o
ther s e, and ong andes, the a the ade
o the Gouge wth ts con e sde upon the est
o the athe ,and so wth the T bet-stone n ther
rght hand the rub upon the as the Grnd-
stone made, and as the rub, the o ten turn
4 another
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
84 T G.
another part o the hoow o the edge to beat upon the round o the hppe,t the ha e
wth the T et-stone ta en o the roughness o
the Grndstone. these Gouges there are se era s es, .
rom a uarter o an nch, to an whoe nch,
and sometmes or er arge wor ,two nches
o er.
The andes to the e Gouges and ndeed to
a other Turnng Toos are not made as the
andes o |o ners or arpenters Toos are, but
taperng towards the end, and so ong that the
ande ma reach when the use t under
the rm-pt o the w - nan, that he ma
ha e more sta and tedd management o the
Too
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M :
,
The Doctrne o and or s.
pped to the T o T G.
. at h es.
T at h eh are mar ed n
Pate 15. These do the ce o mooth-
ng Pans n |onng and arpentr or
comng a ter the Gouges the cut o
the promnent sngs that the Gouges ea es a-
bo e the hoow.
The edges o these at h es are not ground
to such a as as the |o ners h es are, whch
are made on one o the at des o the h -
es, but are as awa on both the at des -5
so that the edge es between both the des n
the mdde o the Too: nd there ore ether
des o the Too ma nd erent be apped to
the or , whch coud not we be, shoud the
edge e on one o the des o the Too: e-
cause, the shoud app the as de o
the Too to the or , the thc ness o the a-
s woud bear the edge o the Too o : nd
shoud the app that de o the Too the edge
es on to the or , the w t comng about o
the or woud where a sma rreguart o
tu
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
\ 6 T G.
tu shoud happen draw or obb the suddan
edge nto the stu , and so daw t whch
the tu be aread sma enough, woud now
be too sma, because n Turnngs, a rregua-
rtes must be wrought smooth down.
those at hses there are se era s es,
. rom a uarter o an nch, one nch, two
nches, to three nches broad, accordng to the
argneso the or .
These are et wth the het-stone as the Gouges
are, on the o ten turn the Gorgesupon the
round de, because the woud smoothen a the
hoow edge , but these are ad at upon the
est, and wth a at hetstonerubbed on the
ass as the Gorgewas wth the ound.
. oo s.
The oo s mar ed D n Pate . s the
Gouge s used when the or es be ore
the or man, . parae to ts s, and cuts
rght orwards, so the oo s used when the
or stands on the rght or e t sde the wor man, as the at des o oards to be Turned , do
and there ore ths or ma be sad to e ath-
wart ts s. nd the oo s made so as to
cut on the rght or e t sde a oard, and to
ta e o the e tuberances rom the pan o the
oard. ut though ths Too does the ce
o a Gouge, et t s more d cut or a or -
man to use than a Gouge, because t s made
thnner and senderer than a Gouge, that ts edge
cuttng at a greater earng rom the est, ma
the easer come at the tu t wor s upon, and
the arther the edge that cuts es rom the est,
the more d cut t s or a or man to gude
t, because t s then more sub ect to trembe
especa snce as a oresad the edge o the
oo s and must be thnner than the edge o the
Gouge. The e
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G, 187
These Toos, as aso the Gouges, and at- hs-
|gs,are a about ten or twe e nches ong wth-
out the andes.
t The oo s when the want sharpenng cannot
be ground as the Gouges and b es are 5 but
the must be rst so tned n the re and turn-
ed straght, and then brought to an edge, and
b heatng agan red hot turned nto ts orm:
Then must t be hardned and tempered as ou
were taught, umb. 3. so 57, 58. et do not
or men proceed thus wth ther oo e er
tme t grows bunts, but on when the edge
s ether b ong use, or bad Temper, grown so
thc , that ths oowng wa w not hep
them: or the et the outer edge wth a
hetstoneas the do other Toos. ut because
the cannot come at the nner edge o the oo
wth a hetstone,uness the oo be er wde9
and the hetstone er thn, the ma e use o
a pece o Temper d tee, as sometmes the
thn sde o a chse,or the bac o a n eand so wth the edge o the uare, scrape aong
the hoow edge o the oo , and orce the edge
as much to the outsde o the oo as the can-
Thus utchers wear at ther Grdes sma round
ods o tee we tempered and poht, that
the ma wth uc dspatch whet ther n es
upon t, b orcng the edge orwards upon the ade, or pressng down the houder that hn-
ders the edge ntrance or ther tees beng
so we po ht, cannot proper be sad to wear
awa an part o the houder that shoud hn-
der the edge rom dong ts ce,
.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
188 T G.
- s Groo ng oo s, and Groo ng Toos.
T e Groo ng oo s mar ed n Pate ,
and hath ts Tooth o d erent orms, ac-
cordng to the ashon o the Groo e o be made
on the Pan o the oard or sometme ts
Tooth hath a at dge, sometmes a round dge,
sometmes a pont on , and sometmes two
ponts, or other orms as a oresad.
ts whoe ade s made much stronger than
the Gouge and b eh, and hath the sdes o ts
dge more obtuse to ma e t the stronger.
The at Tooh wor the oards at ether to
the Pan o the oard, or to a at Groo e n the
oard,
The ound dge cuts an ha -round hoow n
the oard.
The Pont cuts a ne oow rce or wage
n the at o the oard and beng made Tr-
anguar, hath three dges each, o whch cuts
the dges smooth down that the oo e t on the oard.
The Two-pont Groo ng- oo cuts two ne
hoow rces or wages on the Pan o the
oard.
The Groo ng- ooh do not wor as the oo s
do, or the oo s cut the ood-, but these do
but ndeed crape o the tuberances, or ret
nto the ood, and there ore the are er se-
dom used to so t ood, because ts beng oose,
w not endure scrapng wthout ea ng a
roughness upon the or but hard ood, or
or or the eason con erted w.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G.
. o Mandres. nd . o at Mandres.
M|ndreh are mar ed . 2. 3. 4. n
Pate 1 . There are d erent sorts o Man-
dres, and the s es o them aso d erent, accor-
dng to the s es o the or .
1. road at Mandres mar ed 1. n Pate
15. wth three or more tte ron Pegs, or Ponts
near the erge o ts at: nd these are used
or the Turnng at oards upon. or the bac -
de o a oard paced at upon t, w when
screwed up tght between the P es, b hep o
the rong Par,reman n ts pace and poston,
whst the at de o the or s wor ng
upon.
ehnd the ac sde o ths Mandre and n-
deed a other Mandres s tted a ong han s
or ower, or the trng to be wound about
whe the or s Turnng. Ths ower must
be so arge n Dameter, that the trng wound
about t ma command the or about.
the or be arge and hea , the ower must
be bgger than the or be ght or eso the
trng w not command t about: ut the
Dameter o the ower be smaer, the wor
comes so much sw ter about The ower must
aso be so ong between ts houders, that t ma
con enent contan so man Dameters o the
trng as ha be necessar to wnd about t.
Ths whoe Mandre s mar ed 1. n Pate
15. a. The ound at, or ace, o the Mandre
b. The ower. c c The houders o the ower,
ddd The Pegs.
5 2. o Pn-Mandres.
2 ndres are made wth a ong wooden han to t st nto a round hoe that
s made n the or that s to be Turned. Ths
Mandre
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
:9o T G.
Mandre s caed a shan ,or Pn-Mandres and
s mar ed 2. n Pate 15. nd the hoe
the han s to t nto be er nas and the
or to be astened on t prett hea , then
Turners asten a round ron hat , or Pn, o
the s e o the oe t s to be tted n-
to, and asten ther or upon t. These
Mandres wth ron han s are used b Turnners
that Turn obbns, or such e or : ecause
a ooden han to t the sma oe though the
wor woud not be strong enough to carr the
wor about.
5 3. oow-Mandre
3. TT ere s another ort o Mandres caed o
ow Mandres, descrbed 3. Pate 15. t
s both a oow-Mandres and aso used to Turn
hoow or n t. Ths Mandre hath but one
enter-hoe beongng to t, . at the ower
end or ec but t hath a han s whch sup-
pes the ce o another enter-hoe, a the
hoow, h the han s or c .The oow s
made so wde, that the or ntended to be
Turned hoow n t ma t er st nto t, and
so deep that t ma contan the ntended or .
hen t s used, t s ptcht upon the enter
at the arther end o the ower, and hath ts
han put nto one o the oes o the |ont-
aer descrbed n Pate 13. g. G. that w best
t t 5 whch oe standng drect aganst the
P e n the hnder Puppet, and rece ng the
han nto t, gudes the Mandre about, as t
were ptcht upon two enters: nd the or
beng orced st nto the oow o ths Man
dre, w be carred about wth t, e posng the
ore-sde o the wor bare and ree rom the
|o nt- oer, and not mpeded b p es rom
comng at the wor t so that wth the oo
Groo ng
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G. 9t
Groo ng- oo , Gouge, or at- h se accord-
ng as our wor re ures, ou ma come at t
to Turn our ntended orm.
oow Mandres are aso ed n oers that
open not wth a |o nt /but then the pnde s
made o ron, and hath a crew ust at ts end, upon whch s screwed a oc wth an hoow,
n t, made t to rece e the wor st nto t.
4. the crew-Mandre.
4. other sort o Mandre s caed the
| crew-Mandres and s mar ed 4. n
Pate 15. a the ower o the Mandre, b. the
han s or crew, s made o ron, ha ng ts
two ends ound, and n the mdde between the
ound ends a uare, the ength o the ower,
and ths uare s tted st nto a uare-hoe
made through the mdde o the ower that t
turn not about n the uare-hoe. n each at-
end o ths ron han , or pnde, s made a
enter-hoe, wheren the P es o the Puppets are
ptcht when ths Mandre s used. Ths ron
han , or s, must be made er straght, and
ought to be turned upon the two enter-hoes
or e actness because on one o the round ends,
or sometmes on both, a crew, or ndeed se e-
ra crews o se era Dameters s made, That
crew ne t the end o the han s the smaest,
. about three uarters o an nch o er, and
ta es up n ength towards the mdde o the
han , about an nch, or an nch and an ha
and so ar rom the end o the han t s o
an e ua Dameter a the wa 3 and on ths por-
ton o the shan s made a Mae-screw o the
nest Thread. The ne t nch and ha wrought
as be ore hath another Mae-screw but about
ha a uarter o an nch more n Dameter than
the ormer, and hath ts Threads courser, no-
ther
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
9 T G.
ther nch and ha hath ts Dameter st gre
ter, and ts Threads et courser. nd thus ou
ma ma e the han as ong as ou w, that
ou ma ha e the more aret o s es or
crews.
The e orts o Mandres are made or the ma-
ng o crews to o es, and ther ds, as sha
be shewed n the ne t Paragraph.
oc ets, or hoc s, beongng to the
crew-Mandre.
T ths crew-Mandre beongs b man oc ets
as there are se era s es o screwson the
han . The are mar ed n Pate 1 . a
the oc et or hoc : bb, the ooden Pn, c the
ta , d d the otch to p o er the Mae-screw.
These oow oc ets ha e emae- crews n
them, made be ore the otch to p o er the
Mae-screw o the crew-Mandre s cut. The
manner o ma ng emaescrews s taught umb.
2. so 29, 30, 31. on nstead o a Tap used
there ou use the se era and d erent s es o
crew smade on the crews-Mandre to do the
ce o a Tap nto each respect e oc ets
whch oc ets beng on made o hard ood,
t w eas per orm, though the han , or
s be but ron.
There ore as a oresad to each o the Mae-
screws on the crew-Mandre s tted such a
oc et, that ou ma chuse a Thread ourser or
ner as ou pease but ths emae-screw s
open, or hath a otch on one de o t, that t
ma p o er the Mae-screw, and the Threads
o each other t nto each others Groo es h and
when the are thus tted to one another, the
urther or open de o the Mae-screw s gdged
n, or pnned on the emae-screw wth a wooden
Pn thrust through two opposte oes, made
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G. 93
or that purpose n the hee so the wooden
oc ets, that t sha e not.
hen the Tredde comes down n wor ng,
and the oc et s tted on ts proper crew, and
pnn d st upon t, and the ta hed down to
the est o the athe, then w the oc et, and
conse uent the ta sde arwards upon the
Mate-screws b that a Too hed stead on an
part o the ta , and apped to the out or n-
sde o our or , that Toos pont w de-
scrbe and cut a crew, whose Thread sha be
o the ame neness that the crew and the
han s o . / oers.
TT e e are se era a hon d o ers - s the
|o nt- oer mar ed G, the ound- otter mar-
ed , and the otter mar ed , n Pate 13.
The |o nt- oer s made o two ron hee s
mar ed h b, whch mo ng upon a |ont c at
the ottom, ma be set cose together, or ese
opened as the two n des o the |o t- ue ar-
penters use to do. n the nner dge o each
hee s ormed as man ha -round hoes or
em-crces as ou pease, or the ength o the
hee s w con enent admt: These emcr-
ces are made o d erent Dameters, that the
ma t the han s or ec s, o d erent s d
Mandres: nd these em-crces must be made
so e act aganst each other on the edges o the
hee s, that when the two hee s mo ng upon
ther |o nt are capt cose together, the em-
crces on both the hee s sha become a per- sect: round hoe, or crcum erence.
ear the top o one o these hee s s astn cd
wth, a enter-pn, a s uare ron oer mar ed
, wth a sma ande to t mar ed e. Ths
s uare oer s made to contan the breadth o
both
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
94 T G.
both the hee s when the are shut together
and to hod them so ast together, that the
sha not start assunder and et s made so t5
that t ma p o and on both the hee s.
Ths |c nt- oer ma ser e to do the ce o
the other two oers, and ts one partcuar -
ce too: et to sa e the harge o the prce o
ths Too, Turners sedom use them, but ma e
sh t wth ether o the other, or sometmes wth
a hoe made n a oard on : ut ts partcuar
ce s to hod a Mandre, whose ec s t-
ted to one o ts oes, and the wor the are
to Turn s re ured to stand out ree rom the
outer at o the hee s o the oer, the better
to come at t wth the Too 5 ch as are deep
o es, or deep ups, t .
mecha-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M :
,
The Doctrne o nd - or s.
pped to the T o T G.
the Mwh
T Mam s mar ed n Pate 13. The
gure o t there s Deserpton u -
. | cent: ts ce s to noc and un
noc the edge n the Puppets and to noc
upon the bac o the ewng n e, when the
spt ther ood or ther or . The |o ne s
Maet woud supp the ce o ths Too 5,
but use has made the Maw mote hand or
them: esdes when one s batter d to sh ers,,
the can uc , o a hump o ood5 ac commodate themse es wth another.
. the atchet, Draw- n e and
ea ng- n e
The atchet s mar ed n Pate 4. t s o
the ame ort that |o ners use-, whch
descrbed umb. 25. and there ore re er ou
thther. nd the Drew- n e s descrbed n
umb. 7: , Pate 8. mar ed . The ea ng-
ht e mar ed M n Pate 13, needs no other De-
scrpton than that gure.
0 o
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
6
T G.
. o t hoppng- oc .
T e hoppng- oc s mar ed n Pate 13
t s made o a pece o m-Tree paced
wth ts Gran upwards and downwards as t
grew. t hath three eges n t, that stand
tradng out rom the undersde o the oc to
the oor, and o such an heght, as the or -
man ma ha e most ommand o the or .
ee the gure. ometmes Turnners use nstead
o t, a pece o the Trun o a Tree, o about
a oot and an ha , or two oot, n ength rom
the, Ground, or more ores.
the appers.
T e appers s mar ed n Pate 15. s
common ompasses descrbed umb. 6.
32. are or measurng Dstances upon a pan
uper ces -0 so appers measure the dstance o
an round ndrc onca od , ether n
ther tremt , or an part ess than the -
tream: o that when or men use them, the
open the two ponts a a to ther descrbed wdths
and Turn 16 much stu o the ntended pace,
t the two ponts o the appers t ust o er
ther or so sha ther or sha e ust the
Dameter n that pace, as s the dstance be. tween the two ponts o the appers, be t
ether eet or nches, c.
. the Dr- ench.
TT ere s et another Too, or rather a Machne
used b some Turnners caed a Dr- ench
t s descrbed n Pate 14. a a a a a thc oard,
about three nches thc , e nches broad, and
eghteen nches ong, b b two tes paced to-
wards ether end, and astened uprght. n the
hthermost te s a oht decrbed 7. and
Pate
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G. 97
Pate 13. . or an o the other otters: nd
n the urther te s tted a s uare at tempe-
red pece o tee ha ng a enter-hoe n the
mdde o t, and s paced ust aganst the en-
ter or mdde pont o the oe o the otter,
c,c the ower, whose hther end s Turned awa ,
so as t ust t nto the otter, and at the urther
end o t, t hath a temper d tee Pn, to be
paced n the enter-hoe: nd n the mdde o
the hther end o t, t hath a Percer- t atned
straght n, so that t e n a true straght ne,
wth the s o the ower. these owm
the ha e se era, and ts o d erent s es t-
ted nto them, that upon a occasons the ma
chuse one to t ther purpose.
n the under-sde, about the mdde o the
ench, s tted and astened athwart t a s uare
ron oer, deep enough to reach through the
hee s o the athe, and so much deeper as t ma rece e a ooden edge, such a one as be-
ongs to one o the Puppets: nd b the orce
and strength o the edge, the whoe Dr-bench
s drawn down and a tned athwart the hee s o
the athe.
hen t s used, t stands athwart the hee s
o the athe as a oresad wth the pont or
end o the t towards ou and then the trng
beng turned twce or thrce about the ower,
w wth Treadng on the Tredde turn the
ower and ts t orcb about, and cause t
to enter sw t nto a pece o ood that sa
be prest orwards upon the s.
hen the use t, the hod the pece o
ood the ntend to Dr, or Perce, ast n
both ther ands, rght be ore them, and press
t orwards upon the Percer- t so that b ts
runnng about, t cuts a straght round hoe nto she ood o what ength the pease
3 ut
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
98 T G,
ut whe the Poe s rsng a ter e er Treads
the press not aganst the Percer- t, so that t
s dsengaged rom dong ts ce n the ood 5
but n that whe, the nmb g e the ood
a turn n ther hands,: o about one thrd part o
ts rcum erence - whch ma es the t er suc-
cess e Tread, go the str ghter through the md-
de o the ood: nd thus the reterate Treads
and eep the ood turnng n ther ands, t
the t s enter d deep enough
Thus much o the Toots used n common Turn-
rng: sha proceed to the or ng a Pattern
or two n o t ood whch beng we under-
stood, ma render a Practce capabe o most
common or , . . . -
. Turnng a nder n so t adThe so t ood Turners se s common e-
ther Mape, der, rch, eech, m a
r, c, and or some partcuar purposes each
o these orts are best. s The rst Pattern we purpose sha be a n-
der two nches o er, and eght nches ongs
There ore ou must chuse a pece o ood
est two nches and a uarter o er, est ou want
tu to wor upon: a , our tu pro e
sa en, or otherwse unsound, or our enter
be not er e act ptcht, ou ma want et
more: tu , and that accordng as t pro es
more or es aut , or as the enters are more
une ua ptcht. ut supposng the tu good2
ou ma ta e a pece o two nches and a uar-
ter, o er, as ad be ore, and about ten or ee-
en nches ong. or though the ength o the
nder be but eght nches, et ou must cut
our tu ong enough to ma e a Groo e at
one end o t besdes, or the trng to run n.
| our tu ,be somewhat too bg or our
, - cant
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G.
199
cantn, and not round enough to go nto the
athe,, ou must em t prett near wth the
atchet to ma e t s abe, and a terwards
moothen t nearer wth a Draw- n e, as ou
were taught, umb. 7. 5.
ut ou ha e not tu at hand near our
s e, then ou must aw o our ength rom a
et, or some other pece o tu , and wth the
ea ng- n e and the Mag,spt t nto a s uare
pece near the s e, and wth the Draw- n e
round o the dges to ma e t t or the athe.
Then et our Puppets, and wedge them rght
up, so as the Ponts o our p es stand prett
near the ength o our or assundcr, and
mo e the Poe, so as the end o t ma hang o-
er between the P es, and aso t the ron Pn
n the Tredde nto a proper oe n the ross-
Tredde, b as the end o the Tredde ma draw
the strngbeow the or nto prett near a
straght ne wth the strng abo e the or 1
nd ta e the or n our ght and, and put t be ond the trng be ore ou, and wth
our e t and wnd the trng beow the or ,
but once about the or , est t shoud be too
strong or our shaow enters, as ou sha
understand b and b , and then wth a prett
strength pres the mdde o one end o our
or o er the Pont o one o the P es, and so
ma e a hoe n our or or one o the en-
ter hoes: Then screw our P e wder or coser,,
accordng as the ength o our or re ures3
and ptch the other end o our or upon the
other P e aso, and screw our or a tte
ght up: Then tr how the enters are ptcht,
b Treadng the Tredde ght down and
ou nd the enters are we ptcht, ou ma
wthout more ado screw up our or tght
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
2oo T G,
ut our enters, or ether o them be not
we ptcht, ou must ater them. ou ma
|aow when the are we ptcht, b treadng
so t upon our Tredde, and hodng our n-
ger stedd on the est, drect the pont o t
prett cose to the or : or n a e ou-
ton o our or , ts ut-sde eeps t an e ua
dstance rom the end o our nger, ou ma
concude our or s we ptcht. ut ou
nd one de o our or comes nearer our
nger than the other de, ou must wth our
at hse, or Gouge, or what s nearest at hand
noc so t , or hard, upon that de that comes
nearest to our nger, t ou ha e sored the,
P es nto the true enters at the end o our
or and then ou ma bod screw t hard
up: ut ou must be ure to screw t hard up
because t s so t ood ou purpose to wor up-
on, and the strength o the Poe ma endanger
the drawng or remo ng the enters, the P es
ha e not good hod o them.
a ng ound our enters,. ta e our or
agan o the P es, and wnd the trng once or
twce more about our or , that our trng
as ad n umb. 10. . when wrote o the
trng ma the better command t, and then
wnd o or no more trng at the end o out
Poe, or end o our Tredde, or both, our
or re ure t, t the Poe draws the Tredde
up a tte abo e ha the ength o the egs o
the athe. or about the heght our eg ma
wthout sudden tr ng, command the Poe down agan.
ut be ore ou begn to wor upon the tu , sha n orm ou how to Tread the Tredde, n
whch ou ma obser e ths Genera ues That
the nearer the ore-end o the Tredde ou Tread
the easer ou brng down the Poe but the
she
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G. 201
the Poe n ts prng rases our eg the hgher,
and ma draw the upper sde o the our Thgh
aganst the undersde o the hee o the athe,
and wth reterated sngs Gaw, and aso tre
our Thgh.
Pace there ore our oot stedd upon the
Tredde, so ar orward as ou can to a od the
Poes rsng rom drawng our Thgh aganst the
undersde o the athe and Tread the Treade
nmb down, but not ute so ow as to noc
aganst the oor: Then abate the weght o our
Tread, and et the Poe draw the Tredde up, but
u eep our oot stedd , and ght earng
upon the Tredde: or then our succeedng
Treads w pro e easer to our eg and Thgh,
and ou w wth our oot the better and
uc er command the Tredde. Then Tread a-
gan nmb down as be ore, and eep ths tran
o Treadng t our or be nshed, or that
ou ma ha e occason to stop and e ame how
rght ou proceed.
n a sma or the Tread s ght and
nmb per ormed but n arge and hea wor
the Tread comes sow and hea down.
Ths beng premsed, ou ma begn wth our
Gouge a the round sde o t upon the est,
and ta e the ande o t n our ght and,
and a the ore and Mdde ngers o our
e t and upon the oow o the Gouge near
the or , mountng the dge about a uarter
o an nch abo e the s o our or , and
n ng our ght and a tte , or n ths
poston the Gouge cuts best: nd thus cut down
on our or near one end, a Groo e or our
trng to run n: The Groo e ma be about an
nch, or an nch and an ha ong but t mat-
ters not much what depth. Then p our
trng nto the Groo e, and ou nd the trng
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
202 T G.
w not p eas , ou ma put our oot un-
der the Tredde and t: t a tte up, that the
strng when no weght s hanged to t, ma sde
the easer nto the Groo e.
nd b the wa ou ma ta e notce, that
the deeper ou cut down the Groo e,the o tner
w our or come about e er Tread be-
cause the trng that comes down e er Tread,
measure a sma rcum erence o tener than t
does a greater rcum erence: ut then the wor
s not so strong carred about because t hath
a esser porton o the trng to command t. Ths
hnt, not that n ths our sma proposed Pat-
tern t s er consderabe: or ou on cut
the Groo e down but so ow as there ma be a
houder at the end, and another aganst the
or , to eep the strng rom ppng out o
the Groo e, t w be su cent: ut n hea
or ths Groo e ought to be cut wth d
creton.
ow come to the ormng o our or ,
and hod our Gouge, as ou were taught be ore,
but somewhat ght aganst our or , begn-
nng at one end, and sdng our Gouge gradu-
a to the other, cuttng wth ts dge a the
wa ou go, and bearng somewhat st aganst
the or e er Tread ou ma e on the Tredde:
nd wthdrawng t agan a tte ght rom
the wor e er prng o the Poe. nd thus b
e ou must habtuate our se to et the edge
o our Too bear upon the or when the Poe
and Tredde comes down, and to draw t bac
ust o the or , as the Poe and Tredde goes
up. nd thus ou must contnue t ou ha
ro gh-wrought a our wor rom end to end.
ou ha e not at rst brought our or
cean that s, ou ha e not gone deep e-
rough wth our Gouge to ta e o a the -
sngs
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G, 2o
sngs o the tu the Draw- n e e t, e en wth
the smaest part o our wor , ou must n
e manner as be ore wor t o er agan. ut
ou must ha e a speca are ou ta e not too
much tu awa on an part o the whoe
or : or ths proposed Pattern beng a o n-er0 ou ta e but a sma matter to much a-
wa rom an part, and ma e t smaer than
our g en measure there, the whoe or w
he spoed, as beng smaer than the proposed
Dameter , whch to now, ou ma b open-
ng the Ponts o our appers to two nches
on our ue the proposed Dameter o our
nde tr the Ponts at that dstance w
ust p o er the deepest Groo es o our or
or we w not suppose that the Groo es are
o an e ua depth wth the ough-wor ng o
the Gouge wthout stranng the |ont, or then
our or s ust s eabe: not, wor o er
agan as be ore, c. ut we w now suppose
ou ha e not ta en too much awa , but ha e
made a due process wth our Gouge. There ore
now proceed, and use a at hses about an
nch and. an ha broad, to ta e o the rregu-
artes the Gouge e t.
. Ta e the ande o t n our ght and, as
ou dd the Gouge and castsng the ade o t
n our e t and9 ean t stedd upon the est,
hodng the dge a tte asant o er the or ,
so as a orner o the thn sde o the hse ma
bear upon the est, and that the at sde o the
hse ma ma e a sma nge wth the est,
and conse uent wth the or whch s pa-
rae to the est or shoud ou set the edge o
the hse parae to the or , t mght run too
ast nto the or , and daw t. There ore ou
must set the hse n such a poston, that the
owe . oner, or near the ower orner o the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
2o4 T G.
edge, ma cut ght upon the or : ut ths
poston s best descrbed b a gure, whch to
that purpose ha e nserted n Pate 14, at ,
where ou ma perce e n, or near, what pos-
ton the hse must be set to cut the wor and how the edge o the chsea b ng asant
the or , and the urther orner o the edge o
the hse h beng somewhat mounted, as the
or comes about, the ottom, or near the
ottom, o the edge o the hse s on capa-
be to cut a narrow ha ng o the or : nd
ust n ths manner ou must eep the hse
stedd bearng upon the or , as the Poe comes
down, and wthdrawng t rom the or as the
Poe prngs up as ou were taught to use the
Gouge and at the same tme sdng t orwards
rom one end o the or to the other, t t be
brought down a the wa to ts true Dameter
between the ponts o the apers: or then a
straght uer apped to our or , the outsde
o our purposes nder w be ormed.
n the ends must be cut down s uare to the
ength : There ore open the ponts o our om-
pastes to the dstance o eght nches on our
ue, and prc that dstance hard o t upon our
or , that the ponts o our omposes ma
ea e sbe mar s, b pacng one pont as near
one end as ou can, to ea e tu enough to cut
straght down a the wa that s, to cut t
s uare down at rght nges wth the outsde o
the or . hch to do, ou must hod the
ande o the at hse n our ght and
as be ore and casp the ade o . t n our
e t, and a one o the thn sdes o t upon the
est, so that the edge ma stand uprght, or e-
r near uprght aganst the or . Then sn
our ght and somewhat beow the e e o
the est, that the ower orner o the edge o
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G.
205
the hse ma mount, and beng thrust stedd
aganst the or , ust n the mar one Pont o
the omposes made, Tread the Tredde, and cut
a prett deep rce nto the tu . ut ou \
must ha e a care ou do not drect the cuttng .
orner o the h se nwards, but rather out-
wards, est ou ma e the end hoow nstead o
at: or ou do ta e o too tte at rst, ou ma b degrees cut t down to a at a ter-
wards. s ou cut deeper nto the tu , ou
must turn the at o the h se and wth t cut
down the houder ust at the end on the out-
de the mar , or ee that ma hnder the or-
ner o the edge o the h se or comng at the
or .
ote, That ou hod not the edge o the
h se tru be ore the or , but drect t n-
wards, and ou hod t not er stead , and
ha e a good gudance o t, the uc comng
about o the or , ma draw the edge o the
chsento t nwards and run a daw on hn-der e the Groo es o a screw and so spo our or : or beng once brought to the true
ee, ou cannot a terwards ta e an more o to
ceanse t, t c.
The other end must be cut down as ths.
14-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T rr 14. Turnng at oards.
our oard be thc enough, ou ma bear a round oe n the mdde o t and turn
a Mandre wth a Pn a er tte Taperng, to
t hard and st nto the round oe: nd
the oe and Pn be proportonabe n s e to the
weght o the oard, the Pn w carr t about,
ut ou must be er care u the oe be board-
ed e act straght through the mdde, and not
ncnng on ether sde the oard, more to an
part o the erge than to another but that the
mdde o the oe be e act the enter o the
oard the whoe thc ness through. Ths Pn-
Mandre s descrbed umb. 11. 6. and Pate
13.
our oard be not thc enough to be ast-
ned upon a Pn-Mandres or that our or w
not admt o an oe to be bored through the
mdde o t, ou ma use the at-Mandre de
scrbed Pate 13. 2. nd then ou must wth
our ompasses nd the enter on the bac sde o
the ound oard wth se era pro ers need re ure t ou ha e ound t, and prc there
an oe or a mar : Then open the ponts o
our omposes to about the thc ness o a h-
ng wder than the emdameter o the at-
Mandre and wth the ponts o our ompa ses
at that dstance descrbe a rce on the bac -
de o the oard to be turned, b pacng one
oot n theprc -mar ,and turnng about the other
oot. ths rce ou ma ptch the enter o
the oard e act upon the enter o the at-
Mandre: or the ponts o the ompares beng
opened about the thc ness o a hng wder
than the emdameter o the at-Mandre: w
ben
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G. 207
when ou ha e ptcht the enter o the oard
n the enter o the Mandre pace the outer
7erge o the Mandre the thc ness o a h-
ng round about wthn the rce descrbed on
he the bac sde o the oard: nd when t s
hus ptcht, ou ma , b a ng the oard at
down, noc upon the ower end o the Man-
. re/, and dr e the Pegs n the at o the Man-
re nto the oard, and so hod t stead upon
:he Mandre: Then nd the enter on the ore-
de o the oard aso, as ou were taught to
nd the enter on the bac sde, and put our
oard and Mandre upon the P es o the P p-
and screw them hard up, as ou ha e been
aught be ore.
ometmes Turners use ths at-Mandre wth-
out Pegs, and then the cha the at sde o t
er we, and cap the bac sde o the oard to
t, whch w the oard to be Turned be
not too hea , but be we screwed up between
the P es eep the oard stedd rom ppng
rom ts dsposton, t ou wor t.
n gong about o our or ou nd t
abbe that s, that one sde o the at ncne
ether to the ght or e t and, ou mut wth
so t ows o an ammer, or other Too at
hand, et t to rght, and then agan screw t
hard up: or so o ten as ou thus str e upon
the erge to et the oard true, ou orce the
tee pont o the P e more or ess accordng
to the so tness o the ood towards that sde
o the erge ou str e upon and there ore ou
ma perce e a reason or screwng up the P e
b o t as ou noc upon the outer erge o the
oard.
ut we w nowupposo the oard we ptcht
and astned on the Mandre and enter there-
ore ta e the de- est descrbed n . umb.
10.5
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
o T G.
10. T and Pate 8 . at the gure e, and g5
and t t b nto the athe, as the upper edge o
t ma stand range, or parae to the de o the
oard ou are to wor upon, and s, wedge t
hard up.
ow ou must come to use the oo , de-
scrbed umb. 12. . and Pate 15. or ths
Too s most commodous to ser e ou nstead
o the Gouge, when the or stands athwart the
P es because the end o the ade o ths
Too beng on ts at sde turned nto a rcu-
ar gure, and that rcuar gure turned a
tte bac wards, one o the dges o ths r-
cuar gure w con enent though the
Too be not hed straght be ore the or
come at an part o the at o the oard, and
b b the rcuaton o the oard aganst the
dge o the oo , cut o ts rreguar tube-
rances.
n the usng o ths Too, ou must pace the
end o the ande under our rm-pt, and hod
our e t and on the upper de o the ade
o the Too cose to the est, and our ght
and rcose besdes our e t and under the
Too, and wth both our hands casp the Too
hard, and pres t stedd upon the est, and at
the ame tme hod t aso stedd , and et ght-
bearng aganst the or , that b the sw t comng about o the or t draw not the dge
o the thn and tender ade o the oo nto
t.
ou must not hod the ade o ths Too per-
pendcuar be ore the or , . parae to
the P es, but asant, so as somewhat abo e the
mdde o the on e o the oo ma touch
aganst the or . ou ma begn at the erge,
and so a se era Groo es cose b one another
ta
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G 09
t ou come to the enter: ut ou must ob
er e as was ad be ore n the nder that
ou a a our Groo es o an e ua depth nto
the oard: or ou a one deeper than the
rest, and an oow ma not proper be n that
pace, ou must agan go o er our wor wth
our oo , to wor that daw out: nd then
perhaps our oard ma be made too thn or
ts ntended purpose. ut ths ra t o the
and must be ac ured wth some contnued
se and Practce, whch w better n orm our
|udgment what rrours ou ma be sub ect to
commt, than man words though sgn cant
upon ths Doctrne. nd ths m sure ound,
when rst practsed upon Turnng.
a ng thus wth the oo rough-pan d the
oard or ths oo does n Turnng the ce
o a ore-pan n |o ner ou must use the Tr-
anguar Groo ng Too, descrbed n Turnng ,
Pate . and wth one o ts dges moothen
down the rdges the oo e t on the oard.
ut our or re ure an Modng near
the erge, or an other part o t, ou must
wor that Modng as near as ou can wth the
oo , especa where oows are re ured, or that cuts aster and smoother than an other
Too, and most art ca orms an oow.
a at be to be ad n the oard, ou must
rst use the Tranguar Pont Too, and wth t
str e so man Threds as the breadth o the at
re ures, and a each Thred amost so deep
nto the oard as ou ntend the at sha bes
nd a terwards to moothen t down, ou must
use the at Groo ng Too, or a at h se
and wth ether o them nsh the at to ts
ntended Depth and readth. nd where a
ne Thred, or rce, s to be ad n the oards
P ou
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
2o urnng.
ou must use the Trangubr Pont Too nd
thus as ou occason, ou must accommo-
date our se wth a Too apt and proper or
our purpose, . such a Too as w most
con enent come at, and rom the ntended
or ,
M
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
211
M :
,
The Doctrne o and - cr s.
pped to the T o T G.
. Turnng ard ood, and or .
the ood be er hard, as bon , gnum
ta or t be or , one, or orn the
are to Turn the nether use the ame
Toos the do or so t ood5 because
ther edge s to tender: or do the use ther
other Toos as the do so t ood. or the
Toos made or ard ood are made wth a
stronger Pont, dge, c. than the are or so t,
as was ad n Turnng 5. nd the use them
d erent , because or Turnng o t ood,
the hod the dge o the Gorgeand at hp
e, at some consderabe Dstance rom the est,
mountng the dge at such an nge as w best
cut o rom the or , as a great hp as the
can, or desre. nd as the Turn the or
smaer, the gude the b e to oow the
or : ut or ard ood, the rase the est
near the or onta Pan o the s o the
or , settng t as cose as con enent the
can to ther wor , and a ther Too at and
P 2 tedd
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G.
sedd upon the est whch beng hard hed n
ths poston, does b the comng about o
the or , cut or tear o a the tuberances
the Too touches n the sweep o the or . o
that as sad be ore as n Turnng so t ood
the Too does somewhat oow the or n
Turnng hard ood the or comes to the Too:
nd there ore ou ma rperce e a great reason
t n one sweep o the or be thrust nearer
the s n an pace, t woud there ta e o
more than t shoud.
a ng prepared the or t or the
athe, ether wth ewng, or as some ard
oods and or ma re ure, wth aspng,
the ptch t between the P es, as be ore has
been shewn, or such or as t ma be, as
o es, and genera a oow or , the t
nto otters, ether b screwng the Mandre on an
ron s 5 or ttng t wth ome other o the
Mandres descrbed n Turnng 6. as s proper
or t: s sometmes the t the or tght n-
to an oow Mandre, and the tght ttng n
hods t whst t s wor ng upon: nd some-
tmes, the or be er thn, the t on
a at Mandre wth ements ut the are a
wa s ether to chuse one o the Mandres descr-
bed aread n Turnng 6. or ese contr e
as the o ten do some other Mandre con e-
nent to the opportunt that accdenta ther
usness ma re ure. or the or whether
t be ptcht on the P es, or tted nto oow
Mandres, or otherwse must run er stead and tght.
ut ha ng thus tted t nto the athe, the
begn to wor wth the harp-ponted Groo ng
Too or ese wth the Tranguar Groo ng Too,
shoud
and
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G. 3
and wth the pont o ether o these Toos brea
the Gran o the ood, b a ng sma Groo es
upon ts ur ace, t the ha e prett we
wrought awa tuberances, and brought the
or toerab near an ntended shape, b
streghtnng, hoowng, and ea ng sngs n
ther se era proper paces.
terwards wth edg d Groo ng Toos o a pro-
per readth, the cut down and smoothed awa
the tuberances e t b the harp-ponted Groo-
ng Too,or the Tranguar Groo ng Too, and
brng the or nto a per ect shape. hch
done, the smoothen the wor wth the dge o
a pece o a ade o a bro en n e, bas d a-
wa , b oowng the or wth t: That s,
hodng the bas d dge o the n e cose aganst
the or whe t comes about: or then ts
sharp dge scrapes or sha es o the tte rough-
ness the grosser Toos e t upon the or .
ast , the hod ether a pece o ea-s n
or Dutch eeds whose outer n or me
somewhat ne cuts prett hard aganst the
or , and so ma e t smooth enough to posh.
ard ood the posh wth ees-wa , .
b hodng ees-wa aganst t, t t ha e a -
cent toucht t a o er and press t hard n-
to t b hodng hard the edge o a at pece o
hard ood made s abe and sutabe to the
or the wor upon, as the or s gong a-
bout. Then the set a Goss on t wth a er
dr ooen ag, ght smear d wth aa

ut or the posh wth ha and ater,
and a terwards dr t wth a ooen as , and
a ght touch o aa whch at ast the
rub o agan wth a dr ooen ag, and so
et a Goss on t,

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
24 T G.
there be a crew to be made upon the thn
dge o an or , or ard ood, or rass o ,
the use the crew-Mandre, and ts oc et, de-
scrbed n Turnng 6. 4- and 5. as s shewn at
the atter end o that ecton.
. Turnng ong and sender or
o or .
me Turners to hew ther De tert n Turn
bg, and ma e others that now not the wa
how t s done admre ther , Turn ong and
sender prgs o or , as sma as an a -sta ,
and perhaps a oot or more ong: hch per-
orm the cut a pece o or to ts ntended
ength, but strong enough to bear wor ng t
the brng t to as sma a nder as the can
whch beng thus orwarded, the pace a |ont
oer as s descrbed n Turnng 7. made
sma and t or ther purpose, ust n the mdde
o ther or : n that ther or ma ear
at a smaer ength, and conse uent be stronger
or beng thus supported whe t s Turned et
smaer. Then the pace other oers between
the P es, and the mdde oer, and Turn the
whoe nder ender et. nd thus b pacng
oers where e er the nd the or buc e,
the as a oresad wth harp Toos, tender
touches, somewhat a oose and ne trng, wea
ow, and great care and dgence wor the whoe
nder down as sma as the st, ether wth
Modngs, or other or upon t, as best es
them.
The properest athe to Turn ths sender or
, s the Turn- ench descrbed 18. Pate 16.

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G.
s the rasers athe and Turnng
Toos 5 and ther manner o usng them.
rasers that Turn ndrons, Pots, ettes
0 . ha e ther athe made d erent rom
the ommon Turners athe, as ou ma ee n
Pate 16. at , where the hee s, Puppets and
ests, c. are much stronger and the P es stron-
ger and onger than those the common Turners
use. Ther dge Toos whch the ca ooh
are aso o a d erent shape, as the gures o
them descrbed at , 2, 3. n the sad
Pate shew, as beng bent bac wards and orwards
towards the cuttng end, somewhat e an t, nd as the common Turners wor wth a round
trng made o Gut, as hath been descrbed
n Turnng 1. 5 |4- ra er wor wth a
at eather Thong, whch wrappng cose and
tght about the ower o ther Mandre, com-
mands t the easer and more orcab about
Ther Thong runs between the hee s o the
athe,
The whoe athe, and ts parts, are made so
strong, because the Matter the Turn beng Met-
ta, s much hea er than ood, and conse-
uent wth orcabe comng about, woud
the athe were ght ma e t trembe, and so
spo the or as hath been ad be ore.
The reason wh the oo s so turned bac
wards, and agan orwards, towards the end, s, that the ma the better drect the dge o t as
much beow the or onta Pan o the P es as
the st, the better n man cases to come at
the or : or contrar to o t ood, ard
ood and or Turners, the awa s dp the
end o ther oo beow the est, that so the
oo restng er stead upon the est, and aso
aganst one o the ron Pns standng uprght n
P 4 the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
6 T G.
the est, and hed er stead orwards to the
or , the strong comng about o the or a-
ganst the strong dge o the oo , scrapes o
the e tuberant Mette ng n that weep.
need no urther descrbe the athe, and other
Toos thatbeong to rasers Turnngs or more
o the manner o usng them because, b the
whoe proceedng D course, these rguments
are arge and su cent handed-, especa
consderng ha e g en ou the gures o them
n Pate 16. as a oresad.
n , ther wa o whettngther Toos beng
d erent rom the hettng o other Turnng Toos,
sha e somewhat to: or the het ther
oo supon a broad at ate, hodng the oo
amost perpendcuar, that the as o ts dge
ma comp wth the at o the ate-, wth
caspng the upper end o the ande n ther e t
hand to o ean the hea er on t, and cutchng
the han o the ade near the oohen n the
rght hand, to gude t: nd thus wth ptte,
or ate , rub orwards and bac wards on the
ate, t the ha e starpned the dge o the
oo , ut t be a round end oo the whet,
the chuse a Groo e n the ate t to comp wth
the round edge o the oo or the ha e d -
erent s ed Groo es n the ate or that purpose
and so n t rub orwards and bac wards as a ore-
sad.
. Turnng ma or o/ rass, or
other Mette.
ma or n Metta s Turned n an ron athecaed a Turn-bench- The gure o t s de-
scrbed n Pate 16. at . when the use t the
crew t n the haps o a e, and ha ng tted
ther or upon a sma ron s, wth a Dr,| am tted upon a s uare han at the end o
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G. 27
the s ne t the e t hand, the wth a Dr-
tow and Dr- rng carr t about, as was shewn
n mthng so 6. wth ths d erence, that when
a oe s dred n a pece o Metta, the hod
the Dr-bow n ther ght and but when
the Turn ma or , the hod the Dr-bow
n ther e t and, and wth ther ght and
use the Too, whch s common a Gra er7 or
sometmes a cupter, t to such Modngs as are
to be made on the Metta
The begn to wor rst wth the sharp pont
o a Gra er , a ng the ade o t rm upon the
est, and drectng the pont to the or , and
a rces upon t cose to one another, t the
ha e wrought t prett true Then wth one o
the broad dges o the Gra er the moothen
down what the Pont e t, and a terwards wth
cdpters, ound or at, or great or sma, the
wor ther ntended Modngs
The rcumstances and onsderatons n the
choce o a Dr-bow and Dr-strng or Turnng,
are the ame wth what ou nd n mthng so
6, 7. or Drng.
. o a ng Modngs ether upon Metta, or
ood, wthout ttng the or n a athe.
ad, bon a ter the re o ondon, occason
to a Modngs upon the erses o se era round and weght at peces o rass: nd be-
ng at that tme, b reason o the ad re, un-
accommodated o a athe o m own, nten-
ded to put them out to be Turned: ut then
Turners were a u o mpo ment, whch made
them so unreasonabe n ther Pr es, that was
orc d to contr e ths oowng wa to a Mod-
ngs on ther erges.
pro ded a strong ron ar or the eam o a
wee : or the whoe Too par ed n Pate16,
15
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
518 T G.
s b Mathematca nstrument-mam caed a
weep. To ths Too s ed a Tooth o tee
wth such oundngs and oows n the bottom
o t, a ntended to ha e oows and oaw-
sags upon m or : or an oow on the
Tooth,ma es a tww upon the or and a
nw upon the tooth,ma es an oow on the
or e en as the do n the Modng-pans
|o ners use. Then paced the enter-pont o
the weep n a enter-hoe made n a s uare tud
o Metta, and ed n the ewter o the Pan o
the or , and remo ed the oc et that rdes on
the eam o the weep, t the Tooth stood ust
upon ts ntended pace on the erge o the
or , and there screwed the oc et ast to the
eam.
To wor t out, empo d a abourer, d-
rectng hm n hs e t and to hod the ead
o the enter-pn, and wth hs ght and to
draw about the eam and Tooth, whch accor-
dng to the strength he us d, cut and tore a-
wa great a es o the Metta, t t rece ed
the-whoe and per ect orm the Tooth woud
ma e whch was as compeat a Modng as
an u Turner coud ha e ad upon t.
a ng such good success upon rass, m-
ro 5d the n enton so, as to ma e t ser e or
ood aso. nd ma e a Pan- toc wth m
ntended Modng on the oe o t, and tted an
ron to that toc wth the ame Modng the
oe had.
Through the des o ths toc tted an ron
eam, to do the ce o the eam used or the
weep, . to eep the Pan awa s at what po-
ston ted rom the enter or thus the ron
n the Pan wrought about the enter, e en as
the Tooth n the weep be ore rehearsed and
to that purpose made a round oe o about
ha
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G. 219
ha an nch Dameter near the end o the ron:
Then n the enter o the or ed a round
ron t , e act to t the sad round oe, put-
tng the round oe o er the Pn, and ttng the
ron nto the toc commodous to wor wth,
used ths Pan wth both ands, e en as |o ners
do other Pans: or the ron Pn n the oe o
the eam ept t to ts due dstance rom the
enter so that nether hand was ngaged to
gude t.
ut note, The toc o ths Pan was not
straght as the toc s o other Pans are but
b and cut rcuar prett near the s e o the
Dameter o the ntended Modng: nd et was
made to sde upon the eam, arther rom or
nearer to the enter, as d erent Dameters o
erges mght re ure.
- To Turn se era Gobes or as o or
wthn one another, wth a od a n the
mdde.
ou must rst Turn our or a or Gobe
tru round, o our ntended Dameter:
Then descrbe a rce e act through the md-
de, or unocta o the Gobe: D de that
rce nto our e ua parts, and ptch one pont
o a par o ompasses n one o thoe D s-
ons, and e tend the other pont to ether o the
ne t D sons, and descrbe wth t a rce
round about the Gobe. Then remo e the stand-
ng pont o the ompasses to ether o the ne t
D sons n the unocta, and n e manner
descrbe another rce round about the Gobe.
ut ote, That the mo ng pont o our
ompasses must be somewhat bended nwards 5
or ese ts pont w not descrbe a rce on the
greatest tuberances o the Gobe, but w sde
o t.
Thus
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
220
T G.
Thus sha the a or Gobe be d ded nto
eght pherca uadrants: Descrbe as great a
rce as ou can n each o these uadrants, and
each two enters o e er two opposte rces
sha ha e an magnar pas between them:
nd the Gobe be success e ptcht upon a
the rest o the enters,soas the magned s pas
ng between t and ts opposte enter, e n a
straght ne wth the P e and the enter o the
oer t s Turned n, the wor ng out o a the
oows on the a w be but common Turners
or , as ou w nd herea ter. Ths s n
bre the Theor : ut to the Practce.
ou must use an oow-Mandre, made t
st to rece e the con e t o the Gobe n ts
conca t , so as t ma stc rm n the Man-
dre, n ts poston : nd ou must ta e care that
n ptchng the Gobe nto the Mandre, that the
magnar s o the Gobe whch s the ne
passng between the two enters o the two op-
poste rces as a oresad e n a straght ne
wth the s o the Mandres whch ou ma
now b e amnng whether the rce descrbed
wth our ompa es as a oresad on the enter
a oresad wabbe not n a whoe e outon o
the Gobe, rom the pont o a Too apped sted-
d to t.
a ng thus ptcht the Gobe true5and tt ast
nto the Mandre, ou must begn to wor wth
the Tranguar Groo ng Pont descrbed n Tur-
nng 5. and Pate 15. pacng the pont o t
prett near the enter o the rce, and wor
nto the a wth the Groo ng Pont, and so b
degrees ma e a oow n the a so deep, and
b wde, as ou thn con enent, mean so deep
rom the uper ces o the Gobe towards the en-
ter o the Gobe, and so wde rom the enter o
the rce descrbed on the peces o the
Gobe
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G.
221
Gobe towards that rce, as t ma ha e a con-
enent ubstance between ths oe, and the
ne t ntended to be Turned.
Thus must e er one o the eght rces de-
scrbed on the Gobe, be success e b the ame
ue, and a ter the ame manner be ptcht out-
wards, and t nto the Mandres and then o-
owed out as the rst was. here ote, That
e er oow s to be Turned to the ame depth
and wdth e act as the rst was: hch to do
ou must use a Gage made o a thn Pate o ron
or rass, as s descrbed n Pate 17. g. D. whoe
two sdes rom a the ottom o the Gage, to b
the houder are the depth o the oow rom the
uper ces o the Gobe towards the enter: b b.
s the wdth o the oow at the uper ces o
the Gobe ,and a a s the bottom wdth o the
oow 5 and the conca e rch between a a s an
rch that the on e t o the tte od a to
be Turned wthn a the pheres must comp
wth. o that when each oow s Turned, the
Gage must be put nto t to tr how the sdes o
the oow compes wth the des o the Gage,
and aso how the rch n the bottom o the Gage,
compes wth the sur ace o the od a n the
mdde.
a ng thus Turned a the aows n the Gobe,
ou must pro de se era thn and narrow rchng
Groo ng Toos, whose con e and conca e rches
comp both wth the on e t and onca t
o each Gobe, or phere, to be Turned wthn the
outermost: o that begnng at the bottom o
the oow, ou Turn ust ha wa o the od
a oose rom the phere t s contaned n, ,
as ar as the unocta o the Gobe and n
thus Turnng t, ou must ta e great care, that
the od a on ts on e t and the onca -
t o the phere t s contaned n, be both at the
ame tme Turned e act pherca. Thus
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
222 T G.
Thus one ha o the od a beng Turned
oose, ou ma n e manner Turn the ne t
phere t s ncuded n ha oose aso nd so
success e as man pheres as ou st.
a ng thus Turned one ha o a the pheres
oose, ou must ta e the whoe Gobe out o the
o ow-Mandre and ptcht and the Gobe as gan nto the Mandres so as the magned s
o the oow opposte to the ast oo ted oow
e n a straght ne as be ore was taught
wth the P e and enter o the oer the Man-
dre runs n, and then Turn the other ha o the
od a and pheres aso oose, as the rst ha
was Turned.
. To Turn a Gobe wth se era oose
pheres n t,and a od ube, or D ,
n the mdde o t.
T s s Turned a ter the ame manner the or-
mer a was Turned - on nstead o d -
dng the unocta o that Gobe nto our e ua
parts, the unocta o ths must be d ded but
nto three e ua parts, and ther em- rce draw
through the d sons nto ether Poe o the Gobe:
o sha the Gobe be d ded nto e ua parts,
or egments n each o whch parts must be de-
scrbed a rce, as was descrbed be ore n the
Gobes o eght e ua parts and n these r-
ces must be made s oows, as be ore there
was eght: ut nstead o wor ng the ottom
o each hoow pherca, now the ottom must
be wrought at: o sha the ube when these s
oows are thus made, be ormed: nd the o-
ows beng e act o the ame depth, and at
n the ottom, the ube or D w oosen, and
each o the s ats n the ottom w become
the s sdes or aces o the abs
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G. 22
The manner o oathng a the other nward
pheres s as the ormer: n , that was oose ned wth twce ptchng the a n the Mandre,
because the enters o the oows a opposte
to one another but to oosen ths a w re-
ure three Ptchngs nto the Mandres because
the enters e not opposte to one another.
. To Turn a ube, or D , n an o-
ow Gobe, that aha e bat one oe on
the outsde to wor at.
The utsde o ths Gobe must be Turned
ound, . pherca, as the ormer, and
ed n an oow oc et as be ore hath been
taught. Then must an oe be Turned n the
Gobe b deep and b wde as ou pease, as n
the ormer Gobes,and the ottom o that oe
Turned at, or one sde, or ace o the ube,or D : Then wth a em-crcuar Too oosen
the whoe ore, or mdde o the a, and
ptch the ore wth the pont opposte to the
enter o the aread atted ace o the D ,
outwards aganst the oe n the Gobe, and so
asten t n ths poston, b powrng n some
meted hard a , or other ement and then
wth a at Too Turn the oresde, . the
de opposte to the rst de at aso: hch
done, oosen t out o the a , and success e-
ptch the other des to be Turned at care-
u aganst the oe, so as a the des ha e
rght nges to each other, and astenng them
wth a , or ement as be ore Turn them
b the same ue at aso,
ow
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
24 T G.
ow to ma e ths Thng more admrabe to
the gnorant pectator, ou ma ma e the D
as bg as ou can, and the oe ou Turn t at
as tte as ou can 5 that t ma the more pu -
e the t o the n urer to nd how b
great a D shoud ha e ntrance at a ra oe,
uness the hoow a were turned n two a es,
0 .
M
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M :
,
The Doctrne o and or s. pped to the T o T G.
. o Turnng a or .
or na be per ormed n the
ommon athe that goes ether wth
the Tre e- bee, or the great hee
because the or must run awa s one
a , the Puppet be made to t wth the Ma-
chnaton descrbed n Pate 17. and an ron
s be made to carr the or about, and to
ts end be tted and astened a rass oet, wth
a emae crew n t, to screw on the Mandre
that the or ou ntend to Turn s t upon.
To the oresde o ths Puppet s astned at b
as on a enter-pn, a strong ron aer mar ed
b and ths oer s caed the Mo ng oet 5
because t mo es between the ron hac e sand the oresde o the Puppet. nto ths Mo
htg oet s tted the oow s mar ed
so as to turn round n, t as t were n an o
the other oots ormer descrbed but the Mo-
ng oer mo ng between the es and the oresde o the Puppet, carres the oow h
wth t athwart the Puppets e en so ar as s the
, wdth
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
226 T G.
wdth o the oow between the hac e, and the oresde o the Puppet. nd thus b the mo ng
o the oow s bac wards and orwards the
or screwed n t, ha ng an dg d, or a
Ponted-Too apped to t, rece es that a
orm whch s made upon the Gude.
ut to ma e t mo e thus to and rom ou,
there are re ured se era Machna eps: or
there s a strong tee ow as at a, a tned about
ts mdde part to the urther de o the Puppets
whch stands about an nch orwarder than the
oresde o the Puppet wth ts hoow sde to the
or man. nd to the ends o ths tee ow
s astned a strong trng o Gut, and to the md-
de o that trng n a oos s astned another
strong Gut- rngs wth a oos at ts end. Ths
ast mentoned trng s made e act o that
ength, that when the nearest sde o the Gude,
. ts east Dameter s set nto the Groo e o
the Gude-pue , and the ow s straned, and ths
trng ad n the Groo e o the trng-pue the
oos at the end o t ma be put o er the ron
utton ed n the top o the Mo ng- oer. or
then as the Tredde-| ee carres the s about,
the Gude beng rm astened upon the s,
comes aso about and ha ng the Groo e o the
Gude-pue set aganst the outer edge o the
Gude,as the great Dameter o the Gude s
turned aganst the Gude-pue , the Mo ng- oer
beng drawn b the strength o the ow, draws
the oow s aong wth t, as aso the or
screwed n the oow s: nd thus as the
ma Dameter o the Gude comes to the Gude-
pue , the sma Dameter o the or s or-
med and as the great Dameter o the Gude
comes to the Gude-pue , the great Dameter o
the or s ormed.
Ths s the sum o a Turnng.
ut

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G. 227
ut that the whoe Machne ma be et better
understood, sha more partcuar g e ou
the names o a ts parts, together wth a De-
scrpton upon ts most matera parts, where the
ore-puppet s more arge deneated n Pate 18.
at , where aso some o the Members most
d cut to be descrbed, are drawn more at arge
b themse es.
a The ow. ,
b The Mo ng oer.
c c The oc et n whch the oer s mo ed. d The top-screw, to ta e out when the o-
ow s mo es n the Mo ng- oer.
e The oos s.
The ead, n whch s contaned the se era
Gudes,r.
g The enter ead,
h The utton.
2 The trng-pue ,
The bee-pue ,
The Gude-pue .
5 1. the oow s, and ts han , ur d
a n Pate 18.
TT e han s a ar o ron about an nch
thc , and two oot ong , ha ng n ts ur-
ther end a enter-hoe to ptch upon the P e n
the urther Puppet , but ts hther end s made
s uare to t tght nto a s uare oc et, n the
rass oow s: nd when t s thus tted n-
to the hther end o the rass, t s Turned true
ndrca round, so as to t nto the round
oe n the Mo ng oer. The Dameter o the
ound s about two nches, and the ength about
two nches straght, but then a houder s Tur-
ned to the rass nder, to stop t rom. p-
png thro3 the Mo ng enter. n the ore-end
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
22
T G.
o ths oow s . n the rass nder
s Turned a wde oe about an nch and a uar-
ter Dameter, and an nch deep: nd n ths
wde oe s Turned a emae crew wth a
coupe Thred, to rece e a Mae crew made be-
hnd the Mandre that the or s ed upon.
bout the mdde o ths ron han s paced
a Pue made o ancot oard, about eght
nches Dameter, and an nch thc , wth a
Groo e on ts outer edge about ha an nch wde,
and ha an nch deep, or the trng o there-
de hee that carres the s about to run n:
nd between ths Pue ou ma ou w
ha e se era engths o uch Mae-screws as was
descrbed n Turnng a 5 4- ate -to
ma e crews wth, ou pease.
ee the gure a deb, ds unct rom the rest o
the or .
a The hnder end.
d The Pue o the s, or hee-pue .
c The oow, or oe n the ore-end o the
oow s.
b The houder o the oow s.
5 2. the Mo ng oer mar ed b, n Pate 18.
P s whoe Member s caed the Mo ng o-
et, tho5 the oer strct s on the round
oe at a, nto whch the oow s s tted.
t s made o ron to reach rom ts top at h the
utton down to the bottom o the hee s o the
athe, as at b upon whch Pn as on a en-
ter the whoe Mo ng oer mo es bac wards
and orwards o ts e tream readth s about three
nches, and ts thc ness abo e a uarter o an
nch. ts ec at c s casped, but not ed
down to the oresde o rhe Puppet or ths ec
s on gaged n the hac e marc ed ,so as the
ec , and conse uent the whoe Mo ng o-
er
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G.
229
e ma sde rom end to end o the hac e
orwards and bac wards, d sma emae crew, nto whch through a oe n the hac e
s tted a Mae crew to hod the Mo ng oer
and the hac e together, that the Mo ng oer
ma not mo e when on round or s Tur-
ned n the oer.
3, o the oresde o the Puppet, and the
hac e mar edc.
nder ths hac e . between t and the
oresde o the Puppet mo es the ec o
the dng- oer rom a to b, when the ends at.
c c are ed down to the oresde o the Ptppe
wth two ron crews.
5 4. the oow n the Puppet mar ed d.
the mdde o the Puppet s hoowed out a
oe about three nches between the ore and
ac -sde o the Puppet, and our nches athwart
the hee s n the Puppet, and our nches deep:
o that about an nch o ubstance remans on
each o the our uprght des. ut the Top s ute open, as at a through the mdde o
ths s uare oe runs the ron s mar ed h h,
on whch s ed the se era Gudes that are to
be used n ths sort o or ng.
t s open at the Top, that ght ma be et
n to set the Gude-pue to whch Gude ou
pease, and t s open on the hther sde as at
e e, about an nch and an ha abo e and beow
the s, that the Gude-pue ma be d on ts
s to an o the Gudes.
The Gude-pue mar ed d, s a brass Pue o
about an nch Dameter, and a tte abo e a uar-
ter o an nch thc , ha ng a Groo e n the
dge o t to rece e the dge o the Gude, t
t t n ts mdde a round oe about ha an
tnc o
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G
nch Dameter, whch round oe ps o er a round ron Pn o the ame Dameter, mar ed
, so as t ma sde rom one end o the sad
ron Pn to the other, accordng as the Gude
ma be ed towards ether end.
hen t s used, the Groo e n the dge o
ths Gude-pue s et aganst the dge o the
Gude, and beng tted tght on the round ron
Tn a oresad, and the two ends o the ron Pn
ast ed nto the ood o the Puppet, the Gude-
pue ma ndeed mo e round on the ron Pn
but the strength o the ron Pn, and ude-pu-
e w resst the e tuberc parts o the dge o
the Gude-, and so wth the assstance o th6
strength o the tee ow orce the Gude and
oow s to mo e bac wards and then an
dge-Too hed to the or n the Mandre
screwed n the oow s, w descrbe the same
gure on the or , as s on the out dge o
the Gude.
ote, that when ou are at or , ou must
eep the oe n the mdde o the Gude-pue
we o d, as aso the round ron Pn t sdes
and turns round upon becau e ths Gude-pue
ought to run round: or then the s w
ha e and easer and sw ter moton, tho5 t ma
ndeed per orm the or t run not round upon the ron Pn.
. / ose-wor , 0 .
o| or Turnng, or or s o an other
gure, are per ormed b the eme ue5
and a ter the ame manner as a ot s made
on b changng the Gudes, and u g one
hose outer dge s made wth the gure, or
se era gures ou ntend to ha e on our
wor . \ -
,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G.
, o Turnng wa h- or
T the Turnng o wa -wor ou must
ha e two uc Puppets, as the ore-puppet
descrbed n 22. nd aso a round wash-boards
about ten nches Dameter, and an nch and an
ha thc , as s n g. . Pate 18. pon
both the at des o ths wa board n a da-
metrca tne, s astned uprght an rch o 2
uadrant made o a tee Pate, about ha a
uarter o an nch thc , and an nch and a
uarter broad, as at b c c. The on e edges
o these uadrants are cut nto otches, e the
Teeth o an and-aw that accordng as ou
ma ha e occason to set the wa -board more
or ess a- ope, ou ma be accommodated wth
a otch or Tooth to set t at. Ths wa board
hath an oe made about ts enter, to p o- er the ron s, and beng thus pt o er the
ron s, ou set t to that ope ou ntend the
wash on our or ha ha e. nd to t
ast n ths poston, ou must put the ades o
the uadrants nto two ts, made n the ron
s as at d d and t the two opposte Teeth a-
ganst the two outer houders o the ts.
ou must moreo er ma e two strong tee
prngs as at c c, to reach rom the bottom o the
outer sdes o the Puppets, beng strong naed
or rather screwed down there, whch must reach
up so hgh as the s. nd n the nner sdes
o these prngs must be made two enter hoes
or the ponts o the s to be tted n: or
the a-Gude beng tted to one end o the
s, and a ow-Puppet, as at/, wedged cose
to one sde o the wa board, when the wash-
board stands n ts greatest decrt 5 then n .
e outon o the s,- as the arther part o
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
s T G.
the crcum erence o the wa -board comes to
the ow-Puppet, one prng w be orced bac -
wards, and the other w sprng orwards and
an dg d-Too hed aganst the or ed on
the s, w ma e on the or the orm o
a wa h, c.
These a- ngnes, wa - ngnes, and a o-
ther ngnes, are e ceent we made b Mr, Thomas d ed, at the sgn o the ower-de-uce
hear the a o n the trand ondon.

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
r .
23
4n panaton o Terms used n these -
ercses o Turnng, phabetca dgested.
.
s. The magned straght ne that pas
ses through the two enter-ponts that
Turned or s Turned upon. Thus the ma-
gned ne that passes between the two P es
through the or n the athe s the s.

: The ow that common Turners use s
descrbed . 11. nd the ow that a
Turners u e s descrbed 23. and Pate 17, 18.
at a.
utton. The utton s descrbed 23. and
Pate 17. at h.
.
ppers. ompasses wth bowed shan s to
measure the Dameter o an round od .
ee 11. and Pate 14. at .
enter-head, ee 23. and Pate 17. Mg. hee s. ee . 2. and Pate 12. bb.
hoc ee 6. 5. and Pate 13. at . . a.
ea ng- n e. ee 9. and Pate 13. at M.
ran The end o an ron s turned uare
down and 4gan turned uare to the rst tur-
nng4 down, so that on the ast turnng down a
eather Thong s pt, to Tread the Tredde-
whee about.
o er. ee 7. and Pate 13. at G
roo ee ran
ro s-Tredde. ee 1, 5 8. and Pate 12. at
Dr,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
D - arre ee mthng o 6. Pate
and g. 8, at
Pr- ench. ee Pate 14. at aaaa
Dr r oTP. ee mthng o. 65 7.

7t e ern. The crew made n the round

oe o a ut.
at- h|se ee 3. and Pate 15. at
at-Mandre ee 6. and Pate 13. at 1.
G
G #0. ee 2. and Pate . at . .
Great hee. ee 1. 12. and Pate
14. at a,
Groo ng ooh. ee 5. and Pate 15. at ,
Groo ng Toos. ee Groo ng oo s.
Gude. ee 23. 5 4- a d Pate 18.
Gude-Pue . ee 23. 5 4- an Pate 18.at
.
. ee 23. and Pate 17.
oo . ee 17. and Pate 16. at , 1.
2. 3.
oow s. ee 17. and Pate 17. at e.
ohw Mandres. ee 60 3. and Pate 13.
at 3
:
nt oar, ee 7- and P te 13, at
.
4the. ee . and Pate 12.
egs. ee . and P ate 12 at a #
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T G, 53s
M.
M ndre ee 6. . . and Pate 13. at
1. 2. 3. 4.
or . ee 8. and Pate 13. at .
Mae- crew. The crew made upon a han ,
or Pn.
Mo ng- oar, ee 23. | 2. and Pate 180
at

c. pece o ron that a emae crew
s made n.
P.
P e ee 1. 5. and Pate 12.
P M tt r ee 6. 2. and Pate
3t 2.
Po e. ee 1. 9. and Pate 12 at .
prt. ee 1. 3. and Pate 12..at
st. ee 1.5 6. and Pate 12. at
w er. ee 60 ard Pate 13. 1. at h
s.
rew-Mandre ee 6, 5 4 an Pate 13.
at 4.
. ee 1. 5 -
hac es. ee 23. 52. and Pate 18- at cc,
de- est. ee 1. 5 T anc ate 3- at
oc et. ee boc ,
tee-bow. ee 23. and Pate 18. at a.
top wew. ee 23. and Pate 17. at
trng. ee 1. and Pate 12. at
trng-Pue . ee 23. and Pate 17. at .
/ . w/ s a gure whoe rcum e-
rence s not ound but a and whose Modngs
. . e
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
236 T G.
s
e not at ght nges, but b ue to the s
o the or . ee 2 . and Pate 18. at g. .
wa - oard. ee 2 |. and Pate 18. at a n
g. .
weep. ee 19. and Pate 16. at D.
T.
T ead. ee 13 o. 209
Tredde. ee 1. and Pate 12. at .
Tredde hee. ee 1. 13.
|urn- ench, ee and Pate 16. at
.
|bbe. hen a pece o or s not
ptcht true upon ts enters, t w n a
e outon ncne more on one sde o ts r-
cum erence than on ts opposte de. ee 23.
and Pate . at h
There are se era other Terms used n these
ercses o Turnngs not e paned here: ut be-
cause the are used n bme o the ormer er-
cses and there e paned, ha re err u t
them.
M
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
237
M :
,
The Doctrne o and - or s.
pped to the T o rc a ers orh
De nton
c a ers- or s an rt Manuas whch
onsse era odes so together,that the
adhere e one entre od .
hether the hte Mason whch s
the ewer o tone, or the ed Mason, whch s
the ewer o rc , be the most ncent, now
not: but n o rt, we read o ma ng o
rc s, be ore we read o Dggng or ewng
o tones there ore we ma suppose the ed
Mason or rc a er to be the most ncent.
The method that sha use n Treatng o ths
rt sha be ths.
rst, w shew what Materas the use
and ther omposton.
econd , w treat o ther Toos, and de-
scrbe ther ames and ses.
Thrd , w decare ther Method o or -
ng, both n rc s, Tes, 8cc,
n
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
238 T ,
nd rst o Materas.
ch are comprsed under eads, h
. rc s, rb,3. Morter aths
5. aes, 6. Te-pns.
r h,
T e are made o arth, o whch the whte-
s ha ort o arth, and the eds t
are the best.
t unenburg n a on , the ma e them o a
at arth u o om. so there are good
rch made at Ptane n sa, o a Pumce sort
o arth, whch beng dr ed, w wra n a-
ter and not n .
ewse the ntents made them o arth
whch was and .
ut here n ngand the are made or the
most part o a eowsh cooured at arth some-
what edstu
nd the are made o se era orts and s es.
oand the ma e na ones, beng about
. | nches ong, three nches broad, and one
|ac n thc ness. hch ort o rc s, s common used here
n ngand, to pa e ards or tabes wtha and
the ma e a good Pa ement, and are er Du-
rabe, and beng,ad edge-wa s oo s handsom 3
especa ad errng-bone ashon.
The are aso used n oap-boers ats, and n -.ma-
ng o sterns.
T e common rc s that are made here n ng
and, are nne nches n ength, our nches
and \ n readth, and two and an ha n thc ess 5 and sometmes three nches thc
Most
1
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
t T . s39
Most ountes n ngand a ord mb r tht
ma ng o rc s.
ut the best arth that we ha e n ngtm
or ma ng o brc s,s n the ount o
ent, rom whence we ha e most o the rch
hch are ubbed and ewed or the rnaments
o the che ronts n the t o ondon: The
rnamenta part o whch ronts, are done wth
the reddest rc s the can pc romamong
them and the ough or Pan or , s do t c
wth the Gre ent o rc s aso thb e Gra
ent| rc s are used n, ma ng o sterns to
hod ater, and orse-Ponds, and aso ats or
oap- oers and am o the pnon, that no
tme w mpar or deca thoe. Gte ent o
rc s: ut, as n a s, pea ng o rc s,
that the w ast to ternt ,
There are aso n most ountes o ngand,
rc s made or the Pa ng o oors o ooms,
eers, Dar -bouses, c. whch are made o a
stronger ort o arth, than the common rc s
or udng, the arth beng a nd o a , and
n some ountres are caed a rc s, whch
are dearer than the rdnar rc s b about s
hngs n a Thousand.
ewse, n se era countes, but che n
urre , are made Pa ng Tes o three se era
Magntudes the argest sort beng twe e nches
ong, and twe e broad, and one nch and a#
ha n Thc ness.
The second sort are ten nches ong, and ten
nches broad, and one nch and a uarter thc ,
The thrd ort are eght nches ong, eght
broad, and one nch thc .
ther o whch sorts beng Pohed or rubbed
wth harp and on the ur ace, and the onts
made e act s uare, add the des e ua, b
hewng
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
4o T
hewng them wth a rc , and rubbng the tt
on a rubbng tone wth sharp , and, ma es an
e ceent Pa ement and peasng to the e5
especa when ad rrs wa s.
a ng thus descrbed the se era sorts o
rc s, and aso pa ng Tes, we come n the
ne t pace to treat o Tes, made and ed n
the o erng o oo s o ouses, both Pubc
and Partcuar, o whch are our orts or nds.
The rst prt are caed Pans Tes,beng
made o a strong ort o arth e a and
are, or shoud be ten nches and an ha n ength, n breadth s nches and a uarter, and n thc -
ness three uarters o an nch. The second ort are Gutter or p Tes, whch
are used sometmes or aes and ps o oo s
atho5 here at ondon, the Taes are common
ted wth Pan Tes, and the. ps wth dge
or as some ca them oo Toes: These theter Tes are n ength ten nches and an ha , wth
con enent breadth and thc ness accordng ,
and are made rcuar or hoow, and wder at
one end than at the other.
The thrd ort are dge or oo Tes, beng
n ength thrteen nches, and made rcuar
breadthwa s e an ha nder, whose Da-
meter s about ten nches, or more, and about
ha an nch and ha a uarter n thc ness:
These are ad upon the upper parr, o rdge o
the oo , and aso on the ps.
The ourth ort are Pan-Tes, beng about
thrteen nches ong, wth ct ob or utton to
hang on the aths, and are made hoow or cr-
cuar breadthwa s, beng eght nches n breadth,
and about ha an nch n thc ness, or some- what more. The best ort o these are brought
rom oand nto ngand, and are caed em-
wsh Pan-Tes we ha ng such Tes made here
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
. 2 1
n ngand,but not so good 3 hch emm s
Tes are sometmes ga ed, and are o a ead,
or ews coour, and beng ga ed the are e-
r durabe and handbm.
a ng done wth the Descrpton o es, or
the o erng o oo s, we come n the ne t pace
to treat o Morter and rst o me beng the
che Matera o whch the Mortar s made, or
the ementng or onng o Tes as we as
rc s together, we w Treat o t n the rst
pace.
rn
There are two orts, one made o tone
whch s the strongest and the other o
ha , both sorts beng burnt n a ne
The me that s made o so t tone or ha
s use u or Pasterng o eengs and as
wthn Doors, or on the nsdes o ouses and
that made o hard tone, s t or tructures or
udngs, and Pasterng wthout Doors, or on
the out sde o udngs that es n the ea-
ther 5 and that whch s made o greas cam-
m tone, s stronger than that made o ean
poor tone and that whch s made o spong
tone, s ghter than that made o rm and cose
tone that s agan more ommodous or Pa-
sterng, ths or udng.
so er good me ma be made o M
sgtte not course and and , but ne and Grea ,
ewse o a nds o nts but the are
hard to burn e cept n a e erbrator ne e -
cept those that are roed n the ater, because
a great part o ts ncrease goes awa b a nd
o Gass.
ut the shes o sh, as o oc es, sters
c are good to burn or me, nd
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
2 .
nd the re n me burnt, Twages not, but
es hd, so that t appears to be cod, but a-
ter e ctes t agan, whereb t ac s and crum-
bes nto ne Powder.
me aso s use u n d ers thngs, or s use-
u n es and nes, and good to Manure
and wth some season new ne wth t, mt-
tgatng the unpeasantness o the ne there-
wth.
Moreo er uc me beng cast nto an arch-
ed aut, and ater thrown upon t, consumes
dead odes put theren.
so Ders and Tanners, and ewse Ph scans
use t, but the choose the newest, to wt, that
whch s new drawn out o the n, and not
ac d wth ater or r.
t w burn so ehement , that t ma es
crusts, and w re oards or Tmber aganst
whch t es but beng sac t or sometme, t
burns no more, et t warms and dres, and ds
so es esh and beng washed three or our
tmes, t tes or ats not, but dres uc .
me m t wth and s much used n ud-
ngs and tru us a s, That ou ma put
three parts o and that s dgged or pt and
and one part o me to ma e Morter but the
and be ta en out o a er, or out o the ea,
then two parts thereo , and one o me as a-
b to er to ea- and, ou put a thrd part
o Powder o , Tes or rc s, to wt, e, or
rc dust t wor s the better.
ut tru us hs Proporton o and seems
too much, atho5 he shoud mean the me be ore
t s sac ed or one ushe o me be ore t s
ac d, w be e Pec s a ter ts ac d.
ere at ondon, where or the most part our
nes made o ha , we put about thrt
ushes o Pt- and,, to twent e ushes o
uc -
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T . 245
uc - ne, that s about one ushe and ha
o and, to one ushe o me.
nd me m t wth and, and made nto
Morter, t e n an heap two or three ears
be ore ts used, t w be the stronger and bet-
ter, and the reason o so man nsu cent ud-
ngs, s the usng o the Morter, as soon as \s
made, as grcoa ath.
Moreo er there s other erter used n ma ng
o ater-courses, sterns, sh-ponds, .
whch s er hard and durabe, as ma be seen
at ome,at ths da , whch s caed Martha, rom a nd o tumen Dug there or as the
bud most rm as thereo natura , so the
use t n ma ng o csterns to hod ater, and
a manner o ater-wor s and aso n nsh-
ng or Pasterng o ronts to represent tone.
nd nd two nds o rt ces used b the
ntents, both o whch s compounded o me
and ogs-grease, but to one s added the |uce o
gs, and to the other ud Ptch and the
umps o me are rst wet or sac ed wth ne,
then pounded or beat wth ogs-grease, and uce
o gs, or wth the ame tPtch 5 that whch
hath Ptch n t, s bac er and eas dstngu-
shed rom the other b ts oour, and that
whch s Pastered wth ths Tarrace, s done o-
er wth nseed .
Metasts use a nd o Tarrace n ther esse
or nng o Mettas, that the meted Mette run
not out 5 or as the Moderns restran ater, and
contan t, so the ntents, ths ud. Metta,
and 3ts compounded or made o nch- me and
ood, the me beng beat to Powder and
s ted, and then m wth the oodand beat
wth a eater.
. ut ther ement d ers rom both the Mathas
a omposton and use, or ts made o Dust
a ot
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
244 T .
or Powder o Marbe, and Gem made o u ot
eather, and wth ths the gew peces o
Marbe or tones together.
n atter tmes, two nds o ement are n use
n both whch the use the Powder o Marbe,
or other tone, to one s added the htes o
ggs, to the other s added tch to these some
add other thngs, as the Gra ers o Gems, the
ma e t o Te Dust and tch.
nother Matera whch rc a ers use ars
ath, whch are made o heart o a , or out
sde or , as Tng and Pasterng and o h
or nsde Pasterng and Pante athng ther usua engths beng oot, and 4 oot, and
sometmes onger or shorter s ther readth some-
tmes 2 nches, and one nch and an ha , the
thc ness about ,o an nch or thc er: ut or
Pantbg, the aths, are about ten oot ong,
one nch and: ha road, and ha an nch or
more thc .
nother Matera s as, o whch the use
three sorts, one s caed, eparatan or ath
as, whch are used or pan Te athngs
and outsde and nsde athng or Pastrng a-
nother ort are our Penn , and s Penn as,
used or Pante athng and a thrd sort are
great as or ca odng.
Moreo er the use Te-Pns, whch are some-
tmes made o a , and sometmes o r, whch
the dr e nto hoes that are made n the Pan
Tes to hang them upon ther athng.
The aso put 0, o om ar nto the Mortar
whch the use or Pasterng, beng caed me
and ar, whch ar eeps the Mortar rom
rac ng or hapng, and ma es t hod or bnd
together.
nd whereas the ma e use o the sharpest
and the can get that beng best or Morter
16
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
. 24
to a rc s and Tes n so the chose a at
oam or Grea and or nsde Pasternng, b
reason t stc s together, and s not so sub ect to
a assunder when the a t on eengs or
as.
a ng g en ou an account o the se era
Materas that are used n rc a ers or , we
sha n the ne t pace Treat o ther Toos and
ther uses, whch are as oows.
Toos used n rc orh
1. rc Trowe to ta e up the Morter wth,
and to spread t on the rc s, wth
whch aso the cut the rc s to such engths as
the ha e occason, and aso stop the onts.
2. rc , wth whch the cut rc s to
what shape the pease, as some or rches both
straght and rcuar, others or the moudngs
o rchtecture, as rch tra e re and or-
nce.
3. aw made o Tnn, to saw the rc s
whch the cut.
4. ub-stone, whch s round, and s about
ourteen nches Dameter, and sometmes more
or e t at peasure, on whch the rub the rc s
whch the cut nto se era shapes, and aso o, thers whch the cut not, beng ca d ubbed
eturns, and ubbed eaders and tretchers.
. uare, to tr the bed o the rc , .
that sde whch es n the Morter wth the su-
per ces or ace o the rc , to ma e the rc
s uare, or at ectanges one sde wth the other,
whch s done b rubng t on the ub-stone t
t e act answers, or ts to the uare.
6, e e, b whch the cut the undersdes
o the rc s, o rches straght or crcuar, to
such ob ue nges as the rches re ure, and
3 o or other ses
1 4
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
24 T .
7, sma Tranne o ron, or a arge a
grounded to a sharp pont, wth whch the
mar the rc , ether rom a uare or e e,
or a Moud made o thn anscot, or Past-
board to drect them n the cuttng thereo .
8. ome use a oat tone, wth whch the
rub the moudng o the rc , a ter the ha e
cut t wth the , prett near to the pattern de-
scrbed on the rc , b the Tranne rom the
anscot, or Pastboard Moud, that b the
ma ma e the rc e act to answer to the
Pattern or Moud. thers ue no tone at a,
but cut the rc e act to the Pattern wth
ther rc - , ea ng the strea s to be een
on the rc , whch, the be straght and pa-
rae one to another, oo er prett , and s
the truest wa o wor ng but then the must
ta e care, to the rc o , wth an that
s e act straght on the edge, that the moud-
ng n the rc be nether round nor hoow,
rom sde to sde o a eader, or rom end to end
o a tretcher.
9. tte uer, about 12 nches n ength,
and 1 nch and - s,broad, whch the a on the
rc to draw straght nes b , wth the Tron-
e or a.
10. an er, to cut the rc s upon, whch
s a pece o Tmber about s oot ong, or more,
accordng to the number o thoe who are to
wor at t, and 9 or 1 nches s uare, whch
must be ad on two Pers o rc , or t on
earers o Tmber about three oot hgh rom the
oor, on whch the stand to wor .
: 11. The wor up a Per o rc -wor , a
bout the same heght to a ther ubbng- tone
pon, whch must be ad n Morter that t ma
e ast,
12.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
. 247
12. Grndbg-sone, to sharpen ther es,
ammers, Trowes, c. upon.
13. Par o ne Pns os ron, wth a ength
o ne on them about s t eet n ength, to
a each ow, or ourse o rc s, e e on the
ed, and streght on the ur ace b , a ne se-
dom hodng to stran, or draw straght n ength,
abo e 50 or 60 eet,
14. Pumb ue about 4 oot ong, wth a
ne and Pummet o ead, to carr ther or
uprght, or perpendcuar wtha.
15. e e, about 10 or 12 oot ong, to set
out ther oundatons e e, or parae to the
or on, and ao to tr whether the as o
the udng, or |ambs o hmne s, be carred
e e, as the rase the or , that b the ma
brng up a ther rc -wor to an e act hor-
onta heght, at the a ng on o e er oor o
arpentr .
16. arge uare, to set ther as at rect-
anges, whch ma aso be done wthout a uare,b settng 6 oot rom the ange one wa , and 8
oot the other wa , then the Dagona ne,
or potenuse, be e act 10 eet, the ange s a
rectange: not, ou must set the a that s
to be at rectanges to the other, ether ths or that
wa , t the two measures o 6 and 8 eet an-
wer e act to 10 eet.
17. Ten oot and a e oot od, as aso a
Two oot ue, to ta e and a down engths, and readths, and eghts.
18. |ontng de, about 10 oot ong, and a-
bout 4 nches broad, whereb to run the ong
|onts o the rc -wor .
19. |onter o ron, wth whch, and the
oresad ue, the ont the ong. |onts, and
aso the ross |onts, these beng done wth the
|onter wthout the ue.
4 aor om-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
248 .
20. o npa se5, to descrbe the se era Moud-
ngs on anscot or Pastboard.
3. ammer, to cut oes n rc -wor ,
and dr e as or ca odng. 22. ammer, to am the oundatons.
25. row o ron, to dg through a a,
and aso a Pc - .
The Manner and hapes o the a oresad Toos, ou ma see n Pate 1. and the ame o each
Too n the Page ne t the Pate wheren the are
deneated.
The ames and ses o Toos reatng to T ng,
. athng ammer, to a on the aths
athng or T ng cut upon the hande o t,
one at 7 nches rom the head, and the other at
7 nches and an ha , some ndeed ath at 8
nches, but that s too wde, occasonng an-
ngs n.
2. athng ta o ron, n the orm o a
ro t, to sta the cross aths whe the are
naed to the ong aths, and aso to cnch the
as.
3. TngTrowe, to ta e up the Morter and
a t on the Tes, t beng onger and narrower
than a rchTrowe, atho3 or a sh t man tmes
the use a rchTrowe to T e wtha, when
the ha e not a T ngrTrowe
4. o e, made o ood, wth an ron oo ,
to hang on the aths, or on a adder, n whch
the abourer puts the Morter whch the T er
ses.
5. tr er, whch s on a pece o ath
about 1 c nches ong, wth whch the str e
ot cut o the Morter at the brtches o the Tes,
6. roomep to sweep the T ng a ter 5t
trea s or
o
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
|T . 249
the ames and ses o Toos reatng to
Pasterng.
. athng ammer beng the ame as be ore
|| n T ng, wth whch the aths are
naed on wth ts head, and wth ts dge the
cat them to an ength, and ewse cut o an
part o a urter, or |o st, that stc s urther
out than the rest.
2. a ng Trowe, to a the me and ar
wtha upon the aths, t beng arger than a
rc Trowe, and astened ts hande n a d erent
manner rom the rc Trowe
3. aw e, made o ood about the bg-
ness o a s uare Trencher, wth a hande to hod
t b , whereon the me and ar beng put,
the ta e rom t more or e t as the pease.
4. ettng Trowe, beng ds than the a ng
Trowe, wth whch the nsh the Pasterng
when t s amost dr , ether b Troweng and
brstng t o er wth ar ater, or ese b a -
ng a thn oat o ne stu made o cean me,
and m t wth ar wthout an and, and set-
tng t, that s to a , Troweng and brstng t.
5. sma Pontng Trowe, to go nto sharp
nges.
6. r es, o three orts, . toc r| , a
ound r| , and a Penc th these r hes
the wet od as be ore the mend them, and
aso brush o er ther new Pasterng when the
t, or nsh t, and moreo er whte and s e
ther Pasterng wth them. The Penc, or Draw-
ng Too, s used n bac ng the bottoms, or ower
ports o ooms, c.
7. oats, made o ood, wth handes to
them, whch the sometmes use to oat ee-
ngs or as wth, when the are mnded to
P3 e ther Pasterng er straght and e en,
these
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
2 o .
these oats beng some arger, and some esse
than the asngTroweh: ewse the use oats
made to t to Moudngs, or the nshng o
se era sorts o Moudngs wth nshng Morter
to represent tone, such as ornces acas rcb tra es, c.
The nshng Morter to represent tone, shoud
he made o the strongest e, and the sharpest /
and ou can get, whch and must be washed
n a arge Tub, er we, t no cum or th
arse n the ater, when ou str t about, whch
sometmes w re ure to ha e ater 5 or 6
tmes, when the and s somewhat ou 5 and t
re ures a greater Proporton o and than the
ordnar Morter, because t must be e tream
beaten, whch w brea a the nots o me
and b that means t w re ure more and.
8. treght ues o se era engths, to a
unes streght b , and aso to tr whether the
Pasterng be ad true and straght, b app ng
the ues to ther wor . 9. Pae, to hod ater or | htewa|s or
hte and e.
10. ome use a udget or Poc et to hang b
ther sdes, to put ther as n when the ath,and others Tuc and t e up ther |prons, and put
the as theren.
a ng g en ou a Descrpton o the se era
Toos and uses, there are some thngs et reman-
ng, whch tho the cannot be proper caed
Toos, et the are tenss, wthout whch the
cannot we per orm ther wor , M
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
. 251
nd the are.
. en, o se era engths, as tandard-
adders, two tor , and one tor ad-
ders, ec.
2. r Poes, o se era engths or tandards
and edgers or ca odng.
3. Putogs, whch are peces o Tmber, or
short Poes, about 7 oot ong, whch es rom
the eggers nto ther rc wor , to bear the boards
the stand on to or , and to a rc s and
Mortarupon.
4. r oards, about 10 oot ong, and an
readth, but common about a oot broad, be-
cause or the most part, our o them n breadth,
ma es the breadth o the ca od: hch boards
ought to be one nch and or two nches n
thc ness, atho common the ma e use o
ome, whch are not abo e one nch thc , whch
are sometmes sub ect: to brea , especa when
the Putogs e ar asunder rom one another.
5 . hords, whch shoud be we Ptched to
preser e them rom the eather, and rottng,
wth whch the asten the adgersto the tan-
dards, or uprght Poes.
6. e es, o se era sorts, some arger, others
esser, some ner, others courer, to s t the me
and and wtha, be ore the wet t nto Morter
or me and ar.
7. oame-hoo , eater, ho e, Pc - ,
as et and od, whch common beong to
rc a ers, abourers, and ma be caed the a-
bourers Toos.
8. reen made o oards and er, whch
per orms the ce o a e e, and wth whch
one Man w reen as much me, m t wth
and or ub| , as two Men can wth a e e.
9, oards
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
252 T .
9. oards or Tubs,to put the Morter n.
nd e cept m memor as me, these are
a, or the most usua Toos and tenss, whch
the ma e use o .
a ng now g en ou an account o ther se-
era Materas, together wth ther necessar
Toos and tenss we sha proceed n the ne t
pace to treat o the Method o wor ng, whch
s arous, some wor ng a ter a better Method5
and more concse than others.
nd rst o oundatons.
T s usua, and aso er con enent, or an
person be ore he begns to rect a udng,
to ha e Desgns or Draughts drawn upon Paper
or eum, and aso t be a arge udng,
to ha e a Mode o t made n ansoot n
whch Desgns and Mode, the Ground Pat or
chnograph o each oor or tor , s dene-
ated and represented s aso the ashon and
orm o each ront, together wth the ndows,Doors, and rnaments, the ntend an , to
wt, acas, ustc hnes, rchtra es, re es
and ornces, are to be shewn n the Draughts or
Desgns o the prghts or rthograph es.
more ronts than one be shewn Per pe e
n one Draught, then ts caed cmograph ,
whch s not eas understood, e cept b those
who understand the ues o Per|pe e.
There ore t w be more ntegbe to the
se era or men, to ha e a Draught o each
ront n a Paper b t se , and aso to ha e a
Draught o the Ground-Pat or chnograph o
e er stor , n a Paper b t e because man
tmes the on enences, or ontr ances n one
tor , d ers rom those n another, ether n
bgness o hmne s, or d son o the ooms,
some beng arger n one tor than another, and
some-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
1 T . 2
sometmes ha ng more hmnes n one tor
than n another, c.
whch thngs beng we consdered, and
drawn on Papers, or a Mode made thereo , be-
ore the udng s begun, there w be no. need
o teratons, or Tearng and pung the ud-
ng to peces a ter t s begun or besdes the
hndrance o the Procedure o the or , t ma es
the udng ame and De cent, nothng beng
so we done, when 3ts put up, and pued down,
and set up agan, as t were we done at rst
esdes t ma es the or men unea , to see ther or , n whch the ha e ta en a great
dea o pans, and used a great dea o rt, to
be puPd to peces.
The drawng o Draughts s most common
the wor o a ur e or, athough there be man
Master or men that w contr e a udng,
and draw the Desgns thereo as we, and as
curous , as most ur e ors: ea, some o them
w do t better than some ur e ors , espe-
ca those or men who understand the Theo-
rc part o udng, as we as the Practc .
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
2 4
M :
o
The Doctrne o and - or s.
nd not concernng the oundaton ter the ears are dug, there are to
be an , or none, a ter the Trenches
are dug, n whch the as are to
stand-, the Master- rc a er, ot ese
hs oreman whch ought to be an ngenous
or man must n the rst pace tr a the
oundatons, n se era paces, wth an ron
roe, and ammer, or, ndeed, wth a orer
such as e-Dggers use, to tr what Ground
the ha e to produce ater to see whether the oundatons are a ound, and t to bear the
eght whch s to be set upon them. he nd
an part o the oundatons de ect e, he ought
to dg t deeper t he comes to rm ground or
t pro es to be oose, or made Ground to a
great depth, then he must ta e care to ma e t
good and su cent to carr ts eght b r
whch ma be done se era wa s. rsts the oundaton be not er cose, and
nsu cent, t ma be made good3 b rammng
n
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T . 255
n great tones wth a hea ammer, the tones
beng paced cose together, and about a oot
wder on each de o the Trench than the wdth
o the a s to be, because a as ought
to ha e a ass, or ootng, at east 4 nches on
a de broader than the thc ness o the a
whch tones beng we rammed, and the ass
beng 8 nches more n breadth than the thc -
ness o the a, and ths 8 nches beng set o ,
about one nch, or one nch and an ha at a
tme on both sdes that so the mdde o the
a ma stand on the mdde o the ass ma
ma e the oundaton good, and abe to bear ts
urden.
ut the oundaton be somewhat worse than
as a oresad, then he must get good peces o
a , whoe ength must be the breadth o the
Trench, or about two oot onger than the breadth
o the a, whch must be ad cross the oun-
daton about oot asunder, and beng we ram-
med down, a ong Pan s upon them, whch
pan ng need not be the ength o the cro t
peces, but on 4 nches o a de wder than
the ass, or ootng o the a s to be, and
pn d or sp ed down to the peces o a on
whch the e.
ut the oundatons be so bad that ths w
not do, then he must pro de good Pes made
o eart o a , o such a ength as w reach
ground, whose Dameter must be about part
o ther ength, whch must be dro e or orced
down wth a ommander, or an ngn or that
purpose, and then a ong Pan s upon them,
and sp e or pn the Pan s to them, and the
coser together that these Pes are dro e the bet-
ter t w be9
More-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
2 6
Moreo er, the oundaton be aut but d here and there a pace, and there be good Ground
n the other parts o t, ou ma turn rches o
er thoe nsu cent paces, whch w drP
charge and ta e o the weght rom the oose
paces.
nd when ou ma e these rches to shun the
d cut o the arth, and to sa e the charge
o pence, the must be made o rc s and
Mortar that are er good, and be we wrought,
that the do nether sette nor g e wa . ou ma obser e or the greater strength o
these rches, or Dscharges, to ma e them hgh-
er than a emcrce, or ha round, the or
w admt o t, and to ma e the ame, o Por-
tons o rches: s n Pate 3. g. 4. ou ma
see, the are descrbed rom an uatera Tr-
ange that s to a , supposng the breadth o
the rch between the Pers to be wth
ths wdth, and rom the ponts and , ma e
the two Portons o the rches and 5
ths rsng so hgh, adds great strength to the
rches to resst, or carr the eght whch the
are to bear.
The ancent rchtect eon a t a bert ad-
ses, when the arth on whch we woud ma e
Pars or Pers s o e ua resstance, that s to
a , not good, to turn rches n erted, or up-
sde down, and a s, b ths means one Par
/ha bear no more weght than another, when
the arth that s underneath s not so strong, or
that t bears more than another part whch he
doth thus.
a ng wrought up the Pars, . Pers, as
hgh as s necessar rom the oundaton ma e
rom these Pers n erse rches, as n
Pates. g. whose |onts tend to the en-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
r . 2 7
ths constructon he pretends or ampe,,
that the Per hath a worse oundaton, or
hath a greater eght, that s to a , s more
charged than the other Pers, ths charge, or
weght, w be stopped, or sta ed b the n erse
rches , , because the arth whch
s under these rches eeps the Pers n the ame
heght, that s to a , that the sha not sn .
ut he must aso, suppose that ths. arth s as
rm as that o the oundaton o the Pers, or
at east t must be made b.
The ngenous ur e or Mr. oo , made use
o ths rt ce, as am n ormed, n budng
the ord Montague s bra e ouse n oomsbur ,n the ount o Mddese , and where he was
then ur e or.
The oundaton beng a made rm, and e-
eed, the Master- rc a er, or hs oreman
must ta e care to see a the oundatons set tru-
out, accordng to the desgn o the Ground-
pat, or ear- oor, and that a hs as be made o the ame thc ness as the are n the
Desgn whch s er d cut to do, to wt,
to ta e the true thc ness o the was rom a
Desgn that s drawn to a sma cae, because the breadth o the Ponts o the ompasses w
ar somewhat there ore ts ad sabe or hm
that draws the Draught, to set the Dmensons
n gures to each a, hmne , ndows
c. and then the or man cannot so eas
ma e a Msta e.
nd because the we-wor ng and bondng o
rc -was conduces er much to ther strength,
w here add some some necessar ues to b
obser ed n the a ng o rc s, to ma e the
as and strong and durabe.
. That
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
|T .
rst. That the Morter be made o we burnt
good me, and sharp and, and that t ha e a
due proporton o and, that s to a , t be
er sharp, a oad o and, beng about 36 u-
shes, s su cent or an undred o me, be-
ng 2 ushes, or an hundred Pec s, or
magne that the word undred o me s used,
because t contans an undred Pec s, and that
n d Tme the used to se t b the Pec s
but now b the ushe to wt, to one ushe
o uc me, a ushe and ha 4 o and.
ut the and be not er sharp, then ou
ma put a greater uantt o and, or Mor-
ter whch hath ts due proporton o and, s
stronger than that whch hath ess and n t,
atho some thn otherwse.
econd , hen ou ac the me, ta e care
to, wet t e er where a tte, but do not o er-
wet t, and co er wth and e er a ng, or bed
o me, beng about a ushe at a tme as ou
ac t up, that so the tream, or prt o the
me, ma be ept n, and not ee awa , but
m t e wth the and, whch w ma e the
Morter much stronger, than ou ac a
our me rst, and throw on our and ato-
gether at ast, as some use to do.
Thrd , That ou beat a our Morter wth
a eater three or our tmes o er be ore ou use
t, or thereb ou brea a the nots o me
that go through the e e, and ncorporate the
and and me we together, and the r whch
the eater orces nto the Morter at e er stroa 5
conduces er much to the strength thereo

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
t T . s
mght ad se an one that s mnded to
bud we, or use strong Morter or epars,
woud ha e them beat the Mortet we, and et
t e 2 or Da s, and then beat t we agan
when ts to be used.
ourth , ou a brc s n hot dr ea-
ther, and be t some sma pece o or that
ou woud ha e er strong, dp e er rc
ou a , a o er n a Pae o ater, whch
w ma e the a much stronger than the
rc s were ad dr : The reason wh menton
a sma pece o or s, because 3ts a great
dea o troube to wet them or much or , or
a whoe udng, and besdes t ma es the
or men s ngers sore to pre ent whch
the ma throw Paes o ater on the a
a ter the rc s are a d, as was done at the
budng o h ca ts oege n | armc ane
b order o the ur e or, whch was the a ore-
sad ngenous Mr. oo ,1 msta e not. th , o er a our as n the um-
mer-tme to eep them rom dr ng too hast ,
or the Morter doth not ement so strong to
the rc s when t dres hast , as when sow
th , e sure to co er them er we n the
nter-tme, to preser e them rom an, now
and rost, whch ast s a great nem to a
nds o Morter, especa to that whch hath
ta en wet ust be ore the rost.
e enth , n wor ng up the as o a u
dng, do not wor an a abo e 3 oot hgh
be ore ou wor up the ne t ad onng a,
that so ou ma on them together, and ma e
good
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
26o
good ond n the or : or 5ts an ustom
among some rc a ers, to carr , or wor up a
whoe tor o the Part -was, be ore the
wor up the ronts, or other or ad onng,
that shoud be bonded or wor ed up together
wth them, whch occasons rac s and etngs
n the as.
ghts Ta e care that ou do not a |ont
on |ont, n the mdde o the as as sedom
as ma be, but ma e bond there as we as on
the out des or ha e seen some, who n wor -
ng o a rc and ha a, ha e ad the
eader on one sde o the a, uprght upon,
the eader on the other sde o the a, and
so a aong through the whoe course, whch
ndeed necessar oows rom the nconsderate
settng up o the une at a Toothng or 3ts
common to Tooth n the stretchng course two
nches wth the tretcher on , and the eader
on the other sde, to be set uprght upon the
eader on ths sde, whch causes the eaders
to e |ont n |ont n the mdde o the a,
as n Pate 3. g. 1. ou ma ee.
hereas the eader o one de o the
a, toothed as much as the tretcher on the
other de, t woud be a stronger Toothng, and
the |onts o the eaders o one sde, woud be
n the mdde o the eaders o the course,
the e upon o the other sde, as n Pate 3.
g. 2.
that can be sad or ths ustom o
wor ng, s ths, that the eader w not we
hang two nches o er the rc s underneath t 5
grant t w not, but then t ma be made, b
ha ng a pece o r, or an other ood o
the thc ness o a ourse o rc s, and two
nches
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T 261
nches broad, and a t on the ast Toothng
ourse to bear t h or a at, put upon the ast
Toothng, w bear t t the ne t une s set
upon t, and then the at ma be ta en awa .
nth , The ame ncon enenc happens at
an uprght nen a rc and ha a,
where ts usua to a a oser ne t the eader
on both sdes o the a, and n so dong ts
|ont n |ont a the ength o the a, e cept
b chance a three uartern at happen to be ad.
To pre ent whch ncon enenc , and to ma e
the a much stronger, a a osure on one
sde, and none on the other h but a a three
uarter at at the une n the stretchng course,
and n the eadng course ad on an eader ne t
to the eader at the une, as ou ma ee t
done n Pate 3. g. 1. and 2.
here and n both gures or Dagrams,
represents a rc and ha a, ha ng an up-
rght une at , and a Toothng at , and the
Prc nes represents the ourse o rc s ad
upon the other courses, so n g. 1. the bac
nes ne t ou are an headng course, and the
Prc -nes ne t ou, shew a tretchng course
nd on the urther de rom ou, the bac
nes shew a stretchng course, and the Prc -
nes an eadng course.
n whch g. 1. s shewn the usua wa o bad
or ng, but n g. 2. s shown the true wa t shoud be wrought, to be made rm and strong.
so, n wor ng a two rc a, woud
ad se n the tretchng courses, wheren ou
a stretchng on both sdes the a ne t the
ne, so aso to a stretchng n the mdde o
the a, and osers ne t to each stretchng
ourse that es ne t the ne, s n g. 3. o
Pate 3. ou ma seeo
3 h r
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
t6t Ts .
here the Dagram or g. , sgn es a
two rc a, beng an uprght une, and
the Toothng, n whch, the bac nes repre-
sent the stretchng course, and the Prest nes
the eadng course, that es upon the stretchng
course: n a two brc a ou a a coser ne t the uprght une on both sdes o the a,
t ma es good ondo
Teuth , n ummer tme use our Morter as
so t as ou can, but n the nter tme prett
st or hard.
e enth ou bud n the t o on-
don ou must ma e a our as o such
thc nesses as the ct o Parament or rebud-
ng o the ad t en o ns, but n other paces
ou ma use our Dscreton.
nd because the ct o Parament ma not be
n e er uders hands, w there ore n t so
much o t as reates to rc a ers or , to
wt, the eghts and number o tores, and the
Thc ness o as o the our se era sorts o
udngs, whch s as oows.
nd be t urther nacted, That the sad
ouses o the rst and east ort o udng
rontng b treets or anes, as a oresad, sha
be o two tores hgh, besdes ears and Gar-
ats That the ears thereo 6 oot and an
ha hgh, the prngs o ater hnder not
and the rst tor be 9 oot hgh rom the oor
to the eeng and the second tor 9 oot hgh
rom the oor to the eeng-, that a as n
ront and eer as hgh as the rst tor , be o
the u thc ness o the ength o two rc s3
gnd thence upwards to the Garrats o de thc -
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
263
mTs o one rc and an ha and that the thc mss o the Garrat as on the bac part, be
e t to the Dscreton o the uder, so that the
ame be not ess than the ength o one rc
and aso that the thc ness o the part as
between these ouses o the rst and esser ort
o udng, be one rc and \ as hgh as the
ad Garrats, and that the thc ness o the part
a n the Garrat, be o the thc ness o the
ength o one rc at the east.
nd be urther nacted, That the ouses o
the second sort o udng rontng treets and
anes o ote, and the er o Thames,sha
consst o three tores hgh, besdes ears and
Garrats as a oresad that the ears thereo be
6 oot and 1. hgh, the prngs hnder not
that the rst tor contan u 1 o oot n heght
rom the oor to the eeng: The second u
10 oot, the thrd 9 oot that a the ad
as n ront and eer, as hgh as the rst
tor , be two rc s and 7 thc , and rom
thence upwards to the Garret oor, o one
rn and thc , and the thc ness o the
Garrat as on the bac part be e t to the ds
creaton o the uder, so that the ame be not
ess than one rc thc : nd aso that the
thc ness o the part -was between e er ouse
o ths second, and arger sort o udng, be
two rc s thc as hgh as the rst tor , and
thence upwards to the Garrats, o the thc ness
o one rc and \.
so, that the ouses o the thrd ort o
udngs rontng the hgh and prncpe treets
sha consst o 4 tores hgh, besdes ears
and Garrats as a ore rd: That the rst tor
contan u 10 oot n heght rom the oor to
the eeng 5 the second 10 oot and 7 the thrd
5 4 9 t 3
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
54 |T T .
o oot the ourth 8 oot and : That a th
sad as n ront and ees, as hgh as the rst
tor , be o two rc s and 2 n thc ness, and
rom thence upwards to the Garret oor, o
the thc ness o one rc t: That the thc ness
o the Garrat as on the bac part be e t to
the dscreton o the uder, so as the ame be
not es than one rc : nd aso that the Part -
was between e er ouse, o ths thrd and
arger ort o udng, be two rc s thc as
hgh as the rst oor, and thence upwards to
Garrat oor, the \ rc n thc ness. nd, e t urther nacted,That a ouses o
the ourth ort o udngs beng Manson ouses
and o the greatest bgness, not rontng upon an
o the treets or anes as a oresad the number o
stores,and the eght thereo sta be e t to the
dscreton o the uder,so as he e ceeds not our
tores.
so, the same ct en ons That no Tmber
bead wthn 12 nches o the oresde o the
hmn |ambs and that a |o sts on the bac
o an hmn be ad wth a Trmmer, at
nches dstant rom the bac : so, that no
Tmber be ad wthn the Tunne o an hm-
n , upon penat to the or man or e er De-
aut ten hngs, and ten hngs e er wee t contnues unre orm d
Twe ths hen ou a an Tmber on rc -
wor , as Torses or Mante-Trees to e on,
or ntos o er ndows, or Tempets under
Grders, or an other Tmbers, a them n oam5
whch s a great preser er o Tmber, or Mor-
ter eats and corrodes the Tmber: ewse the
|o st ends, and Grders whch e n the as,
must be oamed a o er, to preser e them rom
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
Pate 4.

c o
o

... . . .--,- -: ade asT et ard nches, w
\\ \3\ \s\ \ \ \ \
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
8 |T . 26
the corrodng o the Morter. ome or men
ptch the ends o the Tmber that e n the
as to preser e them rom the Morter.
n the ne t pace ou aha e the Ground Pat o
a udng, and ts panaton.
Pate 4, ou ha e the Draught o a Ground
Pat o a udng, whch s 25 eet, both
n the ront and eer ront and 40 eet n
the an or Depth: The ront and eer ront
as, are 2 rc s and \ n thc ness the an
as are 2 rc s n thc ness, as ou ma
pro e b the cae o eet and nches anne t to
the Desgn.
ou ma magne ths desgn to be the
Ground oor, ha ng no ear beneath t:
nd the heght o the tor between the oor
and the eeng to be 10 oot and because we
do suppose ths udng to ha e ouses ad on-
ng t on each sde, there ore we ha e drawn the
tar-ca e wth an open ue to g e ght to
the tars but the ouse had stood b t
se , wthout other ouses ad o nng, then we
mght ha e had ght to the tars rom the ac
a
panaton o the Desgn.
. The ront.
. eer ront
. an as.
. Pers o rc -
. ndows o Tmber.
D, Door-cases o Tmber.
. hmne s p |ambs o hmne s.
. pen
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
266 T .
. pen ue to g e ght to the tars.
. osscts.
. rc and ha a between the Got
sets.
a. unnes or Tunnes o hmne s,
. 2. 3. 4, teps o tars caed ers.
8. 9. 10, c. teps o tars caed nders,
e. Tmber Parttons.
The cae contans 32 eet, wth a Dagona ne to shew the nches n a oot: or am-
pe, ou woud ta e o 8 nches, ta e the
nter a rom 8 n the or onta ne to the
Dagona ne, and that s 8 nches: rom 3 n
the or onta ne to the Dagona ne5 s 3
nches, and so o the re
n the ne t Pate ou ha e the rthograph , or uprght o ths Ground Pat, and ths the
panaton thereo wth a cae o eet and
nches anne t thereto.
panaton o Pate .
. The ater-Tabe.
. rst asca.
. econd asca.
D. Three pan ourses o rc s o er the rches.
. ornce.
. hmnes.
G. Gabe-end
. treght rches,
. has rames.
. has ghts.
. Door-case.
. ndow- ghte o er the Door.
The
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d

G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
|P t 6.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
t . 267
The cae o eet and nches beng the ame.,,
as n the Ground Pat o Pate 4, need not an thng concernng t, because ha e there
hewn the use o t
nd athough ha e n ths Desgn, drawn
the aseas pan wthout an Moudngs, et
sometmes the are made wth Moudngs, whch
shew er neat and handsome, ha e there ore
n Pate 6. g en ou a Desgn o a rc asca,
wrought wth Moudngs, n whch Desgn
. s cma re er a.
|onts o Morten
P. Pan ourses.
, straga
. oo. or ote3 re ersed.
n the ame Phte ou ha e the desgn o a
rc ornce, and the ames o the Moudngs,
are
. cma recta, or gee
. |ont o Morten . cma re erse, or cmatum.
. orona, or Pancheer.
D. oo, or ote
. a etto, or asement
n whch ornce, the orona, or Pancheer,
ought accordng to the ues o rchtecture
to a o er, or pro ect more , but the ength o
a rc beng but about 8 nches when ts head
s rubbed or hewng, t w not hang, t a
o er, more than s shown n the Draught, whch
s about 3 nches and an ha . ut ou woud
ma e t to pro ect more, then ou must e-
ment peces to the ends o our brc s or ta-
ng
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
368 T .
ng, or to ma e them onger: whch e-
ment there s two orts, one s caed cod e-
ment, and the other s hot, the ma ng and use
whereo , we w shew towards the atter end.
To descrbe Moudngs on ah cot or Pa board
or Patterns to cut rc s b 9
There are two wa s to descrbe the oows, and rounds o Moudng n a cas, or orn-
ces one rom the o , or o gonum the other
rom the ha rounds or emcrce that ma es
the Moudng atter, ths more crcuar w
shew both wa s, and then ou ma ma e use o
whch ou pease.
rsts e w descrbe a a etto, or ase-
ment, both wa s.
n Pate 7. the g. . s descrbed rom the
o , n ths manner, ha ng aowed the pro e-
cture o the Moudng at the bottom, and the
et at top, draw the ne a b then wth the
ompasses ta ng the nter a a b, pace one
pont o the ompa es n and wth the other
descrbe the rch d d 5 then wth one oot n
wth the other descrbe the rch c and where
these two rches ntersect each other, there s
the enter to descrbe the a etto then ng
one oot n the enter, e tend the other to a or
b and descrbe the rch a g b.
ou ma descrbe t rom a emcrce thus:
n g, 2. ha ng aowed the Pro ecture at bot-
tom, and the et at top, as be ore, draw the
ne a , bsect, or mdde t, as at then up-
on c as a center, wth the nter a ca or c
descrbe the emcrce a d and bsect t n dp
whch s the enter to descrbe the a etto, or
asement b -5 then ng one pont o the om-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
. 269
passes n ,e tend the other to a or bP and de-
scrbe the rch a g
To descrbe the cma ecta, or gee,
both wa s.
g. . s descrbed b the n ths man
er 5 ha ng aowed the et at top a draw
the ne a and bsect t, that s, part t n the mdde n e then wth our ompasses ta e
the nter a e and ng one pont n wth
the other descrbe the rch c c then wth the
|ame nter a, or dstance, ng one pont m
r, wth the other, descrbe the rch d d, and
where these two rches ntersect, or cut each
ther, there s the enter to dscrbe the rounds
r ower part o the gee, to wt, ebb: Thea
ng one pont o the compasses on the nter-
secton b e tend the other to b, or and
descrbe the rch eh b: Then to descrbe the
oow, or upper part o the gee ta e wth
our ompasses the Dstance, or nter a e a
and ng one pont n e, wth the other descrbe
the rch c c, then eepng the ompasses, at
the ame dstance, one oot n and wth
the other descrbe the rch d ntersectng the
other rch n g: Then ng one oot n e -
tend the other to e or and descrbe the rch
eb a9 \ hch compeats the m re a or |.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
7o 0 1
To descrbe the same thee b a emcrce
g. 4.
1. ter ou ha e aowed the et as, draw
the ne a b.
2. sect the ne n s
3. sect e b and s as at cc.
4. n the enter c. wth the nter a c a, de
crbe the emcrce da,
5. Mdde t, as at d.
6. ng one pont n D. e tend the other t
or s, and descrbe the rch a h s.
7. n the enter wth the dstance c de-
scrbe the emcrce b d s.
8. Mdde t, as at d.
9. one oot n d, and e tend the other to
b or s.
10. Descrbe the rch b h whch compeats
the cma e ta or gee and a ter ether o
these wa s, whch ou e bee, ou ma de-
scrbe an other Moudng
nd because man tmes rc a ers ma e
rch tra e |ambs and rches, about ndows
and Door-ca es n a ront, w there ore de-
neat an rch tra e to be cut n the ength o
a rc 5 whch s most usua, athough ou ma
ma e our rch tra e arger, and cut t n the
ength o one rc and an ha n Pate 7. g. 5. ou ha e Deneated the
Ground Pat o an rch tra e |amb, to be cut
n the ength o a rc , whch suppose to be
G, and aso magne G to be a tretcher, or a tretchng rch tra e: so ou ma un-
derstand the desgn to be d ded n the mdde
b the two Prc nes on each sde whch
represents a |ont o Mus, and magnng t
t9
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T 1 0 . 7
to be thus d ded then s caed a eader
or a headng rch tra e, and G s caed a
a .
ere oows the ames o the se era parts o
the rch tra e
. et.
. ema, pper asca,
. ower asca.
dd ntend here to ha e added somethng
about the rchng o auts, but ntendng, God wng, to treat arge o the Descrpton
o a manner o rches, and ma ng o Mouds,
or Patterns, to cut them b , when come to
e ercse n Masonr whch w succeed ths:
sha there ore omt spea ng o auts n ths
ercse,
ha now n the ne t pace hew how to de-
scrbe an pss rch n rc s and ma e the Mouds, as aso to descrbe streght rches,
and ma e the Mouds or the ame,
To descrbe an a- ta an engthan
readth g en.
n pss rch s an ha a: There ore n Pate 8. g. . et the ength g es be , and
the readth- D.
pp the two g en nes together, o, that
the ma cut each other nto two e ua parts,
and at rght anges n the pont , then ta e
ha the ne , between our ompasses, and
settng one pont o the ompasses n , e tend
the other t t touch the ne h n and 5
whch
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
272 |T .
whch two ponts are caed the oca es, burnng ponts, n whch ponts dr e two a
ou descrbe t on oards, but upon Paper,
as here two Pns w do the Pns beng stuc
ast n the ponts and , stc aso another
Pn n the Pont G, then ta e a Thread, and
ncompass these 5 Pns n orm o a Trange,
pung the Thread tght, t e the two ends o
the Thread together, b a not at , then ta-
ng out the Pn at , ta e a Penc o ac -
ead, hodng t cose to the nsde o the
Threads and carr ng the Penc round upon the
Paper, about the Pns, wth the Thread a-
wa s straght, the pss or a D3 w
be thereb descrbed,
nother wa to descrbe the same,
ere shaon descrbe a em- a5 beng an
pss rch.
n g. 2. et the ength g en be , and
the emdameter or heght o the rch D
D de nto se en e ua parts, then upon
one se enth part rom as at , rase a Perpen-
dcuar rom the ne , , G aso at
one se enth part rom , as at , rase another
Perpendcuar 5 then d de the emdame-
ter g en D, nto 15 e ua Parts, and ta e
e en o those Parts, and set upon the Perpen-
dcuar rom to G, and ewse rom to
then ta ng the space between and G, settng
one pont o the ompasses n , descrbe the
rch G , eepng the ompasses at the ame
dstance, set one pont n G, and descrbe ano-
ther rch, whch w cut the ormer n the pont b rom whch pont, wth the ad-
us s
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T . 273.
m descrbe the anse G ths beng done,
ta e between our ompasses the space ,
and settng one pont n , descrbe the arch /,
then remo e our ompasses to , and ntersect:
that rch n the pont b , then settng our
ompasses on the pont , wth the ame d-
stance, descrbe a part o the pss , whch
s caed the anse: The other part to be de-
scrbed rom G to , s caed the cheam, whch
to descrbe, contnue or draw onger the em-
dameter D , and n that ne nd a enter,
whereon settng one pont o the ompasses,
the other pont ma touch the three ponts
G D , as on the enter 1 whereb descrbe
the cbeam GD , whch was to be done.
The e pss or em- a rches, beng
near wrought n rc , shew er peasant,
and are sometmes made o er Gate-wa s, and
aso o er tchn- hmnes, nstead o Mante-
trees.
e w uppose an pss rch to be made
o er a hmne , whose Dameter between the
|ambs s eght eet, and the under sde o the
rch at the e to r e n heght 18 nches rom
the e e o the pace, whence ou begn to
sprng the rch , the heght or depth o the
rch we w suppose to be made o the ength
o two rc s, whch when the are cut to the
sweep o the rch, w not contan abo e 14
nches, and perhaps ou must ement peces to
man o the courses n the anse to ma e them
ong enough to contan, or hod 14 nches, espe-
ca ou ntend to ma e the ourses o the
anse, and the ourses o the cheam to seem
a e n greatness, on the under de o the ten 1
or ou ma e the anse to cone to a true
oaomerng or the eheam3 b thattme that
T ou
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
-74
ou ha e ended the ans, and are read to et
the rst ourses o the cream : The Mouds
and so ewse each ourse n the an , w
be much ess at the ower part, or under de
o the rch, than the Moud, or ourses o
the cheam, as ou ma perce e b the an e
, n the 3d. g. whch wa o wor ng
rhee nd o rches s stronger, than to ma e
the ourses seem a e n bgness n an e and
cheam, athough t be not so peasng to the
e e. n the 3d. g. w show how to ma e
one ha o the rch ths wa , and n the - ther ha show how to ma e the ourses n
an e and cheam o a bgness .
rsts Descrbe the under de o the rch,
17 /the pss D , whose Dameter
s eght eet, and the heght D 18 nches
upon some smooth oor, or streght pastered
a, or such e 5 then contnue . draw
onger both the nes , D, cuttng each
other at rght nges, then rom to , aso
rom to , ewse rom D to set 14
nches, the ntended heght o our rch. Then
descrbe another pss to that ength and heght,
a ter ths manner a a straght uer on the
entre b , and on the onng o the an e,
and the cheam together, as at , and draw
the ne , then et one pont o our om-
passes n the centre o the an e at M, and open
the other pont o the ompasses to , and de-
crbe the upper an e , ewse ettng one
pont o the ompass n the centre b , wth
the other e tended to G, descrbe the cheam
G , athough spea here o ompasses
et when ou descrbe an rch to ts u bg-
ness, ou must ma e use o centre nes or
ues 5
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T . 275
ues the ast are best, because nes are sub-
ect to stretch then ta ng between our om
passes the thc ness o a rc , abatng some
sma matter whch w be ruh d o rom both
beds o the rc wth the ompasses at ths
dstance d de the upper anse rom to
nto e ua parts, and the happen not to d-
de t nto e ua parts, then open them a
sma matter wder, or shut them a sma mat-
ter coser, t t doth d de t nto e ua parts,
and oo how man e ua parts ou d de
the upper anse nto, so man e ua parts ou
must d de the ower an e rom to nto
ewsewse or ou ma d de the upper
anse rom the centre , ma ng a rght n-
ge rom each sommerng ne to the pss,
as s shewn n descrbng the streght rches o-
owng and rom the centre , and the D-
sons n the upper anse beng thus d ded,
ou ma draw the streght nes to the ower
anse, and not d de t wth the ompasses
through each o whch d sons wth a ue,
and Penc, draw straght nes, then get a pece
o thn anscot, and ma e t to t between two
o these nes, aowng what thc ness or
Morter ou ntend, ths w be the ommerng
Moud or the anse then d de the upper
cheam ewse, wth the ompasses at the
ame dstance nto e ua parts, and a ng a
uer on the centre , rom each D son n the
cheam G , draw straght nes to the ower
cheam D , then ma e another ommerng
Moud to t between two o these nes, aba-
tng so much as ou ntend the thc ness o our
|onts o Morter to be, whch ou set er
cose Morters, the breadth o the ne w be
enough to aow then a ng the nner dge o
T 2 a e-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
276 T .
a e streght on the ne , brng the
Tongue to touch the under de o the rst
ourse o the cheam, then ta e up the e-
, and et that e ne upon the ommerng
Moud o the cheam whch e ne ser es
or each ourse n the cheam but ou must
ta e the De o each ourse n the anse,
and set them upon our ommerng Moud b
themse es, and umber them wth 2, 3, 4,
c. because each ourse ares.
Thus ha ng made our ommerng Mouds,
n the ne t pace, ou must ma e the Mouds
or the ength o our tretchers, and or the
breadth o the eaders and the o ers a
pece o anscot se en nches ong, and three
nches and an ha broad w ser e or the
ength o the tretchers, and the breadth o
the eaders, the osers w be 1 nch and .
broad. o the oser w be ha the breadth
o the eader, and the eader ha the ength
o the tretcher, whch w oo we.
t remans now to spea somethng to the
other part o the rch, to wt, D, whose
ourses both n a se and cheam, run a e
upon the pss nes, and seem o one bg-
mess, athough perhaps there ma be some sma
matters o d erence, b reason ha e not d-
ded the ourses to ths gure, rom a rght
nge, but e er ourse rom the nge, whch
t ma es wth the pss, whch chose rather
to do, that so the e o one course, mght
not seem to run more upon the pss than
the e o another, and the d erence o
the thc nesses beng so nconsderate, s not
dscerned.
a ng
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T 277
a ng descrbed both the pss nes T
G, d de each o them nto a e number
o e ua parts, awa s rememberng to ma e
each D son on the upper pss ne, no grea-
ter than the thc ness o the rc w contan,
when t s wrought then through each D s-
on n both the pses draw straght nes con-
tnung them our or e nches abo e the up-
per pss ne, and as much beow the ow-
er pss nes then ha ng pro ded some
thn heets o ne Pastboard about 20 nches
s uare, cuttng one edge straght, ta e one sheet
and a the straght edge e en upon the ne
, b that t ma co er both the pss
nes, and beng cut to ad antage, t ma co er
eght courses or nne o the streght nes
ha ng ad t thus upon the gure o the
rch, stc a Pn, or two, through t, to eep
t n ts pace then a a uer upon the Past-
board true to the 7, 8, or 9th. streght ne o
the rch, accordng as the Past-board s n bg-
ness to co er them, and ta e a sharp Pen- n e,
a ng the uer upon the Past-board true to
the streght ne whose ends beng contnued
onger than the rch s deep, as drected be-
ore, w be seen be ond the Past-board and
cut the Past-board true to the ne, then ta e
another sheet, and on to t, and cut t as
ou dd the rst, b contnue t ou ha e co
ered the rch rom , ust to the ne
D G, stc ng Pns n /each sheet to eep them
n the paces where ou a them Then de
scrbe both the pss nes upon the Past
board, rom the ame entres and ad that
ou descrbed the pss under the Past-board,
and ether d de the pss nes wth the
ompasses on the Past-board, or ese draw nes
T 3 p
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
s78 .
upon the Past-board rom or b the straght nes underneath them whose ends ou ee
but the sa er wa s to d de the pss on
the Past-board, and draw nes through those
D sons, as ou dd beneath the Past-board 5
then set se en nches, beng the ength o each
tretcher, rom towards and rom D to-
wards G, and descrbe rom the ormer entres,
the pss o 0 through each other course on
the Past-board, as ou ma ee n the g.
aso set three nches and an ha , beng the
breadth o the eader, rom towards , and
and ewse rom D towards G: so set the
ame three nches and an ha rom towards
, and rom G towards D, and descrbe these
two pss nes rom the ame entres thro3
each ourse, whch the pss ne o the
tretchers m Td ewse draw n the ame
ourses, two other pss nes, one nch and
rom each o those two nes ou drew ast:,
whch s the breadth o the o ers 5 thus one
ourse o the rch w be d ded nto two
tretchers, and the ne t to t nto three eaders
and two osers through the whoe rch, ths
beng done, cut the Past-board accordng to the
nes nto se era courses, and each other ourse
nto two tretchers, and the eadng-courses
nto three eaders, and two osers, e act
accordng to the weep o the ac -ead nes5
and mar each ourse wth gures, mar ng
the rst ourse o the anse wth 1, the ne t
wth 2, the thrd wth 3, and so contnue t
ou ha e mar ed a the ourses to the e ,
or mdde, or e er ourse d ers , ou were
best to mar the ower oser n each course
wth a pher on the e t hand o ts own num-
ber3 that ou ma now t read rom the
upper
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
279
upper oser, and ma e no msta es when ou
come to set them 5 aso the mdde eaders n
each ourse shoud be mar ed besdes ts own
number the thc ness o the upper eader
beng eas dscerned rom the ower eader
needs no mar ng besdes ts own number- the
cross |onts, and ewse the under sde and
upper sde o each ourse must be cut crcu-
ar, as the Past-boards whch are our Mouds
drect: ou.
ou w add a e stone, and haptres
to the rch, as n the gure, et the breadth
o the upper part o the e stone be the heght
o the rch, . 14 nches, and ommer5
rom the entre at , then ma e our hap-
tres the ame thc ness that our ower part
o the e stone s, and et the e stone brea
wthout the rch, so much as ou pro ect o ae o er the |aums wth the haptres.
ther nd o rcuar rches as ha ounds
and cheams, beng descrbed rom one entre
are b pan and eas , that need sa nothng
concernng them: ut snce tre ght rches are
much used, and man or men now not the
true wa o descrbng them, sha wrte some-
thng bre concernng them. tre ght rches
are used genera o er ndows and Doors,
accordng to the breadth o the Pers between
the ndows, b ought the ew-bac or om-
merng o the rch to be -0 or the Pers be
o a good breadth, as three or our rc s n
ength, then the tre ght rch ma be descrbed
as ts ugar sad rom the /, whch be-
ng but part o a ord, s ta en rom the word
gonm, sgn ng an uatera Trange,
T 4 wth
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
s o T .
wth three sharp nges but the Pers are sma, as sometmes the are but the ength o
two rc s, and sometmes but one rc and
an ha , then the breadth o the ndow, or
more, ma be set down upon the mdde ne
or the entre, whch w g e a ess ew-
bac , or ommerng, than the centre rom an
w show how to descrbe them both
wa s, and rst rom the .
uppose a treght rch one rc and an
ha n heght, to be made o er a ndow, 4
eet n wdth. ee g. 4. wheren one ha
o the rch s descrbed rom the , and the
other ha rom the wdth o the ndow, et
the wdth o the ndow be , ta ng the
wdth between the ompasses, rom and
as two entres, descrbe the two rches, nter-
sectng each other at P, though spea here
o ompasses, et when ou descrbe the rch
to ts u bgnes, ou must use a uer, or a
ne, scarce an ompasses beng to be got
arge enough. Then draw another ne abo e
the ne , as the ne D, beng parae
to t, at such a heght as ou ntend our
rch to be, as n ths g. at 12 nches 5 but
most common these ort o rches are but
11 nches n the heght, or thereabouts, whch
answers to our ourses o rc s, but ou
ma ma e them more or ess n heght accor-
dng as occason re ures then a ng a uer on the centre P, and on the end o the ne
, draw the ne , whch s ugar caed, the ew-bac or the rch.
The ne t thng to be done, s to d de those
two ees and D nto so man ourses
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
T . 281
3 the rch w contan the thc ness o a
rc beng one o them, whch some do b
d dng the upper ne nto b man e ua partsa
and rom those parts, and rom the entre P
draw the ommerng nes or ourses o others
d de both the upper and ower ne nto so ma-
n e ua parts, and ma e no use o a entre,
but draw the ourses b a uer, beng ad
rom the D sons on the upper ne, to the
D sons on the ower ne, both whch wa s
are ase and erroneous 5 but ths b wa o
cauton.
a ng drawn the ew-bach , ta e be-
tween our ompasses the thc ness that a rc
w contan, whch suppose to be two nches
when t s rub d, and settng one pont o the
ompass on the ne D. o that when ou
turn the other Pont about, t ma ust touch
the ne n one pace, and there ma e a
Prc n the ne D, but do not draw the
ommerng nes unt ou ha e gone o er ha
the rch,to ee how ou come to the e , or
mdde and ou happen to come ust to
the mdde ne, or want an nch o t, then
ou ma draw the nes, but not, then ou
must open, or shut the ompasses a tte t
ou do.
Then eepng one end o the ue cose to
the entre at P. the surest wa s to str e a
sma a n the entre P. and eep the ue
cose to the a a the other end o the
ue cose to the Prc that ou made on the
ne D, eepng the ompasses at the ame wdth . two nches set one pont o the
compasses on the ne D3 as be ore, so that
the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
2 2 .
the other Pont beng turned about, ma ust
pas b the ue-, and as t were touch t n
one pace ou must remo e the pont o the
ompasses upon the ne D, arther or near-
er to the ue, unt t ust touch the ue m
one pace, and so contnue wth the ue and
ompasses, unt ou come to the mdde ne,
and t happen, that our ast space want an
nch o the mdde, then the mdde o the
e -course w be the mdde o the rch, and the number o the courses n the whoe
rch w be odd, but the ast space happen
to a ust upon the mdde ne , as t
doth n the g. then the |ont s the mdde
o the rch, but t shoud happen nether
to come e en to the ne, nor want an nch o t, then ou must open or shut the ompasses
a sma matter, and begn agan t t doth
come rght and the number o the ourses
n the whoe rch, s an e en umber.
ote, hen the number o a the ourses
n the rch, s an e en umber, then ou must
begn the two sdes contrar , . eader to
be the ower rc o the rst ourse on one
sde or ha o the rch, and a tretcher
the ower rc o the rst course on the other
de or ha o the rch: nd contrarwse,
t happen that the umber o the ourses
be an odd umber, as 2 or 27, or such e,
then the rst ourses o each ha o the rch,
must be a e, that s, ether both eaders, or
both tretchers, at the bottom.
Thus ha ng descrbed the rch, the ne t
thng to be done, s to ma e the ommerng
Moud, whch to do, get a pece o thn an-
scot
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
tn T . 283
cot beng straght on one edge, and ha ng
one sde paned smooth, to set the e stro es
upon about 14 nches ong, and an breadth
abo e two nches, then a ng our uer, one
end at the entre P, and the other end e en n
the ew-bac ne, cap the straght edge o
the anscot cose to the ue, so that the ow-
er end o the anscot ma e a tte beow
the ne , then ta e awa the entre ue,
but str not the anscot and a ng a uer
upon the anscot ust o er the ne D, str e
a ne upon the wanscot, then set one Pont
o the ompasses beng at the wdth o a ourse
. two nches upon that ne, so that the
other Pont beng turned about, ma ust touch
the straght edge o the anscot h as ou dd
be ore n d dng the ourses then ma e a
Prc on the ne on the wanscot, and a ng
our entre ue upon t, and on the en-
tre P, draw a ne upon the anscot b the
uer, wth a Penc, or the Pont o a om-
pass, and cut the anscot to that ne, and
ma e t straght b shootng t wth a Pan,
then our anscot w t e act between
an two nes o the rch , ou ma et t
want the thc ness o one o the nes, or some
sma matter more, whch s enough or the
thc ness o a Mortar , the ength o our
tretcher n ths rch, ma be 8 nches and
and the eader 3 nches and , but our rch
be but 11 nches n heght, then ma e our
tretcher 7 nches and ong, and the eader
3 nches - sone pece o anscot w ser e
both or the ength o the tretcher, and the
ength o the eader, ma ng t e a ong
s uare or bong, whose sdes are 8 nches 5,
and 3 nches and Then ta e a e and a -
ng
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
384 .
ng the nner edge o t straght wth the ne
, and the nge o the e ust o er the
nge at , ta e o the nge that the ew-bac
ne ma es wth the ne , and set t upon the smoothed de o our ommerng
Moud, or the e stro e o our rst ourse -
then drawng our De towards , streght n
the ne, unt the nge o the e be ust
o er the nge, that the second ommerng ne
ma es wth the ne when t s so, draw
the Tongue o the e to e e en upon the
second ommerng ne: n bre , cause the e to e e act on the ne , and on
the second ommerng ne then ta e up our
De and a t on the Moud and str e that
e ne on the Moud, wth the Pont o the
ompasses, about ha a uarter o an nch
dstant rom the rst, and that s the e o
the undersde o the second ourse proceed
thus unt ou come to the mdde ne
but a ter ou ha e set three e nes upon
our ommerng Moud, ea e about \ o an
nch between the thrd and the ourth, and so
ewse between the 6th and 7th, and the 9th,
and 10th, whch w be a great hep to ou,
n nowng the umber o each ne on the
Moud,
The Mouds or the other ha o the rch,
name , are made a ter the ame manner,
but but the rch s descrbed rom a entre
beneath P, as , whch causeth a e t ew-
bac . . D,
The dmnshng o the ommerng Moud
to an ew-bac ma be ound b the ue o
Three, b d dng a oot nto 10 e ua parts,
and.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
|T . 2
and each o these nto 10 parts, so that the
whoe oot ma contan 100 parts, then pro-
ceed thus. The upper ne , w be
that s three eet and amost one nch, and the
ower ne w be 252, that s two eet
and an ha an , and the upper part o the
ommerng Moud w be 17 amost, that s5
two nches o such whereo there are 12 n a
oot ne measure ha ng these three umbers
. 209, 252, 17. wor accordng to the
ue o Three, and ou w nd 13 and o
100 parts, that s amost 14 such parts where
o there are 100 n a oot ne measure or
the breadth o the ower part o the Moud
Ta ma ewse nd t Geometrca thus,
a ng drawn the upper ne and under ne
o the rch, as , and and drawn
an ew-bac , as suppose n g. 4.
ma e at dscreton the nge G n
then ta e the upper ne , and set t rom
. to aso ta e the ower ne , and set
t rom to , and draw the ne -, then
ta e the thc ness o our rc , whch suppose
to be two nches, and et t rom to G, and
draw G , parae to , a G s the
breadth o the upper part o the ommerng
Moud, and the breadth o the ower part
Then ma e our ommerng Moud true to those two nes, and begnnng n the mdde ne ,
descrbe the straght nes b the Moud rom
the e , unt ou come to the ew-
bac , and then ta e o the e nes, and
et them on our ommerng Moud,
sha
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
285 7r
sha concude ths ercse wth the tt os ma-
ng two sorts o ements or the ementng
rc s.
There are two sorts o ement, whch some
rc a ers use n ementng o rc s or some nd o Moudngs, or n ementng a
boc o rc s, as the ca t, or the ar ng
o croes or aptas or such e, c. ne s
caed cod ement, the other s caed hot e-
ment, because the ormer s made and used wth-
out re, but the atter s both made and used
wth re the cod ement beng accounted
a ecret, s nown but to ew rc a ers, but
the hot ement s common.
To ma e the cod ement.
T e \ a Pound o d heshre- heee, par
o the ne, and throw t awa , cut or
grate the cheese er sma, and put t nto a
Pot, put to t about a Pnt o ows-m , et t
and a ght, the ne t Mornng get the htes
o 12 or 14 ggs, then ta e \ a Pound o the
best nac t or uc me that ou can get,
and beat t to Powder n a Morter, then s t t
through ne ar e e nto a Tra or oe
o ood, or nto an arthen Dsh, to whch
put the heese and M , and str them we
together wth a Trowe, or such e thng,
brea ng the nots o heese, there be an ,
then add the htes o the ggs, and Temper
a we together, and so use t ths ement
w be a hte oour, but ou woud ha e
t o the oour o the rc , put nto t ether
some er ne rc -Dust, or megram, nor.
too much, but on ust to coour t,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
|T
287
To ma e the hot ement.
Ta eone Pound o o n, one uarter o a
Pound o ees- a , ha an unce o
ne rc -Dust, ha an unce o ha -Dust
or Powder o ha , s t both the rc -Dust
and ha -Dust through a ne ar e e, ou ma beat the rc and the ha n a Monet, be ore ou t t bo atogether n a Pp n,
or other e e, about a uarter o an hour, str-
rng t a the whe wth an ron or a pece o
ath or such e, then ta e t o 5 and et t
stand 4 or 5 Mnutes, and ts t or use.
ote,That the rc s that are to be emen-
ted wth ths nd o ement, must be made hot
b the re be ore ou spread the ement on
them, and then rub them to and ro on one ano-
ther, as |oners do, when the Gew two oards
together.
e 1 n 1 s.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
Mechanc D ang:
T G
n Man, tho o an rdnar a-
pact and unearned n the Ma-
thematc s,
To Draw a True
D

G P ,
owe er ctuated:
n wth the hep o a straght ue and a
par o ompasses, and wthout an rth
metca acuaton,
ount cmtotn
| P M , eow o the
o a ocet , and drographer to the ate
ng hares
D :
Prnted or Tho. egh and DamMdwnter at the ose and rown n t. auh htreh- ard 1703.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
3 7
Mechanc D ang.
Descrpton o D ang.
D ang orgna s a Mathematca c-
ence, attaned b the Phosophca
contempaton o the Moton o the
un, the Moton o the hadow, the
onsttuton o the phere, the ctuaton o
Panes, and the onsderaton o nes.
panaton.
T Moton o the un s reguer, t mo ng
n e ua pace n e ua Tme ut the Mo-
on o the hadow rreguar, n a parts o the
arth, uness under the two Poes, and that more
or ess accordng to the onsttuton o the phere
and ctuaton o the Pane. nd there ore cen-
t c D asts b the Geometrc onsderatons
o nes, ha e ound out ues, to mar out the
rreguar Moton o the hadow n a attudes,and on a ane , to omp wth the reguar Mo-
ton o the un, nd these ues o ad ustng the
Moton o the hadow to the Moton o the un, ma be caed cent c D ang.
ut though we ma ust account D ang or-
gna a cence, et such ha e been the Generost
o man o ts studous ontempators, that the
ha e communcated ther ac ured ues , where-
b t s now become to man o the ngenous no
more d cut than an rt,and b man ate u-
2 thcs
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
308 M D G.
thors so nttued: a more, b ths sma Tread tse t w scarce be accounted more than a Manua
peraton, or, though htherto a the uthors
ha e met wth seem to presuppose ther eader
to understand Geome r , and the Pro ectng o the
phere aread , or ese endea our n ther or s
to ma e hm understand them, as the were ab-
soute necessar to be nown b e er one that
woud ma e a D a, when as n truth, the on-
tempat e pans o others a oresad o consdered
the are not but ndeed are on use u to those
that woud now the reason o D ang Thus
the do not on dscourage oung begnners, but
aso dsappont man Gentemen and others, that
woud wng ether ma e them themse es, or
set ther or men about them, the new how
to ma e them. Ths tte Pece ha e there ore composed or
the hep o those who understand nether the Pro-
ecton o the phere, or Geometrca peratons: n ,
the now how to draw a straght ne between
two ponts b the de o a uer, descrbe a r-
ce wth a par o ompasses, erect a Perpendcu-
ar and draw one ne parae to another, the
ma now how to draw a D a or an g en Pants
howe er sctuated n an attude.
ut perhaps these two ast tte Trc s are not
nown to a new begnners, there ore sha shew
them. rst,
ow to ere a Perpendcuar. or ampe, n g. r.
pon the ne , ou woud erect a Perpend-
cuar to the Pont : Pace one oot o our om-
passes upon the pont , and open the other to
what dstance ou pease: or ampe, to the
pont , ma e there a mar then eepng the
rst oot st n , turn the other oot towards ,
and ma e there another mar then open our
om-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 3 9
ompa es wder, suppose to the ength , aud
pacng one oot n the pont
, wth the other oot de-
scrbe a sma rch o er the
pont , and remo ng the
oot o our ompases to
the pont , wth the other
oot descrbe another sma
rch, to cut the rst rch,
as at D. Then a our
straght uer to the pont
where the two sma rches
cut each other, and upon
the pont , and b the sde
o the uer draw the ne
D, whch sha be a Per-
pendcuar to the ne .

nother wa wth once openng

the ompa ses, as b g. 2.
Draw the ne , and
pace one oot o our om
passes upon the pont ou
woud ha e the Perpendcu
ar erected, as at the Pont
, and wth the other oot
descrbe the em-crce
ab , then pacng one oot
n , e tend the other oot
to n the em-crce and eepng that oot
n b7 e tend the other oot to D, and ma e there
a sma rch: Then remo e one oot o our
pmpa esto , and e tend the other oot to a
n the em-crce, and eepng that oot n e -
tend the other to D, and ma e there another sma
rch, to cut the rst sma rch and a ng a
straght uer to the pont where these two sma
rches cut each other, and upon the pont , draw
3 b
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
o M . T G-
b the sde o the uer the ne D, whch sha
be perpendcuar to the ne ,
o ert a Perpendcuar upon the end o a ne
, - - - as b g, 3 .
n the pont , at one end o the ne ,
pace one oot o our ompasses n the pont ,
and e tend the other on the ne towards , as to
and wth t descrbe the rch b a - then pa-
cng one oot n b0 e tend the other to a n the
rch, and ma e there a mar D de wth our
ompases the rch b a nto two e ua parts, and
eepng the eet o our ompases at that dstance,
measure n the rch rom to , then draw a
straght ne rom the pont to the end o the
ne , and that straght ne arbe Perpendcu-
ar to the end o the ne .
To dra7P a ne Parae to another ne, as b g. 4,
ampe. ou woud draw a ne parae to
the ne , open our ompases to the dstance
ou ntend the nes sha stand o each other,
and pacng one oot success e near each end, de-
scrbe wth other oot the sma rches D -0 a a
straght uer to the top o these rches, and draw
a ne b the sde o t, and that ne sha be pa-
rae to the ne .
De ntons
a Pane s that at whereon a D a s n-
tended to be pro ected.
D a Panes some be re t others Decners,others b ue.
. Dre t Panes there are e orts.
1. The or onta whose Pane es at, and s
parae to the or on, behodng the enth.
2. The outh rett- whose Pane stands uprght,
and drect behods the outh
3 The
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M | D G. 31
3. The orth re , whose Pane stands up
rght, and drect behods the orth.4. The ast re t whose Pane stands up
rght, and drect behods the ast.
/ 5, The est r ee, whose Pane stands uprght
and drect behods the est.
Decnesthere are n nte and et ma be
seduced nto these two nds.1. The outh re Pane decnng more or
ess towards the ast or est.
2. The orth rect Pane, decnng more or
ess towards the ast or est.
b ae Panessome are Drea other Decnng
and are o our sorts.
1. Drect hemng Panes, whch ean towards
ou, and e drect n the ast est orth,or
outh uarters o ea en.
2. Drect ecng Panes, whch ean rom ou, and e drect n the ast, | est3 orth or outh
uarters o ea en.
3. ncnng Decnng Panes, whch ean ta-
.wards ou, but e not drect n the a c e 3
orth,or outh uarters o ea en ut decne
more or ess rom the orth or outh, towards the
ast or est
4. ecnng Decnng Panes, whch ean rom
ou, but e not drect n the astr est, orth
or outh uarters o ea en ut Decne more
or ess rom the orth or outh, towards the ast
or e t.
the ctuaton o the Pane be not g en, ou
must see t: or, there are se era wa s how to
now these se era nds o panesused among
rtsts ut the readest and easest s b an nstu-
rnent caed a Decnator , tted to the araton
o our Pace: nd t be tru made, ou ma
as sa e re upon t as an other.
4 P -
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
312 M . T G.
P T .
The Descrpton o the nator
T nator s made o a s uare oard,
D, o a good thc ness, and the ar-
ger the better between two o the Mes s de-
scrbed on the enter , a uadrant as d ded
nto 90 e ua parts or degrees, whch are gured
wth 10, 20, 30 to 90 and then bac agan wth
the ompements o the ame umbers to 90 : e-
tween the mb and the two em-dameters s
made a round o , nto whch a Magnetca eede
s tted and a ard o the autca. ompass,
d ded nto our nnetes, begnnng ther um-
bers at the ast est orth and outh ponts o the
compass, rom whch ponts the opposte sdes o
the nator rece es ther ames o est
orth and outh.
ut ote, That the orth pont o the ard
must: be paced so man degrees towards the ast
or est des o the nator , as the eede ares
rom the true orth pont o the ords n the
pace where ou ma e our D a whch our
or man that ma es our nator w now
how to t.
pon the enter , whereon the uadrant
as descrbed, s astned a Pupb-ne, ha ng a
Pummet o ead or rass astned to the end o t,
whch Pumb-ne s o such ength that the Pum-
met ma a ust nto the Groo e G , beow the
uadrant, whch s or that purpose made o such
a depth, that the P mmet ma rde ree wthn
t, wthout stoppng at the sdes o t, ee the
pure anne ed.
th
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M 1 1 DT G. 3 3
th ths nator ou ma e amne the sc-
tuatoh o Pares. s our Pane be or on-
ta, t s drect: and then or: the true sctuatng
our D a, ou ha e on the true orth and
outh ne to nd: whch s done on b settng
the nator at down upon the Pane, and turn-
ng t towards the rght or e t hand, t ou can
brng the orth pont o the eede to hang ust
o er the ower-de-uce or then ou draw a
ne b ether o the sdes parae to the eede,
that ne sha be a orth and outh ne our Pane ether ecne or ncne, app
one o the sdes o our nator parae to one
o
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
34 M DT G.
o the em-dameters o the uadrant to the
Pane, n such sort that the Pumb-ne hangng at
bert , ma a upon the rcum erence o the
uadrant, or then the number o degrees o the
uadrant comprehended between the sde o the
uadrant parae to the Pane, and the Pumb-ne
sha be the number o degrees or ecnaton,
the enter o the uadrant ponts upwards or
ncnaton, the enter ponts downwards.
our ecnng or ncnng Pane decne,
draw upon t a ne parae to the or on,
whch ou ma do b app ng the ac -sde o
the nator , and rasng or depressng the en-
ter o the uadrant, t the Pumb-ne hang u :
upon one o the em-dameters, or then ou ma
b the upper-sde o the nator draw an o-
r onta ne the Pane ncne, or b the un-
der-sde, t ecne. t nether ncne or
ecne, ou ma draw a or onta ne both b
the upper and under sdes o the nator a-
ng drawn the or onta ne, app the orth
de o the nator to t, and the orth end
o the eede ponts drect towards the Pane,
t s then a outh Pane, the orth pont o
the eede ponts drect rom the Pane, t s .
orth Pane: ut t ponts towards the ast,
t s an a Pane: towards the t a a est
Pane. t do not pont drect ether ast,
est, orth, or outh, then so man degrees as
the eede decnes rom an o these our ponts
to an o the other o these our ponts, so man
degrees s the Decnaton o the Pane.
ou ma nd a, Merdan ne another wa
thus, the un shne ut at oon, hod up a
Pumb-ne so as the shadow o t ma a upon
our Pane, and that shadow sha be a Merdan
ne.
P - .
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M D G. 315
P T. .
To descrbe a D a us on a or onta Pane, rst draw a orth and outh ne whch s
caed a Merdan ne through the mdde
o the Pane 7 Thus et our Decnator at up-
on the Pane, and turn t too and ro t the
eede hang precse o er the Merdan ne o
the Decnator then b the sde o the Decnator
parae to ts Merdan ne, draw a straght ne
on the Pane, and that straght ne toe n the
mdde o the Pane, t sha be the Merdan ne,wthout more ado: ut t be not n the mdde
o thePane, ou must draw a ne parae to t,
through the mdde o the Pane or the Merdan
ne or twe e a oc ne: nd t ha be the
Merdan ne, and aso be the ub tar ne then draw another straght ne through th mdde o
ths ne, to cut t at rght nges or the a
oc nes and where these two nes cut one
another ma e our enter, whereon ou descrbe
a rce on our Pane as arge as ou can, whch
b the Merdan ne, and the ne drawn at rght
nges wth t w be d ded nto our ua-
drants one o the uadrants d de nto 90 de-
grees thus, eepng our ompasses at the ame
wdth the were at when ou descrbed the ua-
drant, pace one oot n the twe e a oc ne,
and e tend the other n the uadrant, and ma e
n the uadrant a mar wth t, so sha ou ha e
the s teth degree mar ed out: Then pace one
oot o our ompases n the a oc ne, and
e tend the other n the uadrants and ma e n the
uadrant another mar wth t so ha that ua-
drant be d ded nto three e ua parts, each o
these three e ua parts contans 30 Degrees: Then
wth our ompases d de one o these three
e ua
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
315 M Dt G.
e ua parts nto three parts, and trans er that d-
stance to the other two thrd parts o the uadrants
so sha the whoe uadrant be d ded nto nne
e ua parts. Then d de one o these nnee-
ua parts nto two e ua parts, ud trans er that
dstance to the other eght e ua parts, so sha the uddrantbe d ded nto ghteen e ua parts.
Then d de one o these ghteen e ua parts
nto e e ua parts, and trans er that dstance to
the other e enteen e ua parts, so sha the whoe
uadrant be d ded nto so e ua parts, ach
o these 90 e ua parts are caed Degrees.
ote, That ou ma n sma uadrants d de
truer and wth ess troube wth tee D ders,
whch open or cose wth a crew or that pur-
pose, then ou can wth ornpases.
n ths uadrant thusd ded _count rom the
ub ar or Merdan ne the e aton o the
Poe,thats, the number o Degrees that the Poe
o the ord s ee ated abo e the or on o
our Pace, and draw a ne rom the enter
through that number o Degrees or the tar
ne. Then on the ub ar ne chose a pont
where ou pease and through that pont draw
a ne at rght nges to the ub ar ne as ong
as ou can, or the ne o ontnence, and rom
that pont n the uh tar ne measure the nearest
dstance an part o the tar ne hath to that
pont and eepng one oot o our ornpases
st n that pont, set o that dstance n the uh-
tar ne, and at that dstance descrbe aganst
the ne o ontnence a em-crce, whch d-
de rom ether sde the Merdan or ub ar m
nto s e ua parts thus Draw a ne through
the enter o ths em-crce parae to the ne
o ontngence, whch sha be the Dametra ne,and sha de de ths em-crce nto two uar
drants one on one sde the ab tt r ne and the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. 317
uadrant on the other sde the ub r ne: then
eepng our ompasses at the ame dstance the
were at when ou descrbed the em-crce, pace
one oor rst on one sde the Dametra ne at the
ntersecton o t and the em-crce, and then on
the other sde, at the ntersecton o t and the
em-crce, and e tend the other n the em-
crce, and ma e mar s n the em-crce on e-
ther sde the ub ar ne, then pace one oot
o our ompasses at the ntersecton o the em-
crce and the uh tar ne and.turn the other
oot about on ether sde the em-crce and
ma e mar s n the em-crce, so sha the em-
crce be d ded nto s e ua parts \ D de one
o these e ua parts nto two e ua parts, and
trans er that dstance to the other e e ua parts,
so sha the whoe em-crce be d ded nto
twe e e ua parts. These twe e D sons are to
descrbe the twe e ours o the Da , between
a oc n the Mornngs and s a oc at
ght..
ou w ha e ha ours, ou ma d de
each o these twe e nto two e ua parts, as be-
ore: ou w ha e uarters ou ma d de
each o these twent our nto two e ua parts
tore, as be ore.
or thus proportonng the D sons n the
em-crce, ou ma proporton the D sons
and ub-d -sons o ours upon the D a Pane
or a straght uer ad upon each o these D -
sons, and on the enter o ths em-crce, sha
shew on the ne o ontngence the se era Dstan-
ces o a the ours and parts o ours on the
D a Pane. nd straght nes drawn rom the
enter o the D a Pane, through the se era
D sons on the ne o ontngence sha be the
se era our nes and parts on the D d Pane.
ut
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
318 M D G.
ut an or onta D a n our attude w add admt o our ours more, . 9 , n the
Mornng, and , , n the enng. There-
ore n the rce descrbed on the enter o the
a Pane trans er the dstance between and ,
and and ,, on the other sde the s a oc
ne -7 and trans er the Dstances between and
, and and on the other sde, the oppo-
ste s a oc our ne, and rom the enter o
the D a Pane draw nes through those - trans er-
red Dstances or the our nes be ore and a ter
.
Then mar our our nes wth ther respe-
ct e numbers. The ub ar ne n ths D a as a oresad s , rom thence towards the rght
hand mar e er success e our ne wth 3 ,
, c. and rom towards the e t hand wth
, , , c.
The te must be erected perpendcuar o er
the ub tar ne, so as to ma e an. nge wth
the D a Panee ua to the e aton o th Po e o
our Pace,
ampe.
ou woud draw a D a upon a or onta Pane
here at ondon rst draw the Merdan or orth
and outh ne as , and cross t n the md-
de wth another ne at rght nges, as , ,
whch s an ast and est ne where these two
nes cut each other as at , ma e the enter,
whereon descrbe the em-crce , , -7 but
one o the uadrants, . the nadratt rom
to , towards the rght hand on must d de n-
to 90 e ua parts as ou were taught n o 12.
and at 5 degrees whch s on ons attude
ma e a mar , and a ng a straght uer to the
enter o the P , and to ths mar draw a ne
b the sde o t or the tar ne, Then on the
ubstar
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
4 D G. 31.9
ubstar ne chuse a pont as at , and thro1 that
pont draw a ne as ong as ou can perpendcuar
to the ast and est ne , . as , whch
s caed the ontngent ne where ths ontngent.
ne cuts the ubstar ne pace one oot o our
ompasses, and rom thence measure the shortest
Dstance between the pont and the tar ne.
nd eepng one oot o our ompasses st n
the pont G, set o the shortest dstance between
the pont , and, the tar ne on the ubstar
ne, as atD whch pont D sha be a enter,
whereon wth our ompasses at the ame wdth
ou must descrbe a em-crce to represent a
em-crce o the unocta Ths em-crce
d de nto s e ua parts as ou were taught o
13. to each o whch e ua parts, and to the enter
the uno ta em-crce a a straght uer,
and where the straght uer cuts the ne o ontngence ma e mar s n the ne o ontngence
Then thc straght uer to the em-crce o
the DuaPane, and to each o the mar s n the
ne o ontngence, and b the sde o t draw
twe e straght nes or the twe e ore and
ternoon our nes, ,, rom n the Mor-
nng to n the enng. Then n the uadrant
measure the dstance between the a oc
our ne, and the a oc our ne, and
trans er the ame dstances rom the a oc
ne to , and on both des the a oc
our nes, and through those dstances draw
rom the enter o the Pane the and a oc
our nes, and measure the dstance between the
a oc our ne and the a oc our
ne, and tran er the same dstance rom the a
oc ne to and , and through those d-
stances draw rom the enter o the Pane the
a oc and a oc our es.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
320 M DT 1 G
t ou w ha e the ha ours and uarter
ours, or an other d son o ours, ou must
d de each s D sons o the unocta, nto
man parts as ou ntend, and b a straght u-
er ad to the enter o the unoctas and those
d sons n the unocta rce ma e .mar s, n
the ne o ontngence as ou dd be ore or the
whoe our nes: and nes drawn rom the
enter o the Pane through those mar s sha be
the ub-d sons o the ours: ut ou must re-
member to ma e a ub-d sons ort nes, and
near the erge o the a Pane0 that ou ma
the easer dstngush between the whoe ours and
the parts o ours as ou ma ee n the gure.
a ng drawn the our- nes, set the umber
o each our- ne under t, as ou see n the -
gure. ast o a st a Tranguar ron, whose an-
guar Pont beng ad to the entre o the a
Pane
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M 4 D G. Pt Pane, one sde must agree wth the nb tar ne
atd ts other sde wth the nhr ne so s the
te made. nd ths te ou must erect Perper
dcuar o er the ub ar me on the pane,and there t. Then s our D a nshed,
P T. .
Todescrbe an rect: Drect outh-D a.
ma now an re Drect outh- ane, h
app ng the orth-sde o the Decnator to
t or then, the orth-end o the eede hang
drect o er the orth-pont o the ard n the
bottom o the o , t s a outh-T ne , but r .t
hang not drect o er the orth-pont o the r
t s not a Dre outh-Pane, but Decnesether:
or est and that contrar to the Pontng o| h
eede aster or ester , rom the orth -
pont o the ard: or, the orth-pont r,
the eede ponts aster , the PaneDe wet rom
the outh towards the est: t pont ester
the Pane Decnes rom the outh towards the ast.
ou ma now, the Tme be tru rect or up-
rght, b app ng one o the hoes D or to t
or then b hodng the enter upwards so as
the Pumb-ne pa ree n the Groo e the ne
es upon o, r 90, the aste s uprght , but,
t hang upon an o the ntermedate Degrees, t
s not uprght, but ncnesor ecnes,
ou nd t ncne, app the sde tot
and ee what number o Degrees the Pumb-ne
as on, or that number o Degrees, counted rom
the sad , s the number o Degrees o nc/moton
ou nd the Pane ecnes, app the sde D
to t, and ee what number o Degrees the Pumb-
ne as on, or that number o Degrees counted
rom the sde D, s the number o Degrees o
decnaton
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
9 M 1 T G.
These ues beng we understood, ma ser e
ou to nd the sctuaton o a other sort o Panes. ut or the ma ng a D a on ths P|ane7 ou must
rst draw a Merdan ne through the mdde o
the Pane, b app ng a Pumb-ne to the mdde .
o t, t thePumbet hang uet be ore t: or
then, the Pumb-ne be bac ed or a whte
Ground, or cha ed or a dar Ground and
straned as arpenters do ther nes, ou ma
wth one stro e o the strng on the Pane, de
scrbe the Merdan ne,as . Ths Merdan
saso the ttb ar ne.

1

/
\\\\\.
T

/ / 1
/ / / / 6
/

n n r

Then on the top o ths Merdan ne as at
draw another ne athwart t, to cut t at rght, nges, as , or an ast and est ne, t the meetng o these two nes at the top, ma e our enter, whereon descrbe a em-
rce on our Pan as arge as ou can, whch b
the Mendmn ne and the ast and est ne, w
be d ded nto two uadrants. ne o these ua-
drams d de nto 90 Degrees as ou were taught
o 12 and rom the ub tar ne count the om-
pement o . the Poes e aton 1 whch here at ondon where the Poe s ee ated.5 Degrees, ts
ompement to 90 s. 38 Degrees, and ma e
there
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M D t G: 246
there a mar , as at . Then on the tMm me
chuse a pont where ou pease as at 5 or the me
o ontnence to pass through whch ne o uon
tngence draw as ong as ou can, so as t ma cut
the ub tar ne at rght nges, and rom the
pont n the ub ar ne, measure the shortest
dstance between t and the tar ne, and eepng
one oot o our ompasses st n the pont ,
trans er that dstance nto the ub ar me as at
G then on the pont G descrbe a em- rce o
the c tnotta aganst the ne o ontnence whch
em rce d de nto twe e e ua parts, as ou
were taught b the ampe n the or onta D a
o 13. and b a straght uer ad to each o
these D sons, and to the enter o the em-
rce ma e mar s n the ne o mtngence b the
de o the uer , or straght nes drawn rom
the enter o the D a pane through these mar s
n the ontngent ne sha be the 2 our nes be-
ore and a ter oon.
Then mar our our nes wth ther respe-
ct e umbers the ub tar or Merdan ne s
, rom thence towards the rght hand wth ,
, , c. and rom thence towards the e t
hand wth a , , , c
The te must be erected perpendcuar o er the
ub ar ne, so as to ma e an nge wth the
D a Pane e ua to the ompement o the Poes
e aton, . 38- Degrees.
P T. .
To ma ean re Dre orth o a. T rett Drett orth D a te and a, s
made b the ame ues, changng upwards
or downwards, and the e t sde or the rghts
the rt t re outh D a s made or th rc
Drect mtb D a be drawn on an transparent
T Pane
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
h mechanc d ta n g.
Pane, as on Gass, ora, or an o ed Paper, and
the or onta ne , , turned downwards,
and the ne -mar t wth , the ne wth t, the ne wth , and the ne wth
, , then ha e ou o t a orth ret Drest a
the other our nes n thsD a are use-
ess, because the un n our attude stnes on a
orth ace the ongest Da on be ore n the
othng, and a ter at ght.
P T, ,
To descrbe an rt t Drect ast D a.
ng a Pumb-ne a tte abo e the Pace
on the wa where ou ntend to ma e our D a, and wat t t hang uet be ore the wa:
Then the ne be rubbed wth ha e a ar-
penters ne ou ma b hodng the Pumbet
nd cose to the wa, and stranng t prett st ,
str e wth t a straght ne, as arpenters do:
Ths ne sha be a perpendcuar, as . Then
chuse a con enent pont n ths Perpendcuar, as
at , or a enter, whereon descrbe an occut
rch, as D Ths rch must contan the number
o Degrees o the e aton o the uno a,
counted between D and , whch n our attude
as 381, or whch s a one the ompement o
the Poes e aton. There ore n a uadrant o
the ame adus, wth the occut rch measure 38
Degrees, and set them o n the Pane rom to
D: Then rom D to the enter G n the Perpend-
cuar., draw the prc t ne D , ths prc 11 ne
sha represent the s o the ord, Then cross ths
ne at rght nges wth the ne , and draw
t rom to , so ong as possb ou can: Ths
ne sha be the ontngent ne. Then chose a
pont n ths ontngent ne,as at , draw a ne
through that pont at rght nges or the ubst-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M 1 DT| G.
ar ne0 as G or the ub tar ne , theno
pen our ompases to a con enent wdth, astt
G and ptchng one oot n the pont G, wth the other oot descrbe a em- rce o thermano d aganst the hm o ontmgence, whch r
p- rce d de rom both wa s nto et ua
parts, as ou were taught b the ampe n tte
or onta D d\ and a ng a straght uer ot
the enter o ths em- rce o the unoctas
and to each o those e ua parts mar on the on-
tngent ne where the uer cuts t, or those
mar s sha be the se era ponts rom whence
nes drawn parae to the ne D sha be the
respect e our nes. \
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
: 3 M T G.
The reason wh the ontngent ne s drawn rote
to , so much onger than rom to s be-
cause the our nes rom towards are
more n umber towards oon, than the are
rom bac wrd towards , or ths D a w
on show the ours rom a tte be ore n the
Mornng to amost oon. or ust at oon the
hadow goes o the Pane \ as ou ma spe, ou
app a straght uer to the enter o the e u-
nocta em- rce G, and a t to the pont 12
n the em- rce , or the straght uer w then ne er cut the ne o ontngtnce, because the me
r ohtn nce s parae to the ne G on the
unocta rce, and nes parae, though con-
tnued to ne er so great a ength, ne er meet.
To these our nes set gures as ma be seen
n the cheme
The te o ths D as as we as o a
others, must stand parae to the s o the ord ,
and aso parae to the ace o the Pane, and
parae to a the our nes, and stand drect
o er the ubstar or a oc our ne, and that
so hgh as s the dstance o the enter o the u-
octa em- rce rom the ontngent ne.
P
To descrbe a D a on an rect Drect est Pane rect Drect est-D a, s the ame n a
respects wth an rect Drect ast-D a
on as the ast-D a hews the orenoon ours,
so the est shews the ternoon ours.
Thus, ou shoud draw the ast-D a on an
transparent Pane, as on Gass, orn, or o ed
Paper, on the one sde w appear an ast D a, on
the other sde a est on the numbers to the our
m as was, sadbe ore n tht- orth- must:
be
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M G D G, 294
be changed or that whch n the a t-D ah |
n the est must: be that whch n the st-D a
s , n the rstmust be that whch n the ast
D a , n the est must be , c. The te
s the ame.
P T. .
To Descrbe a D a on an rect orth, or rect outh
Pane Decnng astwards or estwards.
T cse our D as, . the rect orth Dec-
nng astwards the re t orth Decnng
estward s the rett outh Decnng astwards and
the n outh Decnng estwards, are a pro ect-
ed b the ame ues 9 and there ore are n e -
ect but one D a d erent paced, as ou sha see
herea ter.
rst draw on our P a straght ne to re-
present the or n o our pace, and mar one
end o t or est, and the other end or ast
huse a pont n ths or onta ne or a enter,
as at , whereon ou ma descrbe a rce to
comprehend a these our Deas: Draw a ne as
M M perpendcuar to the or- ntr| .nc ,
through the enter tor a Men | up- c and 011
that enter descrbe a rce, whch b the two
nes T and M M w be d ded ntobur
uadrants, whch w comprehend the our D as a oresad or t be a orth Decnng e/ ou are
to draw, the upper uadrant to the e t hand ser es
our purpose a outh decnng e t, the same
nes contnued through the enter nto the o
w.er uadrant to the rght and ser e , our turn 5
a orth Decmwg ast, the upper uadrant to the
rght hand ser es our turn :, or a- outh decnng
. t rthe ame nes contnued through- the enter
_ nto the tower uadrant to the. t hand ser es
our turn and ou must draw the Decnaton, om-
T\ ement
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
2 M T G.
ernmt o the Poes ttude ub e te an 1
ma n t but the our nes must be d erent
w ed as ou sha see herea ter. ha on g e
ou an ampe o one o these D as9 u
mtb Duhmng ast.
e w suppose ou are to draw a D a that
|ecwes om the outh 50 Degrees towards the a
here, beng but one D a, ou need descrbe but
one uadrant o a rce. et o n the ower ua-
drant M 50 degrees rom the Merdan ne
M towards , and rom the enter draw a
taaght ne through that mar n the uadrant as
D , whch ma be caed the ne o Decnaton 5,
then set o rom the Merdan ne the ompement
o the Poes e aton, whch n bur attude s
38 | degrees, and there draw another ne rom
t eme as P, whch we w ca the oht ne.
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M 1 DT G 9
Then ta e n the or onta ne a con enent por-
ton o the uadrants as , and rom the pont
draw a ne parae to the Mw an ne M, and
contnue that ne t t ntersect .the .Toar we9
as at rom whch Pont P draw a ne parae to
, as P : Then measure the dstance o
n the or onta ne, and set o that dstance n
the ne o Decmaton, as rom to D, and rom
that pont o dstance draw a ne parae to the
Merdan M through the or onta ne at and
through the Pont D and contnue t through the
ne P , as at then a ng a straght uer to
the enter and the ntersecton o the ne P ,
at draw the ne or the bste: Then upon
the pont erect a ne perpendcuar as T
Then measure the dstance between and D, and
set that dstance o rom to T, and rom the en-
ter to the pont T draw the ne T or the te
or Gnomon , and the Trange T made o ron or
rass, and erected perpendcuar o er the ub-
ste , sha b ts upper sde T , cast a shadow
upon the our o the da . ut ou w a , the
our nes must be drawn rst: t s true -7 There-
ore to draw them ou must chose a pont n the
ub te ne where ou thn good, and through t
draw the ne as ong as ou can or the ne
o ontngence \ then wth our ompasses ta e the
dstance between ths pont and the te,and trans-
er that dstance beow the ne o ontngence on
the. ub/te as at , and wth our ompes at
that dstance descrbe on the enter a rce to
represent the uno tat, then as ou were taughtn the ampe o the or onta D a dT
de the em- rce o the mnottat nto twe e
e ua parts, begnnng at the pont n the uno t-
a rce, where a straght ne drawn rom the
. enter o t to the. ntersecton o the ne o ntrgmt wth the Merdan ne cuts the M m
\ mend
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
297 M DT G.
no a ne, as here at the Pont G then a a
straght uer to the enter o the mmcta r c and to e er one o the D sons n the etr-
ce, and mar where the straght uer cuts the
ontngent me or straght nes drawn rom the
enter o the D a to those se era mar s on the
ontnent ne0 sha be the our nes and must
be numbered rom the oon ne or Merdan M
bac wards, as , , , , c. towards the
e t hand. o s our D a nshed.
Th s D a drawn on an transparent matter, as
orn, Gass, or an o ed Paper, sha on the ether sde the transparent matter become a outh Dec-
nng est te and a but then the a oc our
ne must be mar ed . the , , the a
oc our ne, , , , , , c .
ou pro ect: t a new, ou must descrbe the
uadrant M on the other sde the Merdan ne,
on the enter rom M to , and then count,
as be ore the Decnaton ttude o thePa/e, t -
ste, and te n the uadrants begnnng at M to-
wards , and wor n a repe s as wth the outh
Decnng ast on number ths outh Decnng
est as n the oregong Paragraph.
ou pro ect a orth Decnug ast , ou must
descrbe the uadrant abo e the or mt.a ne
romM upwards, towards on our rght hand
and count as be ore the Decmaton ttude om-
pement o the Poe uhst e and te rom the me-
rdan ne,and wor as wth the outh Decnng
ast: t must be numbred rom the Merdan ne
M towards the rght hand wth , , , , c.
ths D a were drawn on transparent matter,
the other sde woud. rew a orth Decnng est:
nt ou w pro ect t anew, ou must descrbe
the uadrant abo e the or onta ne, rom.M
-upwards towards and count rom the. Merdan
m M the Decmam om ement tttude o
the
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M DT G. 98
- the Poe, ubte and te3 and wor wth them na respects as wth the outh Decnng a c ont
then the a oc our ne must be mar ed ,
thc , the , , .
P T, | ,
To draw a o aon an ast or est Pane e n g
ncnng.
Draw a straght ne parae to the or pn o
represent the Merdan, or a oc ne and mar one end , the other chuse a pont
n ths ne, as at or a enter: Then our
Pane be an a t or a est ndmer, et a a Per-
pendcuar upon ths enter that s, the per-
pendcuar must stand abo e the Merdan ne
as , and upon the enter descrbe a semcrce abo e the Merdan ne ut our
Pane be an ast ncner, or a est ecner, - et
a a Perpendcuar rom the enter under-the
Merdan ne, and upon the enter descrbe
a em- rce under the Merdan ne. our
Pane be a est nchner wor as sha be taught
.n the uadrant n the e t hand abo e the Merdan
ne. an ast ecner, n the uadrant o the
rght hand abo e the Merdan ne. tbea st
ecnes, wor n the uadrant on the e t-hand
Tnder the Merdan. an ast ncner, n the
uadrant under the Merdan ne the rght hand.
or ampe, n ast D a ecnng 45 Degrees.
ou woud draw, a D a .on m a Pane e n
mng 45 Degrees: There ore n the uadrant on
the rght hand abo e the Merdan ne, set o
rom the Perpendcuar 45 Degrees on the
uadrant or the ecnaton o the Pane and set
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M DT
o aso n the uadrant 38 \ Degrees rom the Per-
pendcuar or the ompement o the Poe, e aton
and at these settngs o ma e mar s n the ua-
drant Then a a straght uer to the enter ,
and to the mar s n the uadrants and draw straght
nes through them rom the enter. Then chuse
n the Merdan ne a con enent pont as at
, and through that pont draw a ne parae to
the perpendcuar , whch w ntersect: the
ne drawn- or the ompement o the Poes b.naton P n rom whch pont P, draw a ne
parae to the Merdan ne , to cut the Per-
pendcuar n . and aso the ne o b-
ut n . Then measure the ength ,
and set o that ength n the Perpendcuar
rom to , and draw the ne G pa-
rae to the Merdan ne whch w cut
the ne P proonged n G. Measure aso the
ength o , and set that ength o rom
to pn the ne o b ut , and draw
the ne parae to the Perpendcuar ,
Then measure the dstance o , and upon the
ne GP , set t o rom G to and a ng a
straght uer to the pont and the enter 3
draw b the de o t the ne , or the
ub e ne. Then measure the ength o _ ,
and rom rase a Perpendcuar, and n that Per-
pendcuar, set that ength o rom to T and
a ng a straght uer to the enter and the
pont T, draw the ne T or the tar nes
whch tar ne beng Perpendcuar erected o er
the ubstar ne , w stand parae to the
s o the ords and cast ts shadow an the our
o the Da ,
|o
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M T G. n\
To draw the our nes on ths Pane, ou-
must as ou ha e, se era tmes -be ore,been d-
reded chuse a pont n the ub r ne and
through that pont draw at.rght nges wth the:
ubst r ne, the ne o omngence so ong as ou
can: Then measure the shortest dstance between
that Pont and the oar ne3 and trans er that,
dstance beow the ne o ontngenc n the ubst -
ar ne, as at , and wth our ompases at that.
dstance, descrbe aganst the ne o ontngence
the unocta rce , then, d de, the em- crce o the uno tane t the ne o ontngence
nto twe e e ua parts, as ou ha e ormer been
taught, begnnng at the Pont n the tnc tat
rce, where a straght e drawn rom the enter
o t to the ntersecton o the ne o ontmgence,
wth
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
tarM . T
wth the Merdan ne cuts the uno a c
as here at the pont D Then a a straght uer
to the enter o the mmba d and to e er
one o the D sons n the uwc8a em- rce,
andmar where the straght uer cuts the on-
tngent- ne or straght nes drawn rom the
enter o the D a. through these se era mar s
nthd ontngent ne sha be the our nes and
must be numbred rom the Merdan or oon- ne
, whch s the a oc ne upwards, wth
, , c The enter o ths D a
must stand downward.
ths D a were turned wth ts enter up-
wards, t woud show a 45 degrees, on-
the numbers to the our nes mut be changed -7
or to ou must set , to , , to , , c,
and the ub o er whch the te must stand,
must be paced n the em-crce at rst descrbed
as much to the rght hand the perpendcuar ,
as t doth on the e t hand.
ths D a were drawn on Gass, or orn, or
an o ed Paper, and ou turn the Mmdan m
upwards the bac sde sha be an ast- ncnng 45
degrees, and the our nes must be numbred as
the are on the r. ecnng ut the ubste o er
whch the te must stand must be paced n the
em-crce at rst descrbed as much to the e t
hand the perpendcuer , as t s on the o ed
Paper o the rght hand.
ou turn the Merdan ne downwards,
the bac sde sha be a T e/t ecmer 45 Degrees, and
the our es must be numbred rom the a
oc ne upwads, wth , , , c.
ou must ote that a the our- nes o the
Da w nor be descrbed n ths snge uadrants
nor does the uadrant at a reate to the our nes
but s descrbed on or settng o the Gow mem
o the Poes e aton and ecwaton o the Pure,that
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M Dr G. 302
that b wor ng as hath been shewn ou ma
nd the pace o the ubstar ne, and the n-
ge the te ma es wth t or ha ng the ubst-
ar ne, ou now how to draw the ne o on-
tngence and to descrbe the unocta rce, b
whch a the ours, are descrbed on the P|ane
To draw a D a on a Drect outh or orth Pane
ncnng or ecnng,
Drc ecnng or ncnng D as are the same wth rect Drect D as that are made or the a. ttude o some other Paces the attude o
wh h Paces are ether more then the attude o
our pace, the Pane ecne, or ess, t n-
cnes and that n such a proporton as the rch o
ecnaton or ncnaton s.
Thus a Drect outh D a ecnng 10 degrees
n s attude, 51 degrees s an
rect Drect outh D a made or the attude o
61, \ degrees. nd a Drect outh D a ncnng
10 n the attude o 51 \ s an rec Drect outh
D a n the attude o 41 c-degrees, and s to, be made accordng to the Drecton g en n
perat. .
P T. .
To draw a D a on a outh or orth ncnng De-
cnng, or ecnng Decnng Pane.
These our sorts o D as, wtthe outh n-
cnng Decnng, and outh ecnng De-
cnng, and orth ncnng Decnng, and outh
ecnng Decnng. are a pro ected b the ame
ues and there ore are n e ect but one D a
d erent paced, as ou sha see herea ter.
rst,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
6 M | 1 D t .
rst, draw on our Pane a straght ne parae
to the or on and mar one end or e t, ard
the other- or ast. n outh ncners and e-
dners, on the rght hand, and on the e t o on orth ncners and ecners on the e t
and on the rght. huse a pont n ths or on-
ta ne or a enter, as at through ths pont
draw a ne perpendcuar, to the or on, and
on ths pont as on a enter descrbe a em- r-
ce, one uadrant abo e, and another beow the o-
r onta nes, though or ths ampe descrbe
but one. Then the Pane respect the outh, set
o n the ower uadrant rom the perpendcuar,
the Decnaton, the ncnaton, or the ecna-
ton, and the ompement o the ttude o the
Poe -7 and thro these se era settngs o n the
uadrant, draw straght nes rom the enter ,
then ta e n the or onta ne towards the em-
crce, a con enent dstance rom the enter ,
as , and through the pont draw a straght ne
parae to the Perpendcuar, and proong t thro
the Poar ne, as P thro the pont P draw a ne parae to the or onta ne, as , ths
ne w cut the ne o b ut n the pont ,
then measure the dstance o , and set r
that dstance on the Perpendcuar rom to ,
and through the pont draw a straght ne pa-
rae to the or onta ne, as G, or the or-
onta ntersecton. Then measure the.dstance o
, and set o that dstance on the Perpendcuar
rom to -7 rom the pont draw the ne
D parae-to the or onta ne, to cut the ne
o Decmaton s the pont D. Then measure the
dstance o , and set o that dstance n the
ne o Decnaton rom to -0 and rom the
pont ,,draw a straght ne parae to the r-
pnta ne , to cut the Perpendcuar n the
pont . Measure the dstance o , and set
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M D G. 3.37
set o that dstance on the other sde the Perpend
dcuar n the or onta ntersecton, rom to
and rom the pont draw parae to the
Perpendcuar to cut the or onta ne n th
pont /
r
s/
/
/
-e
\
-

11
r \
\
Then to nd the Mer|awm uh te and tes
do thus. our Pane be a outhern ncne or a
or hern ecner,measure the dstance o D, and
and set o that dstance n the or onta ntersect-
on rom to M, and through the pont M draw the ne M or the Merdan ne. Then add the
dstance o to , thus: Measure the d
stance o , and pace one oot o our . om-
pastes n the pont n the Perpendcuar ne, and
e tend the other to , and measurng the d
stance o , set t o n the ne o b ut rom
to , and rom the pont _ draw the ne
parae to the Perpendcuar and cuttng the or onta ne n the pont . Then measure the
dstance o , and set o that dstance rom
1 3
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
238 M G.
athe or onta ntersecton to on the ne ,
and to the pont draw the ne or the ub-
e. Then measure the dstance o , and et
o that dstance perpendcuar rom the pont
to T and ast , rom the pont draw
the straght ne T or the tar ne, whch
t r ne beng perpendcuar -erected o er the
ub ar ne , w stand parae to the s o
the ord and cast ts shadow on the our o the
Da .
ut sthe Pane be a outhern ecner,or orth-
em nchwr measure as be ore the dstance o
D, and as be ore ou were drected to set t o
rom n the or onta ntersecton on the rght
hand the perpendcuar ne: o now, set th t
dstance rom to m n the or onta ntersecton
on the e t hand n the Perpendcuar ne, and
draw the ne m or the Merdan ne . Then
as be ore ou were drected, to add to
o now, substract the dstance o rom
and the remander w be : et-there ore the
dstance o rom to , n the same ne o
b ut , and rom the pont draw the ne r
parae to the perpendcuar. Measure then the
dstance o r, and set o that dstance n the
ne , rom to | or the ub ar ne then
erect on the pont s a perpendcuar, and on that
Perpendcuar set o rom s to t the dstance o r:
nd ast , rom draw the ne - t or th t-
ar ne.
. as upon the Pane s parae to h s
o the ords and the D a drawn upon t w
ha e no enter , ut s w a upon and
or w be the ub e
sha g e ou two ampes o these ues t
ne o a Dea wth a enter and- the othero a
D a wthout a enter, nd rsts
0 P
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
ng b the oregong Precepts o the a
perat, ound the ub/te, te and Mer
dum- ou must as ou ha e o ten been drected
chuse a pont n the ub tar ne through whch,
at rght nges to the ubstar ne, draw the ne
o ontngence as ong as ou can -7 then measure
the shortest: dstance between the pont o nter
secton and the tar ne and trans er that dst-
ance on one sde o the ne o ontngence upon the
ubstar ne, and so descrbe the t dno a em
crce aganst the ne o ontngence : Then a a
straght uer to the enter o the unocta r-
ce as at , and to the pont where the ne o w
tngence ats the Merdan ne,as at and mar
where the straght uer cuts the uno ta rce
a and
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
340 M D G.
and rom that mar begn to d de the em-crce
nto twe e e ua parts, and b a straght uer ad
to those d sons and the enter o the Pno a
ma e mar s n the ne o ontngence. Then sha
straght nes drawn rom the center o the D -
a, through e er one o the mar s n the ontn-
gent ne be the our nes o the D a, and must be
mumbred rom the a oc ne towards the
rght and, wth , , , , c. nd the
other wa wth , , , c.
P t .
ow to draw a D a wthout a enter, on a outh
Pane Decnng ast 30 Degrees, ecnng
34.Degrees 32 Mnutes.
ng b the Precepts o perat. . ound
the ub e, ou must nd the Merdan ne
otherwse than ou were there taught: or, ha ng
drawn the nes o attude, Decnaton and ecna-
on and ound the uh e, measure the dstance o
P, and set t o on the ne o Decmaton rom
to , and draw rom the Perpendcuar the
ne . parae to r then measure the ength
o , and set t o on the Poar ne P, rom
to then ta e the nearest dstance between
the pont and the ne , and set t o on the
|ne rom to M through whch pont M,
draw a ne rom the enter , then measure wth
our ompasses n the em-crce whch
n ths D a ma represent the unocta the
dstance o the rch m, and set o that dstance
rom the ntersecton o the ub e wth the em-
crce at to T n the em-crce, whch pont
,T sha be the pont n the unottta that ou
must begn to d de the ours at, or the nch
ag ther dstances on the ne o ontngenc
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M DT G.
Then consder accordng to the bgness o our
pane what heght our te sha stand abo e the
ub e, and there ma e a mar n the ubsde
or the dstance between the enter , and that
mar must be the heght o the te perpendcu-
ar erected o er the ubsde as at . Draw
through ths pont a m o o t gtnce, as ong as
ou am to cut the th t at rght n es and them
a ng a uer to the enter ,, and success e to
to each D son o the unocta ma e mar s a
the ne o onttngence and through those mar s
draw straght nes parae to the ub te, whch
sha be the our nes and must be numbred rom
the e t hand towards the rght, begnnng at the
a oc ne wth , , , c, and rom the
rght hand towards the e t on the a oc ne
wth , , , e.
The te to ths D a ma be ether a straght
Pn o the ength o . , or ese a s uare o the
sane heght, erected Perpendcuar upon the
|, n the ub ar-ne.
3 P -
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M 1 G.
P 1
To ma e a D a on the eng o a oom, where the
Drect eams o the un ne er come.
nd some con enent pace n the Transum o
a ndow to pace a sma round pece o
oo ng-Gass about the bgness o a Groat or
ess, so as t ma e e act or onta- The
pont n the mdde o ths ass we w mar ,
and or dstncton- a e ca t odus. Through
ths odus ou must draw a Merdan ne on the
oor, thus: ang a pumb-ne n the wndow
e act o er odus, and the shadow that the
pumb-ne casts on the oor ust at oon w be
a Merdan ne or ou ma nd a Merdan ne
otherwse b the nator . a ng drawn the
Merdan ne on the eng, thus: od a Pumb-
ne to the eng, o er that end o the Merdan
ne ne t the wndow -0 the umbet hang not e -
act on the Merdan ne on _the oor, remo e
our hand on the engone wa or other, as ou
ee cause t t do hang uet ust o er t, and
at the pont where the Pumb ne touches the -
g ma e a mar , as at that mar sha be
drect o er the Merdan ne on the oor: Then
remo e our Pumb ne on the oor ,and nd a
pont on the eng drect o er t, as ou dd
the ormer pont, as at , and through these
two ponts and on the eng, stran and
str e a ne bac t wth ma coa or an other o-
oot as arpenters do and that ne on the
eng sha be the Merdanne as we as that on
the oor: Then asten a strng ust on the odus
and remo e that strng, orwards or bac wards,
n the Merdan ne on the eng, t t ha e the
ame e aton n the uadrant on the nator
abo e
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M D G. 343
abo e the or on that the unocta hath n our
abtaton and through the pont where the strng
touches the Merdan ne n the e// 2g, sha a ne
be drawn at rght nges wth the Merdan to re-
present the uno a ne.
Thus n our attude the e aton o the ua-
tor beng 38 \ degrees remo e the strng ast-
ned to the odus orwards or bac wards n the
Merdan ne o the deng, t the umh-ne o
the uadrant on the mat r , when one o the
sdes are apped to the strng, as upon 3 8 de-
grees, and then nd t touch the Merdan ne
at D n the e g \ there ore at D ma e a mar ,
and through ths mar str e the ne D as be-
ore dd n the Merdan e to cut the Merdan
ne at rght nges: Ths ne sha be the u-,
nota ne, and ser e to denote the our Dstan-
ces, as the ontngent nes does on other D as,
as s ou ha e o ten seen.
Then pace the enter o the uadrant on the
nator upon odus, so as the rch o the ua-
drant ma be on the ast sde the Merdan ne,
and underprop t so, that the at sde o the ua-
drant ma e parae to the strng, when t s stra-
ned between the odesand the mnoca, and
aso so as the strng ma e on the em-dameter
o the uadrant, when t s hed up to the Mer-
dan ne on the eng. Then remo ng the
strng the space o r degrees n the uadrant,
and e tendng t to the uator on the eng, where the strng touches the uator, there sha
be a pont through whch the a oc our-ne
sha be drawn: and remo ng the strng et 15
degrees urther to the astwards n the em- rce
o Poston, and e tendng t aso to the uator
phcre t touches the uator, there sna be a
pont through whch the a oc our- ne
sha be drawn. emo ng the strng et 1
4 degrees
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
344 M T DT 1
urther to the ast-wards n the em-crce o
Poston, and e tendng, t aso to the uators
where t touches the uator,there sha be a
pont, through whch the a oc our-ne
sha be drawn, emo ng the strng et 15 de-
grees urther to the astwards n the em crce
o Poston, and e tendng to the uator m7 there
sha be a pont through whch the a oc
our-ne sha be drawn: The e or a other
ternoon our nes. o o t as the strng s re-
mo ed through 15 degrees on the uadrant, so
o t sha t pont out the ternoon dstances n the
Merdan ne on the eng. a ng thus ound out the ponts n the ua-
tor through whch the a ternoon our-nes are to
be drawn, ma nd the orenoon our-dstances
aso the ame wa , , b remo ng the rch
o the uadrant to the e t- de the Merdan, as
be ore t was paced on the ast, and brngng the
strng to the se era 5 degrees on the # -sde
the uadrant \ or ese need on measure the
dstances o each ours dstance ound n the ua-
tor rom the Merdan ne on the eng -0 or the
ame number o the ours rom , ha e the
ame dstance n the unocta ne on the other
de the Merdan, both be ore and a ter-noon:
The a oc our dstance s the ame rom the
Merdan ne, wth the a oc dstance oh the
other sde the Merdan the a oc dstance,
the ame wth the a oc dstance the
wth the , c. nd thus the dstances o a
the our nes are ound out on the uator-
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
ow the enter o ths D a a wthn
doors, ou mght draw nes rom the enter
through these prc s n the uator, and those
nes shoud be the our nes, as n other D as:
ut the enter o ths D a es wthout doors n
the r, and there ore not con enent or ths pur-
pose: o that or drawng the our nes, ou
must consder what ge e er our ne n a o-
r onta D a ma es wth the Merdan that s,
at what dstance n Degrees and Mnutes the our
nes o an or onta D a cut the Merdan
whch ou ma e amne, as b perat. . or
an
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
34 M 1 DT 1 G.
an nge e ua to the ompement o the sme
nge, must each respect e our ne wth the
uator on the eng ha e.
Thus upon the pont mar t or each ours dst-
ance n the unocta ne on the eng. des-
crbe the rches . , , , as n the gure,
and ndng the dstance rom the Merdan o . the
our nes o an or onta D a to be accor-
dng to peras. . Thus,
measure n a uadrant o the same adus
wth those rches aread drawn rom the u-
nocta ne,
and trans er the dstances to the rches drawn on
the eng: or then straght nes drawn through
the mar n the rch, and through the mar n,
the uator, and proonged both wa s to a con-
enent ength, sha be the se era ours nes a oresad and when the un hnes upon the
Gass at odus, ts eames sha re ect upon the
our o the Da .
ome eps to a oung D ast or hs more order and
uc na ng o D as.
T ma pro e somewhat d cut to those that
are unpractsed n Mathmatca pro ectons, to
d de
T e
11.40
24.15
38.141
336
whose 8 20 1
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M 1 D T G. 347
d de a rce nto 360 Degrees or whch s a
one a em-crce nto , or a uadrant nto
90 Degrees -7 and though ha e taught ou n the
pro ectonng.the .r ,on:a a the orgna wa
o dong ths, et ou ma do t a speeder wa b a
ne o ords, whch ou w be curous n our
Practse, ou ma ma e our se .or ou ca-
count t not worth our whe, ou ma b t
aread made on o or rass o most Mathema-
tca nstrument Ma ers. Ths nstrument s b
them ca a san cae whch does not on accom-
modate ou wth the d sons o a uadrant, but
aso ser es or a uer to draw straght nes wth 7
the manner o ma ng t s as oows.
Descrbe upon a smooth at e en gran d oard
a uarter o : an whoe rce, as , whose ad-
us or ma be our nches, ou ntend
to ma e arge D as cr two nches, sma
but ou w ou ma ha e se era nes o
hords on our cae or ue. D de ths ua-
drant nto 90 e ua parts, as ou were taught n
the ma ng the or onta D a

7
e. .. - -
10
0 3
0 . 4-
0 60 | 0 0 , 3 0
ttrrnrrrt n
mr. nu nnhr trM. s
- - -: : |
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
84.8 M . DT G
Then draw cose b the edge o our straght
uer a ne parae to the edge, and at about T , part o an nch a second ne parae to that, and
at about- - o an nch a thrd ne parae to both.
Then pace one oot o our ompases at the be-
gnnng o the rst degree on the tudrant descr-
bed on the oard, as at , and open the other
oot to the end o the rst degree, and trans er
that dstance upon our ue, rom to the rst
mar er d son, between the two rst drawn nes. Then pace one oo o our ompases
agan at the begnnng o the rst Degree, on the
uadrant descrbed on the oard, as at , and
open the other oot to the end o the second De-
gree, and trans er that dstance upon our ue
rom to the second mar or d son between the
two rst drawn ner, and thus measure the dst-
ance o e er Degree rom the rst Degree des-
crbe on the uadrant, and trans er t to the ue. ut or dstncton a e, ou ma draw e er tenth
d son rom the rst ne parae to the edge o
the thrd ne, and mar them n successon rom
the begnnng wth 10, 20, 30, to po, and the
th D sons ou ma draw ha wa between the
second and the thrd parae nes -0 the snge D -
sons on between the two rst parae nes. o
s our nes o hords made,
The use o the ne o hords,
s ts use s er sa e, so ts con enence s
er great or pacng one oot o our
ompasses at the rst D son on the cae, and
openng the other to the 60th Degree, ou ma
wth the ponts o our ompases so e tended
descrbe a crce, and the se era D sons, on the
cae sna be the Degrees o the our uadrants o
o that rce, as ou ma tr b wor ng bac -
wards, to what ou were ust now taught n the
a ng
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M D G. 349
sha ng the cae t or as be ore o measured the
dstance o the degrees o the uadrant, and
trans er d them to the cae, so now ou on
measure the D sons on the cae, and trans er
them to the uadrant, em-crce, or whoe r-
ce d erbed on our Paper. or ampe,
ou woud measure 30 Degrees n our de-
scrbed rce, pace one oot o our ompa es
at the begnnng o D sons on the cae, as a c
, and e tend the other oot to the D sons
Mar ed 30. and that dstance trans er d to the
rce, sha be the dstance o 30 Degrees n that
rce. Do the e or an other number o De-
grees.
ou ma draw our D a rst on a arge sheet:
o Paper, our D a Pane be so arger t be
not so arge, draw t on a smaer pece o Paper
Then rub the bac -sde o our Paper D a wth
sma oa, t t be we bac s and a ng our
Paper D a on our D a Pane, so that the ast
est, orth, or outh nes o our Paper agree
e act wth the ast, est, orth or outh sc-
tuaton o our D a Pane, then wth a ot
Ptch asten the orners o the Paper on the Pane, and a ng a straght uer on- the our-nes o
our D a, draw wth the bunted pont o a
eede b the sde o the uer, and the a-
coa rub d on the bac sde o the Paper w ea e
a mar o the nes on the Pane.
ou w ha e the nes drawn ed, ou ma
rub the bac sde o our Paper wth ermon
bew wth erdter eow wth rpment
t. Then draw upon these mar ed nes wth
oours, as ou pease
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
350 M 1 DT G
our D a Decne ar, towards the ast or
est, the our nes uness pro ected to a er
great enght w run er cose to one another
there ore n ths ca e ou must pro ect our D a
M
on a arge Tabe, or sometmes on the oor o
oom, and cut t o as ar as ou thn good, rom the enter or the urther rom the en-
ter, the arger the dstance o the our-nes,
ee the gure.
Ma panaton o some ords o rt used n ths,
meetng or o nng o two nes
t drcb: part to a rce.
s:The straght ne that runs through the
enter o a phere, and both wa s through the
rcum erence t though n D ang t s a on
wth the Dameter o a rce.
nator . ee o. 8, 9,10.
hord. ee o. 44,45 46.
ompement. The number that s wantng to
1 ma e up another number 90 Deep or 180 Degr.
or 3 60 Degrees. m
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
M D T 35
ontngent. ne crossng the ubste at rght
nges.
Degree. ee o, 12.
Dameter. The ongest straght ne that can
be contaned wthn a rce, a,the ne that
passes through the enter to the rcum erence
both wa s.
D a pane. ee o n:
e aton o the Poe, o man degrees as the
soe s ee ated abo e the or on
unotta. The wno ta s a great rce
that runs e en between the two Poes o the
ord. ut when we name the uno a n
ths oo , we mean 2 sma rce whch repre-
sents t, and s the rce or rch o a rce
whch s d ded nto ua parts, to nd thereb
the une ua parts on the ne o ontngent. ht the or onta D a t s that rch o a rce
mar ed G .
or on. s. a great rce /encompassng the
pace we stand upon hut n D ang t s repre-
sented b a straght ne, as n 0 per at. . n the
outh D a the ne s the or onta ne.
attude. The attude o a Pace s the num-
ber o Degrees contaned between the uno a
and the pace n ured a ter.
ne o ontngence. ee ontngent
Mngmt eede. The eede touched wth
the oadstone, to ma e t pont to the orth.
Merdan. s a great rce o ea en passng thro
the orth and outh ponts o the or ons but
n D ang t s represented b a straght ne, as
n perate . n ee or onta D athe ne
s a Merdan ne.
adr. The pont drect under our eet.
autca ompass. s the ompass used b | -
gatws whereon s mar ed out a the 3 2 nds
or Ponts o the ompass.
h ut
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
352 M T t G
b ue Pane ee o. 7.
Parae. ee o 6.
Perpendcuar. ee o. .
Poe. The orth or outh Ponts on the Gobe o the arth, are caed orth or outh Poe.
uadrant. The ourth Part o a rce adus. a the Dameter o a rce: ght nge straght ne that as Perpen
dcuer upon another straght ne, ma es at the
meetng o those two nes ght nge.
em- rce. a a rce.
em-Dameter. The ame adus s.
era The hghest ea en wth a ts ma-
gned rce, s caed the phere.
te. The Gnomon or oc o a D a.
ub te. The ne the te stands on upon
D a Pane.
Trange. gure consstng o 3 des and 5
nges.
The pont Drect o er our ead,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
e t T .
sage
148
1-53
156
159
162
164
169
177
183
87
192
95
196
19P
2 op
206
207
208
tc
M
18
8
9
17
23
2
7
35
23
25
29
3
9
31
30
1
9
30
10
19
21
25

3
7
|oner 17
bd 3
/ 4
bd 2
bd 17,18,19
sMthng Pate 2 g. 1
bd o.1
bd o 26, 2
|oner
arpentr
bd
|oner
arpentr
bd
|oner ,
bd
bd
bd
bd
bd
arpentr
|oner
mthng o 6 a
bd 3,32,33 3
|oner
arpentr
|oner
arpentr
Turnng
bd
bd
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
Prnted or D. Mdwnter and
T. egh, at the ose and rown n t
Pau s hurch- ard.
hort but et Pan ements o Geometr , and
Pan Trgonometr : hewng haw b a re
and ease Method, most o what s necessar and use-
u n ucde, rchmdes, poonous, and other
ceent Geometrcans, both ncent and Modern
ma be understood. rtten n rench b . gnat.
Gaston, Pardes. The econd dton: n whch are
man new Propostons, ddtons, and use u m-
pro ements the probems beng now paced e er
where n ther proper order, and the whoe accomo-
dated to the apactes o oung- egnners.
ew hort Treatse o gebra wth the Geo-
metrca onstructon o uatons as ar as the
ourth Power or Dmenson. Together wth a pe-
cmen o the ature and gorthms u ons.
oth b |ohn arrs, M. , nd- .
Mathess nucedta: r, The ements o the Ma-
thematc s, |. hrst. rurmus, Pro esseoro
Phosoph and Mathematc s n the n erst o -
tor . Made ngsh. t Mathematca Dctonar t r, ompendous
pcaton o a Mathematca Terms, brdged
rom Monseur anam, and thers. th a Tran-
saton o hs Pre ace, and an dd on o se era ease
and use u bstracts as Pan Trgonometr , Mes chanc s, the rst Propertes o the Three onc
ectons, c. To whch s added an ppend , con-
tanng the uanttes o a orts o eghts and
Measures, and the panaron o the haracters used
n gebra. so the De nton and t e o thePrn-
cpa Mathematca nstruments, and the nstruments themse es curous engra en on opper.
oth b |. aph on, . . .
ew and Most ccurate Theor the Moon s
Mo ran whereb a her rreguartes ma be so ed,
and her Pace tru cacuate. roTwaMnures. rt-
ten b That ncomparabe Mathematcan Mr, saac
ewton, and pubshed n atn b Mr, Da
Gregor n hs ceent sror om ,
T 2 0 1971
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
e
d

o
n

2
0
1
3
-
0
5
-
1
4

1
4
:
4
6

G
M
T


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
h
d

.
h
a
n
d

e
.
n
e
t
/
2
0
2
7
/
m
d
p
.
3
9
0
1
5
0
2
8
3
0
6
0
0
2
P
u
b

c

D
o
m
a

n


/


h
t
t
p
:
/
/
w
w
w
.
h
a
t
h

t
r
u
s
t
.
o
r
g
/
a
c
c
e
s
s
_
u
s
e
#
p
d